2012 springer news · 2020-05-10 · medicine e 71 edenhofer (eds), climate change, justice and...
TRANSCRIPT
2012
AB
Springer
NEWS
springer.com
4
DECEMBER
2012springer.com/NEWSonline
ABC
12
springer.com
014891c
ABC
Springer NEWS Subject ListDownload any time! springer.com/NEWSonlineGo directly to the web site and download whatever fi les you want. Each issue remains
online for six months.
Our subjects and fi les are listed here for your reference.
PDF CHAPTERS
Medicine & Public Health
Pharmacy
Dentistry
Biomedicine
Psychology
Mathematics
Statistics
Computer Science
Chemistry
Engineering
Energy
Physics
Materials Science
Earth Sciences
Geography
Environmental Sciences
Life Sciences
Economics/Management Science
Business for Professionals/Management
Law
Popular Science
Education
Social Sciences
Philosophy
Linguistics
Humanities/Arts/Design
Proceedings
ADDITIONAL FILES
Author Index
Title Index
ONLINE FILE NAMES*
news12xx_medicine
news12xx_pharmacy
news12xx_dentistry
news12xx_biomedicine
news12xx_psychology
news12xx_mathematics
news12xx_statistics
news12xx_computer_science
news12xx_chemistry
news12xx_engineering
news12xx_energy
news12xx_physics
news12xx_materials
news12xx_earth_sciences
news12xx_geography
news12xx_environment
news12xx_life_sciences
news12xx_economics
news12xx_business_management
news12xx_law
news12xx_popular_science
news12xx_education
news12xx_social_sciences
news12xx_philosophy
news12xx_linguistics
news12xx_humanities
news12xx_proceedings
ONLINE FILE NAMES
news12xx_author
news12xx_title
springer.com/NEWSonline – be the fi rst to know!
*xx is replaced by the number of the month (1201–1212)
014891c_210x276ma_1c.indd 1 09/07/2012 17:26:22
springer.com/NEWSonline Contents
Book with CD-ROM
DVD
CD-ROM
Set
Recommended stock title
We recommend stockingmultiple copies of this title
Book with onlinefiles/update
Book with DVD
Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IITitle Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIIIProceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Orderform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Biomedicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Business for Professionals/Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Earth Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Economics/Management Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Environmental Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Humanities / Arts / Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Life Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Materials Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Medicine & Public Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
All titles are included in Springer’s eBook Collections on SpringerLink .com . Exceptions are marked “Only available in print .”
Author Index springer.com/NEWSonline
II
A
45 Abdelal et al ., Finite Element Analysis for Satellite Structures
45 Abdelgawad/Bayoumi, Resource-Aware Data Fusion Algorithms for Wireless Sensor Networks (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 118)
1 Abraham (Eds), Translational Vascular Medicine, Diagnosis
1 Achenbach (Eds), Flash Imaging
1 Adler et al ., PNF in Practice . 4th ed .
28 Advances in Mathematical Economics 16
63 Aktaş (Eds), Nanostructured Materials for Magnetoelectronics (Springer Series in Materials Science 175)
79 Alcaraz (Eds), Studies on Arthritis and Joint Disorders (Oxidative Stress in Applied Basic Research and Clinical Practice)
45 Aliev, Fundamentals of the Fuzzy Logic-Based Generalized Theory of Decisions (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft Computing 293)
69 Altenbach (Eds), Advanced Materials Modeling for Structures (Advanced Structured Materials 19)
61 Amaris et al ., Reactive Power Management of Power Networks with Wind Generation (Lecture Notes in Energy 5)
85 Anari/Kolari, Excel-Based Business Analysis (SpringerBriefs in Business)
70 Andreo (Ed), WATER RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT (Environmental Earth Sciences 1)
28 Andréka (Eds), Cylindric-like Algebras and Algebraic Logic (Bolyai Society Mathematical Studies 22)
46 Antoniades (Eds), WDM Systems and Networks, Simulation (Optical Networks)
46 Ao (Eds), Intelligent Control and Innovative Computing (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 110)
85 Armbruster (Eds), Decision Policies for Production Networks
79 Arora (Eds), Analyzing Microbes (Springer Protocols Handbooks)
46 Arora, The Art of Hardware Architecture
85 Assimakopoulos (Eds), Knowledge Perspectives of New Product Development (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management)
86 Atiyas et al ., Reforming Turkish Energy Markets
2 Auricchio (Eds), Cardiac Imaging in Electrophysiology
113 Avella (Eds), Lectures on the Physics of Strongly Correlated Systems XVI: (AIP Conference Proceedings 1485)
63 Avella (Eds), Strongly Correlated Systems (Springer Series in Solid-State Sciences 176)
76 Awange, Environmental Monitoring using GNSS (Environmental Science and Engineering)
86 Aydogan-Duda (Ed), Making It to the Forefront (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management 14)
B
63 Baaquie, The Theoretical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics
86 Backhaus (Ed), Handbook of the History of Economic Thought (The European Heritage in Economics and the Social Sciences 11)
104 Backhaus (Ed), Two Centuries of Local Autonomy (The European Heritage in Economics and the Social Sciences 13)
104 Baer, International Corporations as Actors in Global Governance (Globale Gesellschaft und internationale Beziehungen 6)
47 Bagga et al ., Ultra-Wideband Transceiver Circuits and Systems (Analog Circuits and Signal Processing)
2 Bailey (Eds), Pain in Women
64 Balzer/Bonitz, Nonequilibrium Green‘s Function Approach to Inhomogeneous Systems (Lecture Notes in Physics 867)
113 Barneva (Eds), Combinatorial Image Analysis, IWCIA 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNIP 7655)
28 Barral (Eds), Further Developments in Fractals and Related Fields (Trends in Mathematics)
29 Barreira/Valls, Complex Analysis and Differential Equations (Springer Undergraduate Mathematics Series)
29 Barreira/Valls, Dynamical Systems (Universitext)
2 Baughman (Eds), Diffuse Lung Disease . 2nd ed .
76 Bašić, The Soils of Croatia (World Soils Book Series)
87 Beham (Eds), Managing Diversity in Organizations (ZfB Special Issue)
113 Benkadda (Eds), MHD and Energetic Particles (AIP Conference Proceedings 1478)
3 Benson, Principles of Health Interoperability HL7 and SNOMED (Health Information Technology Standards) 2nd ed .
47 Bessis (Eds), Internet of Things and Inter-cooperative Computational Technologies for Collective Intelligence (Studies in Computational Intelligence 460)
104 Betz, Societal Dynamics (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management 11)
29 Beyna, Interest Rate Derivatives (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 666)
48 Böhle (Eds), Innovation Management by Promoting the Informal, Experience-based
3 Black (Eds), Smith and Nesi’s Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery . 3rd ed .
25 Blazina (Eds), The Psychology of the Human-Animal Bond
20 Blom (Eds), Hallucinations
47 Boden (Eds), Advanced In-Flight Measurement Techniques (Research Topics in Aerospace)
79 Boniolo, The Art of Deliberating (Studies in Applied Philosophy, Epistemology and Rational Ethics 6)
30 Bordellès, Arithmetic Tales (Universitext)
100 Borowski (Eds), Australia‘s Children‘s Courts Today and Tomorrow (Children’s Well-Being: Indicators and Research 7)
30 Bosch, Algebraic Geometry and Commutative Algebra (Universitext)
70 Bose, Devonian Paleoenvironments of Ohio (SpringerBriefs in Earth Sciences)
64 Bracco (Eds), Surface Science Techniques (Springer Series in Surface Sciences 51)
87 Breuer (Eds), Real Estate Finance (ZfB Special Issue)
25 Broitman (Eds), Treating NVLD in Children
105 Brouard (Eds), The Europeanization of Domestic Legislatures (Studies in Public Choice)
105 Bruinsma (Eds), Encyclopedia of Criminology and Criminal Justice
3 Bryson (Eds), Perioperative Addiction
4 Buonocore (Eds), Neonatology
64 Bushby (Eds), Liquid Crystalline Semiconductors (Springer Series in Materials Science 169)
87 Bøllingtoft (Eds), Collaborative Communities of Firms, Process (Information and Organization Design Series 9)
News 12/2012 Author Index
III
C
4 Cafardi, The Manual of Dermatology
88 Carayannis (Eds), Innovation Systems in Small Catching-Up Economies (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management 15)
88 Carayannis et al ., Institutional Learning and Knowledge Transfer Across Epistemic Communities (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management 13)
88 Carayannis/Campbell, Mode 3 Knowledge Production in Quadruple Helix Innovation Systems, Innovation (SpringerBriefs in Business)
48 Carbone (Ed), Grasping in Robotics (Mechanisms and Machine Science 10)
71 Carracedo (Eds), Teide Volcano (Active Volcanoes of the World)
89 CARSRUD (Eds), Understanding Family Businesses, Unique Perspectives (International Studies in Entrepreneurship 15)
105 Casertano, Our Land, Our Oil!, Local Nationalism
37 Ceri (Eds), Search Computing (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 7538)
4 Charron (Ed), Ecohealth Research in Practice (Insight and Innovation in International Development 1)
89 Chaudhry/Zimmerman, Protecting Your Intellectual Property Rights, Governments (Management for Professionals)
113 Chen (Eds), Foundations of Intelligent Systems, ISMIS 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 7661)
89 Chen (Eds), Recent Advances and Future Directions in Causality, Prediction, and Specification Analysis
113 Chen (Eds), The Outreach of Digital Libraries: A Globalized Resource Network, ICADL 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 7634)
48 Chen/Zhang, Polishing of Diamond Materials (Engineering Materials and Processes)
99 Chiarini, Lean Organization: from the Tools of the Toyota Production System to Lean Office (Perspectives in Business Culture 3)
49 Choy (Ed), Organic Solar Cells (Green Energy and Technology 9)
90 Christiaans, International Employer Brand Management
49 Clemm (Eds), Network-Embedded Management and Applications
25 Coleman (Ed), Psychological Components of Sustainable Peace (Peace Psychology Book Series)
106 Comer, Tourism and Archaeological Heritage Management at Petra (SpringerBriefs in Archaeology)
76 Costantini (Eds), The Soils of Italy (World Soils Book Series)
37 Cotroneo (Ed), Innovative Technologies for Dependable OTS-Based Critical Systems
100 Court of Justice of the European Union (Ed), The Court of Justice and the Construction of Europe: Analyses and Perspectives on Sixty Years of Case-law - La Cour de Justice et la Construction de l‘Europe: Analyses et Perspectives de Soixante Ans de Jurisprudence
20 Current Topics in Microbiology and Immunology 362
D
5 D‘Onofrio (Ed), Ultrasonography of the Pancreas
114 da Silva (Eds), Advances in Regression, Survival Analysis, Extreme Values, Markov Processes and Other Statistical Applications (Studies in Theoretical and Applied Statistics)
49 de Brito/Saikia, Recycled Aggregate in Concrete (Green Energy and Technology)
90 Del Giudice et al ., Cross-Cultural Knowledge Management (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management 11)
80 Delang/Li, Ecological Succession on Fallowed Shifting Cultivation Fields (SpringerBriefs in Ecology)
50 Delgado et al ., Hygrothermal Numerical Simulation Tools Applied to Building Physics (SpringerBriefs in Applied Sciences and Technology)
50 Ding/Luo, Multi-point Cooperative Communication Systems: Theory and Applications (Signals and Communication Technology)
50 Doberstein, Fundamentals of GPS Receivers
90 Doepfer, Co-Innovation Competence (Entrepreneurial Management und Standortentwicklung)
5 Donn (Eds), Manual of Neonatal Respiratory Care . 3rd ed .
20 Dougan (Ed), Regulated Proteolysis in Microorganisms (Subcellular Biochemistry 66)
35 Dudoit (Ed), Selected Works of Terry Speed (Selected Works in Probability and Statistics)
21 Duifhuis, Cochlear Mechanics
5 Díaz-Jimenez (Eds), Interventions in Pulmonary Medicine
E
71 Edenhofer (Eds), Climate Change, Justice and Sustainability
113 Efthimiou (Eds), Gesture and Sign Language in Human-Computer Interaction and Embodied Communication, GW 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 7206)
21 El-Deiry (Ed), Impact of Genetic Targets on Cancer Therapy (Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology 779)
51 Elmahdy et al ., Novel Techniques for Dialectal Arabic Speech Recognition
F
51 Fernández-Berni et al ., Low-Power Smart Imagers for Vision-Enabled Sensor Networks
65 Ferronsky/Ferronsky, Formation of the Solar System
112 Flüchter (Eds), Structures on the Move (Transcultural Research – Heidelberg Studies on Asia and Europe in a Global Context)
6 Francis (Eds), Manual of Fast Track Recovery for Colorectal Surgery (Enhanced Recovery)
99 Francisco, Finance for Academics (SpringerBriefs in Finance)
51 Fukuda et al ., Multi-Locomotion Robotic Systems (Springer Tracts in Advanced Robotics 81)
G
30 Gadea et al ., Analysis and Algebra on Differentiable Manifolds (Problem Books in Mathematics) 2nd ed .
91 Galindo (Eds), Women’s Entrepreneurship and Economics, Practices (International Studies in Entrepreneurship 1000)
31 Gerstein, Introduction to Mathematical Structures and Proofs (Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics) 2nd ed .
52 Gharavi/Heydari, Ultra High-Speed CMOS Circuits
91 Ghosh, Liberalization, Growth and Regional Disparities in India (India Studies in Business and Economics)
Author Index springer.com/NEWSonline
IV
106 Gideon (Ed), Handbook of Survey Methodology for the Social Sciences
113 Gill (Eds), Implementation and Application of Functional Languages, IFL 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 7257)
114 Giri (Eds), Advanced Nanomaterials and Nanotechnology, Dec 8-10 (Springer Proceedings in Physics 143)
113 Golumbic (Eds), Graph-Theoretic Concepts in Computer Science, WG 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 7551)
35 Golyandina/Zhigljavsky, Singular Spectrum Analysis for Time Series (SpringerBriefs in Statistics)
6 Gottarelli, Modified Inferior Turbinoplasty
6 Goundrey-Smith, Principles of Electronic Prescribing (Health Informatics) 2nd ed .
65 Gourgoulhon, 3+1 Formalism in General Relativity (Lecture Notes in Physics 846)
26 Gray, Face to Face with Emotions in Health and Social Care
65 Gröblacher, Quantum Opto-Mechanics with Micromirrors (Springer Theses)
52 Gullì, Pollution Under Environmental Regulation in Energy Markets (Lecture Notes in Energy 6)
42 Guo, Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of Light-weight Eco-composites (Springer Theses)
80 Gupta (Eds), Biofuel Technologies
111 Gupta (Eds), Logic at the Crossroads (set), Computation and Agency Games
H
106 Hakeem et al ., Policing Muslim Communities
91 Hanna (Eds), National Strategies to Harness Information Technology, Finland (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management)
107 Hartjen/Priyadarsini, The Global Victimization of Children
66 Hashimoto, Non-Universal Superconducting Gap Structure in Iron-Pnictides Revealed by Magnetic Penetration Depth Measurements (Springer Theses)
74 Hennig, Rediscovering the World (Springer Theses)
102 Hills, Lasting Female Educational Leadership (Studies in Educational Leadership 18)
7 Ho (Eds), Technology Enabled Knowledge Translation for eHealth (Healthcare Delivery in the Information Age)
102 Ho/Kwong, Parental involvement on children’s education (SpringerBriefs in Education)
7 Hollar (Ed), Handbook of Children with Special Health Care Needs
92 Hooker, Integrated Methods for Optimization (International Series in Operations Research & Management Science 170) 2nd ed .
80 Huettmann (Ed), Protection of the Three Poles
I
42 Inokuma, Development of Novel Hydrogen-Bond Donor Catalysts (Springer Theses)
74 Institute for Mobility Research (if (Ed), Megacity Mobility Culture (Lecture Notes in Mobility)
7 Iyer, Clinical Examination in Orthopedics
J
52 Jackson/Hitchiner, High Performance Grinding and Advanced Cutting Tools (SpringerBriefs in Applied Sciences and Technology)
8 Jackson/Nesbitt, Differential Diagnosis for the Dermatologist . 2nd ed .
92 Jain et al ., Financial Management Practices (India Studies in Business and Economics)
31 Joswig/Theobald, Polyhedral and Algebraic Methods in Computational Geometry (Universitext)
K
113 Kallmann (Eds), Motion in Games, MIG 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNIP 7660)
92 Kandampully (Ed), Service Management
81 Kawakami (Eds), Spatial Planning and Sustainable Development (Strategies for Sustainability)
31 Kawauchi (Eds), Teaching and Learning of Knot Theory in School Mathematics
8 Khan, MD (Eds), Handbook of Parathyroid Diseases
66 Khlopov, Fundamentals of Cosmic Particle Physics
81 Kitayama (Ed), Co-benefits of Sustainable Forestry (Ecological Research Monographs)
37 Kormanyos, Real-Time C++
32 Krantz/Parks, The Implicit Function Theorem, Theory (Modern Birkhäuser Classics)
77 Krasilnikov et al ., The Soils of Mexico (World Soils Book Series)
81 Kuhad (Eds), Biotechnology for Environmental Management and Resource Recovery
71 Kulinski/Pempkowiak, Carbon Cycling in the Baltic Sea (GeoPlanet: Earth and Planetary Sciences)
L
107 Landale (Eds), Families and Child Health (National Symposium on Family Issues 3)
66 Landolt-Börnstein: Numerical Data and Functional Relationships in Science and Technology - New Series / Physical Chemistry 12B
32 Lang, Collected Papers II (Springer Collected Works in Mathematics)
32 Lang, Collected Papers III (Springer Collected Works in Mathematics)
33 Lang, Collected Papers V (Springer Collected Works in Mathematics)
53 Laoudias/Psychalinos, Integrated Filters for Short Range Wireless and Biomedical Applications (SpringerBriefs in Electrical and Computer Engineering)
8 Lazzeri et al ., Radionuclide Imaging of Infection and Inflammation
93 Lee, Taxation, Growth and Fiscal Institutions (SpringerBriefs in Business)
53 Les/Les, Shape Understanding System – Knowledge Implementation and Learning (Studies in Computational Intelligence 425)
26 Lewis/Marshall, LGBT Psychology
9 Liamputtong (Ed), Women, Motherhood and Living with HIV/AIDS
9 Licata (Eds), Diseases of the Parathyroid Glands
35 Lin et al ., Statistical Tools for Measuring Agreement
113 Liu (Eds), Service-Oriented Computing, ICSOC 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNPSE 7636)
53 Liu, Radial Basis Function (RBF) Neural Network Control for Mechanical Systems
113 Longo (Ed), Advances in Laserology - Selected Papers of Laser Florence 2011: (AIP Conference Proceedings 1486)
38 Lu (Ed), An Introduction to XML Query Processing and Keyword Search
9 Lundbye (Ed), Therapeutic Hypothermia After Cardiac Arrest
News 12/2012 Author Index
V
54 Luo (Ed), Heat & Mass Transfer Intensification and Shape Optimization
74 Luo, GPS Stochastic Modelling (Springer Theses)
21 Luzi (Ed), Cellular Physiology and Metabolism of Physical Exercise
M
77 MacDonald Gibson et al ., Environmental Burden of Disease Assessment (Environmental Science and Technology Library 24)
67 Macdonald, How to Observe the Sun Safely (Patrick Moore‘s Practical Astronomy Series) 2nd ed .
10 Macfarlane (Eds), Cardiac Arrhythmias and Mapping Techniques
93 MacGregor (Eds), Sustaining Innovation (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management)
10 Machiraju (Eds), Redo Cardiac Surgery in Adults . 2nd ed .
102 Maclean (Eds), Skills Development for Inclusive and Sustainable Growth in Developing Asia-Pacific (Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 19)
107 Maggino (Eds), Quality of life in Italy (Social Indicators Research Series 48)
54 Mak/Martins, High-/Mixed-Voltage Analog and RF Circuit Techniques for Nanoscale CMOS (Analog Circuits and Signal Processing)
82 Malik (Eds), Management of Microbial Resources in the Environment
22 Malyshev, Immunity, Tumors and Aging: The Role of HSP70 (SpringerBriefs in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 6)
67 March, Advanced Statistical Methods for Astrophysical Probes of Cosmology (Springer Theses)
26 Maroof, Statistical Methods in Neuropsychology
82 Martin/Sauerborn, Agroecology
103 Martinovic (Eds), Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning (Mathematics Education in the Digital Era 1)
10 Martínez-León (Eds), Imaging for Pediatricians (Imaging for Clinicians 1)
72 Matsuoka (Eds), Challenges for Human Security Engineering (Environmental Science and Engineering)
22 Maurits, From Neurology to Methodology and Back
93 McGee (Ed), The Ethics of Tax Evasion
22 Melkikh/Sutormina, Developing Synthetic Transport Systems (SpringerBriefs in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology )
67 Möhl, Stochastic Cooling of Particle Beams (Lecture Notes in Physics 866)
113 Mitchell (Ed), SMST 2011
11 Mohsin, Frozen Section Library: Breast (Frozen Section Library 9)
114 Molahajloo (Eds), Pseudo-Differential Operators, Generalized Functions and Asymptotics (Operator Theory: Advances and Applications 231)
11 Moore (Eds), Common Problems in Acute Care Surgery
N
11 Nagy (Eds), Practical Manual of In Vitro Fertilization
94 Nayak, The Global Financial Crisis
12 Nedorost, Generalized Dermatitis in Clinical Practice
54 Neustein (Eds), Mobile Speech and Advanced Natural Language Solutions
38 Nguyen (Ed), Transactions on Computational Collective Intelligence VI (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, TCCI 7190)
38 Nguyen (Ed), Transactions on Computational Collective Intelligence VIII (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, TCCI 7430)
113 Nguyen (Eds), Computational Collective Intelligence . Technologies and Applications, ICCCI 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 7654)
113 Nguyen (Eds), Computational Collective Intelligence . Technologies and Applications, ICCCI 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 7653)
55 Nguyen-Schäfer, Aero and Vibroacoustics of Automotive Turbochargers
113 Nielsen (Eds), Testing Software and Systems, ICTSS 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNPSE 7641)
33 Norman, Finitely Generated Abelian Groups and Similarity of Matrices over a Field (Springer Undergraduate Mathematics Series)
94 Norén, Equilibrium Models in an Applied Framework (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems 667)
72 Nowacki, Plate Deformation from Cradle to Grave (Springer Theses)
O
55 Ohsawa (Eds), Advances in Chance Discovery (Studies in Computational Intelligence 423)
23 Okada (Ed), Patch Clamp Techniques (Springer Protocols Handbooks)
P
23 Palomo (Eds), Staging Neuropsychiatric Disorders
113 Papasratorn (Eds), Advances in Information Technology, IAIT 2012 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 344)
113 Pavón (Eds), Advances in Artificial Intelligence -- IBERAMIA 2012, Cartagena de Indias (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 7637)
12 Payne (Eds), Imaging and Technology in Urology
72 Pedrotti, Plant and Vegetation Mapping (Geobotany Studies)
13 Pereira da Silva/Woolf, Rheumatology of the Lower Limbs in Clinical Practice
13 Pereira da Silva/Woolf, Rheumatology of the Upper Limbs in Clinical Practice
33 Petersen, Linear Algebra (Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics)
23 Pfeffer (Ed), Cancer Genomics
94 Pfeffer, Virtualization of Universities (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management)
82 Phillips (Eds), Cytochrome P450 Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology 987) 3rd ed .
43 Piquemal (Eds), From Quantum Mechanics to Force Fields (Highlights in Theoretical Chemistry 3)
39 Pohl (Eds), Model-Based Engineering of Embedded Systems
13 Preedy (Ed), Handbook of Anthropometry
14 Preedy (Ed), Handbook of Growth and Growth Monitoring in Health and Disease
55 Preradovic/Karmakar, Multiresonator-Based Chipless RFID
69 Priester, Grain Boundaries (Springer Series in Materials Science 172)
Author Index springer.com/NEWSonline
VI
Q
61 Querol et al ., Practical Approach to Exergy and Thermoeconomic Analyses of Industrial Processes (SpringerBriefs in Energy)
R
56 Rajan (Eds), CESAR - Cost-efficient Methods and Processes for Safety-relevant Embedded Systems
39 Rausch (Eds), Business Intelligence and Performance Management (Advanced Information and Knowledge Processing)
73 Reed (Eds), The Paleobiology of Australopithecus (Vertebrate Paleobiology and Paleoanthropology)
100 Richelle (Eds), Allocating Taxing Powers within the European Union (MPI Studies in Tax Law and Public Finance 2)
56 Robertazzi, Basics of Computer Networking (SpringerBriefs in Electrical and Computer Engineering)
108 Rockman (Eds), Archaeology in Society
113 Rodrigues Jr . (Eds), The Sixth International School on Field Theory and Gravitation-2012 (AIP Conference Proceedings 1483)
14 Romano (Eds), Errors in Radiology
61 Rosellón (Eds), Financial Transmission Rights (Lecture Notes in Energy 7)
108 Rountree (Eds), Archaeology of Spiritualities (One World Archaeology)
S
14 Sagiv, Exercise Cardiopulmonary Function in Cardiac Patients
24 Sanches (Eds), Ultrasound Imaging
56 Sarkar/Theuwissen, A Biologically Inspired CMOS Image Sensor (Studies in Computational Intelligence 461)
24 Satyanarayana (Eds), Thermophilic Microbes in Environmental and Industrial Biotechnology . 2nd ed .
15 Sauer (Ed), Principles of Oocyte and Embryo Donation . 2nd ed .
15 Saxena (Ed), Special Procedures in Foot and Ankle Surgery
15 Saxena (Ed), Sports Medicine and Arthroscopic Surgery of the Foot and Ankle
57 Sayed-Mouchaweh (Eds), Learning in Non-Stationary Environments
16 Scarabino (Ed), Imaging Gliomas After Treatment
42 Schlesinger (Ed), Applications of Electro-chemistry in Medicine (Modern Aspects of Electrochemistry 56)
73 Schmidt, Modelling Tropospheric Volcanic Aerosol (Springer Theses)
111 Schmitz (Eds), The Background of Social Reality (Studies in the Philosophy of Sociality 1)
34 Schneider, Modular Representation Theory of Finite Groups
16 Schüttler (Ed), 50th Anniversary of the German Society for Anaesthesiology and Intensive Care Medicine
24 Schultheiss (Eds), Phase Response Curves in Neuroscience, Experiment (Springer Series in Computational Neuroscience 6)
39 Schumacker/Tomek, Understanding Statistics Using R
95 Schwartz (Eds), Rethinking Regulatory Structure (Zicklin School of Business Financial Markets Series 10)
16 Scuderi (Eds), Minimally Invasive Surgery in Orthopedics
99 Seirafi, Organizational Epistemology (Contributions to Management Science)
77 Seliger (Ed), Sustainable Manufacturing
17 Seligson (Eds), External Fixation in Orthopedic Traumatology
108 Šelih (Eds), Crime and Transition in Central and Eastern Europe
78 Senghaas, Dieter Senghaas (SpringerBriefs on Pioneers in Science and Practice 6)
95 Sengupta, Dynamics of Industry Growth
34 Seydel, Tools for Computational Finance (Universitext) 5th ed .
40 Shabtai et al ., A Survey of Data Leakage Detection and Prevention Solutions (SpringerBriefs in Computer Science)
73 Sharkov, GLOBAL TROPICAL CYCLOGENESIS (Springer Praxis Books) 2nd ed .
17 Shiromani (Eds), Sleep Loss and Obesity
109 Siegel (Eds), Traditional Organized Crime in the Modern World (Studies of Organized Crime 11)
17 Silverberg, Atlas of Pediatric Cutaneous Biodiversity
27 Simić (Eds), Peace Psychology in the Balkans (Peace Psychology Book Series)
113 Simos (Eds), Numerical Analysis and Applied Mathematics ICNAAM 2012: (AIP Conference Proceedings 1479)
83 Singh (Eds), Climate-resilient horticulture: adaptation and mitigation strategies
109 Skibo, Understanding Pottery Function (Manuals in Archaeological Method, Theory and Technique)
95 Sklias (Eds), Greece‘s Horizons (The Konstantinos Karamanlis Institute for Democracy Series on European and International Affairs)
40 Skubch, Modelling and Controlling of Behaviour for Autonomous Mobile Robots
68 Smirnov, Analytic Tools for Feynman Integrals (Springer Tracts in Modern Physics 250)
57 Soudris (Eds), Scalable Multi-core Architectures
62 Spreng (Eds), Tackling Long-Term Global Energy Problems (Environment & Policy 52)
78 Stavenhagen, Pioneer on Indigenous Rights (SpringerBriefs on Pioneers in Science and Practice 2)
57 Su/Wang, Pinning Control of Complex Networked Systems
58 Sultana, Biodegradable Polymer-Based Scaffolds for Bone Tissue Engineering (SpringerBriefs in Applied Sciences and Technology)
58 Sun (Eds), Global Analysis of Nonlinear Dynamics (Nonlinear Systems and Complexity 2)
113 Sun, Weisi (Eds), Advances in Multimedia Information Processing, PCM 2012, Singapore (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 7674)
T
69 Tavadze/Shteinberg, Production of Advanced Materials by Methods of Self-Propagating High-Temperature Synthesis (SpringerBriefs in Materials)
109 Taylor, Jr ., Balancing the Budget is a Progressive Priority (SpringerBriefs in Political Science 7)
113 Todorov (Ed), Application of Mathematics in Technical and Natural Sciences (AIP Conference Proceedings 1487)
43 Topics in Current Chemistry 313
43 Topics in Heterocyclic Chemistry 31
78 Tortajada (Eds), Impacts of Large Dams: A Global Assessment (Water Resources Development and Management)
News 12/2012 Author Index
VII
103 Treagust (Eds), Multiple Representations in Biological Education (Models and Modeling in Science Education 7)
96 Tremblay/Tremblay, New Perspectives on Industrial Organization (Springer Texts in Business and Economics)
U
96 Ullberg, Trade in Ideas (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management 13)
18 Urman (Eds), Physicians’ Pathways to Non-Traditional Careers and Leadership Opportunities
V
96 van de Gevel/Noussair, The Nexus between Artificial Intelligence and Economics (SpringerBriefs in Economics)
18 Varga (Eds), Scleroderma
97 Ver Eecke, Ethical Reflections on the Financial Crisis 2007/2008 (SpringerBriefs in Economics)
44 Vogel, Surface Patterning with Colloidal Monolayers (Springer Theses)
W
83 Wang (Ed), Bioinformatics of Human Proteomics (Translational Bioinformatics 3)
113 Wang (Eds), Advances in Cryptology -- ASIACRYPT 2012, Beijing (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 7658)
97 Wang/Carayannis, Promoting Balanced Competitiveness Strategies of Firms in Developing Countries (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management 12)
59 Wasylkiwskyj, Signals and Transforms in Linear Systems Analysis
97 Wasylyshyn, Behind the Executive Door
68 Wells, Effective Theories in Physics (SpringerBriefs in Physics)
18 Welsh (Ed), Intra-Operative Neuropathology for the Non-Neuropathologist
110 White (Ed), Climate Change from a Criminological Perspective
83 Whitman (Eds), Bergey‘s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology . 2nd ed .
40 Wiertlewski, Reproduction of Tactual Textures (Springer Series on Touch and Haptic Systems)
34 Williams (Ed), Nexus Network Journal 14,3 (Nexus Network Journal 14, 3)
36 Wills, Visualizing Time (Statistics and Computing)
58 Wältermann, Dimension-based Quality Modeling of Transmitted Speech (T-Labs Series in Telecommunication Services)
101 Wolfrum (Eds), International Dispute Settlement: Room for Innovations? (Beiträge zum ausländischen öffentlichen Recht und Völkerrecht 239)
19 Wu (Eds), Atlas of Dermatological Manifestations of Gastrointestinal Disease
113 Wu (Eds), Information Security and Cryptology, Inscrypt 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 7537)
X
19 Xi (Eds), Intermittent Hypoxia and Human Diseases
113 Xu (Ed), 2012 International Conference on Information Technology and Management Science(ICITMS 2012) Proceedings
113 Xu (Eds), Network and System Security, NSS 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 7645)
Y
59 Yager (Eds), Soft Computing: State of the Art Theory and Novel Applications (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft Computing 291)
84 Yahner, Wildlife Behavior and Conservation
59 Yao (Ed), Design and Management of Sustainable Built Environments
113 Yao (Ed), Zero-Carbon Energy Kyoto 2012 (Green Energy and Technology)
60 Yilbas, Laser Drilling (SpringerBriefs in Applied Sciences and Technology)
98 Yülek (Eds), Designing Public Procurement Policy in Developing Countries
98 Yu, One-dot Theory Described, Explained, Inferred, Justified, and Applied (SpringerBriefs in Philosophy 3)
Z
41 Zaki, Future Mobile Communications (Advanced Studies Mobile Research Center Bremen 1)
68 Zeng, Colloidal Dispersions under Slit-Pore Confinement (Springer Theses)
98 Zhang, Venture Capital and the Corporate Governance of Chinese Listed Companies
114 Zhong (Ed), Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Engineering and Applications (IEA) 2012 (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 218)
114 Zhong (Ed), Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Engineering and Applications (IEA) 2012 (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 219)
113 Zhong (Ed), Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Engineering and Applications (IEA) 2012 (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 217)
113 Zhong (Ed), Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Engineering and Applications (IEA) 2012 (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 216)
12 Özkaya et al ., Fundamentals of Biomechanics, Motion . 3rd ed .
75 Zlatanova (Eds), Intelligent Systems for Crisis Management (Lecture Notes in Geoinformation and Cartography)
Title Index springer.com/NEWSonline
VIII
A
56 A Biologically Inspired CMOS Image Sensor
40 A Survey of Data Leakage Detection and Prevention Solutions
47 Advanced In-Flight Measurement Techniques
69 Advanced Materials Modeling for Structures
114 Advanced Nanomaterials and Nanotechnology
67 Advanced Statistical Methods for Astrophysical Probes of Cosmology
113 Advances in Artificial Intelligence -- IBERAMIA 2012
55 Advances in Chance Discovery
113 Advances in Cryptology -- ASIACRYPT 2012
113 Advances in Information Technology
113 Advances in Laserology - Selected Papers of Laser Florence 2011:
28 Advances in Mathematical Economics Volume 16
113 Advances in Multimedia Information Processing, PCM 2012
114 Advances in Regression, Survival Analysis, Extreme Values, Markov Processes and Other Statistical Applications
55 Aero and Vibroacoustics of Automotive Turbochargers
82 Agroecology
30 Algebraic Geometry and Commutative Algebra
100 Allocating Taxing Powers within the European Union
38 An Introduction to XML Query Processing and Keyword Search
30 Analysis and Algebra on Differentiable Manifolds
68 Analytic Tools for Feynman Integrals
79 Analyzing Microbes
16 50th Anniversary of the German Society for Anaesthesiology and Intensive Care Medicine
113 Application of Mathematics in Technical and Natural Sciences
42 Applications of Electrochemistry in Medicine
108 Archaeology in Society
108 Archaeology of Spiritualities
30 Arithmetic Tales
19 Atlas of Dermatological Manifestations of Gastrointestinal Disease
17 Atlas of Pediatric Cutaneous Biodiversity
100 Australia‘s Children‘s Courts Today and Tomorrow
B
66 B-Ac . . .Cu-Zr
109 Balancing the Budget is a Progressive Priority
56 Basics of Computer Networking
97 Behind the Executive Door
83 Bergey‘s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology
58 Biodegradable Polymer-Based Scaffolds for Bone Tissue Engineering
80 Biofuel Technologies
83 Bioinformatics of Human Proteomics
81 Biotechnology for Environmental Management and Resource Recovery
39 Business Intelligence and Performance Management
C
23 Cancer Genomics
71 Carbon Cycling in the Baltic Sea
10 Cardiac Arrhythmias and Mapping Techniques
2 Cardiac Imaging in Electrophysiology
21 Cellular Physiology and Metabolism of Physical Exercise
56 CESAR - Cost-efficient Methods and Processes for Safety-relevant Embedded Systems
72 Challenges for Human Security Engineering
110 Climate Change from a Criminological Perspective
71 Climate Change, Justice and Sustainability
83 Climate-resilient horticulture: adaptation and mitigation strategies
7 Clinical Examination in Orthopedics
81 Co-benefits of Sustainable Forestry
90 Co-Innovation Competence
21 Cochlear Mechanics
87 Collaborative Communities of Firms
32 Collected Papers II
32 Collected Papers III
33 Collected Papers V
68 Colloidal Dispersions under Slit-Pore Confinement
113 Combinatorial Image Analysis
11 Common Problems in Acute Care Surgery
29 Complex Analysis and Differential Equations
113 Computational Collective Intelligence . Technologies and Applications
108 Crime and Transition in Central and Eastern Europe
90 Cross-Cultural Knowledge Management
28 Cylindric-like Algebras and Algebraic Logic
82 Cytochrome P450 Protocols
D
85 Decision Policies for Production Networks
59 Design and Management of Sustainable Built Environments
98 Designing Public Procurement Policy in Developing Countries
22 Developing Synthetic Transport Systems
42 Development of Novel Hydrogen-Bond Donor Catalysts
70 Devonian Paleoenvironments of Ohio
78 Dieter Senghaas
8 Differential Diagnosis for the Dermatologist
2 Diffuse Lung Disease
58 Dimension-based Quality Modeling of Transmitted Speech
9 Diseases of the Parathyroid Glands
29 Dynamical Systems
95 Dynamics of Industry Growth
E
4 Ecohealth Research in Practice
80 Ecological Succession on Fallowed Shifting Cultivation Fields
68 Effective Theories in Physics
105 Encyclopedia of Criminology and Criminal Justice
77 Environmental Burden of Disease Assessment
News 12/2012 Title Index
IX
76 Environmental Monitoring using GNSS
94 Equilibrium Models in an Applied Framework
14 Errors in Radiology
97 Ethical Reflections on the Financial Crisis 2007/2008
85 Excel-Based Business Analysis
14 Exercise Cardiopulmonary Function in Cardiac Patients
17 External Fixation in Orthopedic Traumatology
F
26 Face to Face with Emotions in Health and Social Care
107 Families and Child Health
99 Finance for Academics
92 Financial Management Practices
61 Financial Transmission Rights
45 Finite Element Analysis for Satellite Structures
33 Finitely Generated Abelian Groups and Similarity of Matrices over a Field
1 Flash Imaging
65 3+1 Formalism in General Relativity
65 Formation of the Solar System
113 Foundations of Intelligent Systems
22 From Neurology to Methodology and Back
43 From Quantum Mechanics to Force Fields
11 Frozen Section Library: Breast
12 Fundamentals of Biomechanics
66 Fundamentals of Cosmic Particle Physics
50 Fundamentals of GPS Receivers
45 Fundamentals of the Fuzzy Logic-Based Generalized Theory of Decisions
28 Further Developments in Fractals and Related Fields
41 Future Mobile Communications
G
12 Generalized Dermatitis in Clinical Practice
113 Gesture and Sign Language in Human-Computer Interaction and Embodied Communication
58 Global Analysis of Nonlinear Dynamics
73 GLOBAL TROPICAL CYCLOGENESIS
74 GPS Stochastic Modelling
69 Grain Boundaries
113 Graph-Theoretic Concepts in Computer Science
48 Grasping in Robotics
95 Greece‘s Horizons
H
20 Hallucinations
13 Handbook of Anthropometry
7 Handbook of Children with Special Health Care Needs
14 Handbook of Growth and Growth Monitoring in Health and Disease
8 Handbook of Parathyroid Diseases
106 Handbook of Survey Methodology for the Social Sciences
86 Handbook of the History of Economic Thought
54 Heat & Mass Transfer Intensification and Shape Optimization
52 High Performance Grinding and Advanced Cutting Tools
54 High-/Mixed-Voltage Analog and RF Circuit Techniques for Nanoscale CMOS
67 How to Observe the Sun Safely
50 Hygrothermal Numerical Simulation Tools Applied to Building Physics
I
12 Imaging and Technology in Urology
10 Imaging for Pediatricians
16 Imaging Gliomas After Treatment
22 Immunity, Tumors and Aging: The Role of HSP70
21 Impact of Genetic Targets on Cancer Therapy
78 Impacts of Large Dams: A Global Assessment
113 Implementation and Application of Functional Languages
113 Information Security and Cryptology
48 Innovation Management by Promoting the Informal
88 Innovation Systems in Small Catching-Up Economies
37 Innovative Technologies for Dependable OTS-Based Critical Systems
113 2012 International Conference on Information Technology and Management Science (ICITMS 12) Proceedings
88 Institutional Learning and Knowledge Transfer Across Epistemic Communities
53 Integrated Filters for Short Range Wireless and Biomedical Applications
92 Integrated Methods for Optimization
46 Intelligent Control and Innovative Computing
75 Intelligent Systems for Crisis Management
29 Interest Rate Derivatives
19 Intermittent Hypoxia and Human Diseases
104 International Corporations as Actors in Global Governance
101 International Dispute Settlement: Room for Innovations?
90 International Employer Brand Management
47 Internet of Things and Inter-cooperative Computational Technologies for Collective Intelligence
5 Interventions in Pulmonary Medicine
18 Intra-Operative Neuropathology for the Non-Neuropathologist
31 Introduction to Mathematical Structures and Proofs
K
85 Knowledge Perspectives of New Product Development
L
60 Laser Drilling
102 Lasting Female Educational Leadership
99 Lean Organization: from the Tools of the Toyota Production System to Lean Office
57 Learning in Non-Stationary Environments
113 Lectures on the Physics of Strongly Correlated Systems XVI:
26 LGBT Psychology
91 Liberalization, Growth and Regional Disparities in India
42 Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of Light-weight Eco-composites
Title Index springer.com/NEWSonline
X
33 Linear Algebra
64 Liquid Crystalline Semiconductors
111 Logic at the Crossroads (set)
51 Low-Power Smart Imagers for Vision-Enabled Sensor Networks
M
86 Making It to the Forefront
82 Management of Microbial Resources in the Environment
87 Managing Diversity in Organizations
6 Manual of Fast Track Recovery for Colorectal Surgery
5 Manual of Neonatal Respiratory Care
74 Megacity Mobility Culture
43 Metalation of Azines and Diazines
113 MHD and Energetic Particles
16 Minimally Invasive Surgery in Orthopedics
54 Mobile Speech and Advanced Natural Language Solutions
88 Mode 3 Knowledge Production in Quadruple Helix Innovation Systems
39 Model-Based Engineering of Embedded Systems
40 Modelling and Controlling of Behaviour for Autonomous Mobile Robots
73 Modelling Tropospheric Volcanic Aerosol
6 Modified Inferior Turbinoplasty
34 Modular Representation Theory of Finite Groups
113 Motion in Games
51 Multi-Locomotion Robotic Systems
50 Multi-point Cooperative Communication Systems: Theory and Applications
103 Multiple Representations in Biological Education
55 Multiresonator-Based Chipless RFID
N
63 Nanostructured Materials for Magnetoelectronics
91 National Strategies to Harness Information Technology
4 Neonatology
113 Network and System Security
49 Network-Embedded Management and Applications
96 New Perspectives on Industrial Organization
34 Nexus Network Journal 14,3
66 Non-Universal Superconducting Gap Structure in Iron-Pnictides Revealed by Magnetic Penetration Depth Measurements
64 Nonequilibrium Green‘s Function Approach to Inhomogeneous Systems
51 Novel Techniques for Dialectal Arabic Speech Recognition
113 Numerical Analysis and Applied Mathematics ICNAAM 2012:
O
98 One-dot Theory Described, Explained, Inferred, Justified, and Applied
49 Organic Solar Cells
99 Organizational Epistemology
105 Our Land, Our Oil!
P
2 Pain in Women
102 Parental involvement on children’s education
23 Patch Clamp Techniques
27 Peace Psychology in the Balkans
3 Perioperative Addiction
24 Phase Response Curves in Neuroscience
20 Phosphoinositides and Disease
18 Physicians’ Pathways to Non-Traditional Careers and Leadership Opportunities
57 Pinning Control of Complex Networked Systems
78 Pioneer on Indigenous Rights
72 Plant and Vegetation Mapping
72 Plate Deformation from Cradle to Grave
1 PNF in Practice
106 Policing Muslim Communities
48 Polishing of Diamond Materials
52 Pollution Under Environmental Regulation in Energy Markets
31 Polyhedral and Algebraic Methods in Computational Geometry
61 Practical Approach to Exergy and Thermoeconomic Analyses of Industrial Processes
11 Practical Manual of In Vitro Fertilization
6 Principles of Electronic Prescribing
3 Principles of Health Interoperability HL7 and SNOMED
15 Principles of Oocyte and Embryo Donation
113 Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Engineering and Applications (IEA) 2012
114 Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Engineering and Applications (IEA) 2012
69 Production of Advanced Materials by Methods of Self-Propagating High-Temperature Synthesis
97 Promoting Balanced Competitiveness Strategies of Firms in Developing Countries
89 Protecting Your Intellectual Property Rights
80 Protection of the Three Poles
114 Pseudo-Differential Operators, Generalized Functions and Asymptotics
25 Psychological Components of Sustainable Peace
Q
107 Quality of life in Italy
65 Quantum Opto-Mechanics with Micromirrors
R
53 Radial Basis Function (RBF) Neural Network Control for Mechanical Systems
8 Radionuclide Imaging of Infection and Inflammation
61 Reactive Power Management of Power Networks with Wind Generation
87 Real Estate Finance
37 Real-Time C++
89 Recent Advances and Future Directions in Causality, Prediction, and Specification Analysis
49 Recycled Aggregate in Concrete
74 Rediscovering the World
10 Redo Cardiac Surgery in Adults
86 Reforming Turkish Energy Markets
20 Regulated Proteolysis in Microorganisms
News 12/2012 Title Index
XI
40 Reproduction of Tactual Textures
45 Resource-Aware Data Fusion Algorithms for Wireless Sensor Networks
95 Rethinking Regulatory Structure
13 Rheumatology of the Lower Limbs in Clinical Practice
13 Rheumatology of the Upper Limbs in Clinical Practice
S
57 Scalable Multi-core Architectures
18 Scleroderma
37 Search Computing
35 Selected Works of Terry Speed
92 Service Management
113 Service-Oriented Computing
53 Shape Understanding System – Knowledge Implementation and Learning
59 Signals and Transforms in Linear Systems Analysis
35 Singular Spectrum Analysis for Time Series
102 Skills Development for Inclusive and Sustainable Growth in Developing Asia-Pacific
17 Sleep Loss and Obesity
3 Smith and Nesi’s Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
113 SMST 2011
104 Societal Dynamics
59 Soft Computing: State of the Art Theory and Novel Applications
81 Spatial Planning and Sustainable Development
15 Special Procedures in Foot and Ankle Surgery
15 Sports Medicine and Arthroscopic Surgery of the Foot and Ankle
23 Staging Neuropsychiatric Disorders
26 Statistical Methods in Neuropsychology
35 Statistical Tools for Measuring Agreement
67 Stochastic Cooling of Particle Beams
63 Strongly Correlated Systems
112 Structures on the Move
79 Studies on Arthritis and Joint Disorders
44 Surface Patterning with Colloidal Monolayers
64 Surface Science Techniques
77 Sustainable Manufacturing
93 Sustaining Innovation
T
62 Tackling Long-Term Global Energy Problems
93 Taxation, Growth and Fiscal Institutions
31 Teaching and Learning of Knot Theory in School Mathematics
7 Technology Enabled Knowledge Translation for eHealth
71 Teide Volcano
113 Testing Software and Systems
79 The Art of Deliberating
46 The Art of Hardware Architecture
111 The Background of Social Reality
100 The Court of Justice and the Construction of Europe: Analyses and Perspectives on Sixty Years of Case-law – La Cour de Justice et la Construction de l‘Europe: Analyses et Perspectives de Soixante Ans de Jurisprudence
93 The Ethics of Tax Evasion
105 The Europeanization of Domestic Legislatures
94 The Global Financial Crisis
107 The Global Victimization of Children
32 The Implicit Function Theorem
4 The Manual of Dermatology
96 The Nexus between Artificial Intelligence and Economics
113 The Outreach of Digital Libraries: A Globalized Resource Network
73 The Paleobiology of Australopithecus
25 The Psychology of the Human-Animal Bond
113 The Sixth International School on Field Theory and Gravitation-2012
76 The Soils of Croatia
76 The Soils of Italy
77 The Soils of Mexico
63 The Theoretical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics
9 Therapeutic Hypothermia After Cardiac Arrest
24 Thermophilic Microbes in Environmental and Industrial Biotechnology
34 Tools for Computational Finance
106 Tourism and Archaeological Heritage Management at Petra
96 Trade in Ideas
109 Traditional Organized Crime in the Modern World
38 Transactions on Computational Collective Intelligence VI
38 Transactions on Computational Collective Intelligence VIII
1 Translational Vascular Medicine
25 Treating NVLD in Children
104 Two Centuries of Local Autonomy
U
52 Ultra High-Speed CMOS Circuits
47 Ultra-Wideband Transceiver Circuits and Systems
5 Ultrasonography of the Pancreas
24 Ultrasound Imaging
89 Understanding Family Businesses
109 Understanding Pottery Function
39 Understanding Statistics Using R
43 Unimolecular and Supramolecular Electronics II
V
98 Venture Capital and the Corporate Governance of Chinese Listed Companies
94 Virtualization of Universities
103 Visual Mathematics and Cyberlearning
36 Visualizing Time
W
70 WATER RESOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT
46 WDM Systems and Networks
84 Wildlife Behavior and Conservation
9 Women, Motherhood and Living with HIV/AIDS
91 Women’s Entrepreneurship and Economics
Z
113 Zero-Carbon Energy Kyoto 2012
springer.comABC
Springer NEWS and eBook CollectionsSpringer NEWS and eBook CollectionsWhich subjects are in which collections?As a rule, all Springer titles are included in Springer’s eBook Collections. Exceptions are marked in the NEWSas “only available in print.” Read the table to find out which subjects are in which collections.
NEWS Chapter eBook CollectionBiomedicine Biomedical and Life Sciences
Business Management Business and Economics
Chemistry Chemistry and Materials Science
Computer Science Computer Science
Dentistry Medicine
Earth Sciences Earth and Environmental Science
Economics/Management Science Business and Economics
Education Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Energy Energy
Engineering Engineering
Environmental Sciences Earth and Environmental Science
General Science Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Geography Earth and Environmental Science
Humanities / Arts / Design Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences
Linguistics Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Management/Business for Professionals Business and Economics
Materials Science Chemistry and Materials Science
Mathematics Mathematics and Statistics
Medicine & Public Health Medicine
Pharmacy Medicine
Philosophy Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Physics Physics and Astronomy
Popular Science The corresponding subject
Professional Computing Professional and Applied Computing
Psychology Behavioral Science
Social Sciences Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
Statistics Mathematics and Statistics
Monthly NEWS eBook ListThe contents of each NEWS issue and the corresponding collection per title are posted electronically on our web site every monthas downloads. Please go to springer.com/NEWSonline for exact details.
Springer eBooks, eReference Works and eBook Series are available through various business models to meet an institution’s orcorporation’s specific needs. Please contact your local Springer Licensing Manager for complete details of Standard, Academicand Corporate Single Site, Multi-Site and Consortia Licenses.
014729b
014729b_210x276ma_1c.indd 1 26/10/2012 14:11:50
News 12/2012 Medicine & Public Health
1
D. Abraham, University College London, UK; C. Handler, University College Medical School, London, UK; M. Dashwood, University College London, UK ; G. Coghlan, University College Medical School, London, UK (Eds)
Translational Vascular MedicinePathogenesis, Diagnosis, and Treatment
Features 7 A primer for translational vascular medi-cine 7 Discusses the evolving and exciting areas of basic science applied to vascular medici-ne 7 Provides a large amount of new basic and clinical information 7 Contributors are world leaders.
Contents Section 1 – Hot Topics in Vascular Biology.- 1. Pericytes: Adaptable vascular progenitors.- 2. Benefits and risks of manipulating the HIF hydroxylase pathway in ischaemic heart disease.- 3. Cytoprotective mechanisms in the vasculature.- 4. Notch signalling in vascular development .- Section 2 - Novel Molecular Mediators Regulating Cardiovascular System.- 5. The therpeutic poten-tial of dimethylarginine dimethylaminohydrolase mediated regulation of nitric oxide synthesis..- 6. Potassium channels regulating the electrical activity of the heart.- 7. Free radicals oxidant stress and cardiovascular disease.- Section 3 - Clinical Aspects of Cardiovascular Disease.- 8. The Broken Heart Syndrome.- 9. Lymphatic endothelium in health and disease.- 10. Importance of sub-type selectivity for endothelin receptor antagonists in the human vasculature.- 11. Non-pharmacological treatment of PAD.- 12. Surgical Approaches to Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm Repair.- Section 4 - Clinical and translational Aspects of Pulmonary Vascular Disease.- 13. Understanding the patho-biology of pulmonary vascular disease.- 14. Inflammation in pulmonary arterial hyper-tension
Fields of interestCardiology; Gene Expression; Human Physiology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryReference work
Available
2012 . XIV, 266 p . 54 illus ., 28 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-0-85729-919-2
9<HTLIQH=cjjbjc>
S. Achenbach, T. Johnson, University Munich, Germany; P. Lengsfeld, Bayer, Berlin, Germany; S. Ulzheimer, Siemens AG, Germany (Eds)
Flash ImagingThis book provides an introduction to Flash technology and to the basics of contrast media administration followed by 15 in-depth clinical scan and contrast media injection protocols. All were developed in consensus by selected physici-ans. Each protocol is complemented by individual considerations, tricks and pitfalls, and by clinical examples from several of the world‘s best radiolo-gists and cardiologists.
Field of interestImaging / Radiology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . 180 p . 425 illus ., 350 in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 5,30 | € (A) 5,45 | sFr 7,007 € 4,95 | £4.99ISBN 978-3-642-24593-0
9<HTOGPC=cefjda>
S. S. Adler, Chicago, IL, USA; D. Beckers, Rehabilitationszentrum Hoensbroek, The Netherlands; M. Buck, Rehabilitations Centre Hoensbroek, The Netherlands
PNF in PracticeAn Illustrated Guide
The PNF approach, presented in a fully illustra-ted hands-on guide, including 650 photosFocus on practical aspects of patient evaluation and treatment ICF and Motor Learning and how these concepts are applied in PNF Provides a systematic and easily accessible guide to learning and under-standing PNF as a practical tool and using it to full effect in patient treatmentNew for this edition: new full-color textbook design for more user-friendly learning experience; fully revised intro-ductory chapter on the PNF basics, now including discussion and demonstration of ICF and Motor Learning aspects in detailed case study; throug-hout chapters, new additional case studies that help visualize the application of PNF techniques in promoting the patients’ everyday–life motor skills on activity and participation levels.
Features 7 Fully illustrated guide: approx. 650 full-color photos 7 Focus on practical aspects of patient evaluation and treatment 7 ICF and Motor Learning applied to PNF 7 New textbook design for more user-friendly experience
Contents Introduction to Proprioceptive Neuromuscular Facilitation.- Basic Procedures for Facilitation.- Techniques.- Patient Treatment.- Patterns of Facilitation.- The Scapula and Pelvis.- The Upper Extremity.- The Lower Extremity.- The Neck.- The Trunk.- Mat Activities.- Gait Training.- Vital Functions.- Activities of Daily Living.- Glossary.
Fields of interestPhysiotherapy; Occupational Therapy; Neurology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Due July 2013
4th ed . 2013 . Approx . 330 p . 220 illus . in color . Softcover7 approx. * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 80,007 approx. € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-3-642-34987-4
9<HTOGPC=dejihe>
Medicine & Public Health springer.com/NEWSonline
2
A. Auricchio, Fondazione Cardiocentro Ticino, Lugano, Switzerland; J. Singh, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA, USA; F. E. Rademakers, University Hospitals Leuven, Belgium (Eds)
Cardiac Imaging in ElectrophysiologyCardiac arrhythmias are a major cause of death (7 million cases annually worldwide; 400,000 in the U.S. alone) and disability. Yet, a noninvasive imaging modality to identify patients at risk, provide accurate diagnosis and guide therapy is not yet available in clinical practice. Nevertheless, there are various applications of electrophysiologic imaging in humans from ECG/CT reconstruc-tions, MRI to tissue Doppler investigations that provide supplimentary diagnostic data to the cardiologist. EP laboratories are experiencing an increase in volume, for both diagnostic and interventional electrophysiology studies, including mapping, ablation, and pacemaker implants. The equipment requirements for these procedures are stringent, include positioning capabilities, and dose management.
Feature 7 Details all of the current imaging methodo-logies designed to assist in the electrophysiology department Written by experts from around the world in the field of Cardiac Imaging A clear and concise review of the topic
Contents SECTION 1. Introduction.- SECTION 2. Non-invasive cardiac imaging modalities.- SECTION 3. Invasive cardiac imaging modalities.- SECTION 4. Imaging fusion.- SECTION 5. Imaging integration into navigation systems
Fields of interestCardiology; Imaging / Radiology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryReference work
Available
2012 . XVII, 328 p . 240 illus ., 191 in color . With online files/update . Hardcover7 * € (D) 171,15 | € (A) 175,94 | sFr 229,507 € 159,95 | £144.00ISBN 978-1-84882-485-0
9<HTMIPI=iceifa>
A. Bailey, Spaulding Rehabilitation Hospital, Boston, MA, USA; C. Bernstein, Arnold Pain Management Center, Brookline, MA, USA (Eds)
Pain in WomenA Clinical Guide
Pain is a complex experience, influenced by many variables. There is currently growing interest in the influence of sex and gender on the experience of pain. The fact that there are sex differences in pain and analgesia is now a well-recognized phenome-non within the field of pain medicine. Howe-ver, the specific mechanisms underlying these differences remain somewhat poorly understood. Traditionally, these sex differences in pain experi-ence have been attributed largely to psychological, behavioral, and socio-cultural variables -- in particular, a perceived greater willingness on the part of women to report painful symptoms and seek medical attention.
Features 7 Breaks new ground in outlining the breadth of issues related to pain mechanisms and pain treat-ment in women 7 Details the range of neurohor-monal factors underlying pain pathways in women and clarifies potential treatment options based on these factors. 7 Addresses all of the common pain disorders common in women
Contents Sex Differences In Pain.- Neuroanatomy of Public Pain.- Myofascial Pain and Fibromyalgia.- Chronic Pevic Pain.- Chronic Pelvic Pain and Dysfunc-tion.- Vulvodynia.-Cystitis and Painful Bladder Syndrome.- Headache in Women.- Pregnancy and Post-Partum Pain.- The Female Athlete.- Im-mune Consequences of ELS.- Menopause and the Musculoskeletal System.- Breast Cancer.- Physical Therapy.
Field of interestPain Medicine
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2013 . X, 320 p . 45 illus ., 22 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-1-4419-7112-8
9<HTMEPB=jhbbci>
R. P. Baughman, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, OH, USA; R. M. Bois, Imperial College, London, UK (Eds)
Diffuse Lung DiseaseA Practical Approach
Interstitial lung diseases comprise a significant part of any respiratory medicine practice.
Features 7 Easy to follow format accompanied by high yield tables 7 Disease specific chapters outline diagnostic criteria and treatment strategies 7 Illustrative cases showing roentgenographic changes 7 Vast array of HRCT images
Contents Chapter 1 - Patient Evaluation.- Chapter 2 - Radiologic Evaluation.- Chapter 3 - Bronchoal-veolar Lavage.- Chapter 4 - Pathology of Diffuse Lung Disease.- Chapter 5 - Pulmonary Function Testing.- Chapter 6 - Diffuse Lung Disease: Clas-sification and Evaluation.- Chapter 7 - Drug Therapy for Interstitial Lung Disease.- Chapter 8 - Pulmonary Hypertension in Interstitial Lung Disease.- Chapter 9 - Sarcoidosis.- Chapter 10 - Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis (IPF).- Chapter 11 - Nonspecific Interstitial Pneumonia.- Chapter 12 - A Practical Approach to Connective Tissue Disease Associated Lung Disease.- Chapter 13 - Hypersensitivity Pneumonitis: A Clinical Perspective.- Chapter 14 - Smoking and Interstitial Lung Disease.- Chapter 15 - Childhood Interstitial Lung Disease.- Chapter 16 - Rare Interstitial Lung Diseases.- Chapter 17 - Occupational and Drug Induced Disorders.- Chapter 18 - Bronchiolitis.- Chapter 19 - Pulmonary Vasculitis.
Fields of interestPneumology/Respiratory System; Internal Medi-cine
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XII, 400 p . 166 illus ., 80 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 171,15 | € (A) 175,94 | sFr 229,507 € 159,95 | £144.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9770-8
9<HTMEPB=jjhhai>
News 12/2012 Medicine & Public Health
3
T. Benson, Abies Ltd ., London, UK
Principles of Health Interoperability HL7 and SNOMEDThe aims and scope of the second edition are unchanged from the first edition. The major mar-ket is in health informatics education. The three part format, which covers principles of health interoperability, HL7 and interchange formats, and SNOMED CT and clinical terminology, works well. In the US, The ONC (Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology) has estimated that the HITECH stimulus will crea-te more than 50,000 new jobs for health informa-tics professionals, who need to be educated.
Features 7 Updated Second Edition containing sections on both SNOMED CT and HL7 V3 7 Authored by one of the most experienced teachers of SNO-MED CT and HL7 V3 7 Accessible to both rela-tive novices and more experienced practitioners
Fields of interestHealth Informatics; Public Health/Gesundheits-wesen; Medicine/Public Health, general
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2nd ed . 2012 . XXV, 316 p . 65 illus ., 7 in color . (Health Information Technology Standards) Softcover7 * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 80,007 € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-1-4471-2800-7
9<HTMEPH=bciaah>
E. H. Black, F. A. Nesi, G. J. Gladstone, Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, USA; M. R. Levine (Eds)
Smith and Nesi’s Ophthalmic Plastic and Reconstructive SurgeryManaging editor: C. J. Calvano, Wayne State University, Detroit, MI, USA
Contents SECTION 1. ANATOMY.- Ch 01. Anatony of the Ocular Adnexa, Orbit, and Related Facial Structures.- SECTION 2. GENERAL CON-SIDERATIONS.- Ch. 02. Basic Principles of Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery.- Ch. 3. Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery – A History in the Making.- Ch. 4. Instrumentation in Ophthalmic Plastic Surgery.- Ch. 5. Infections and Hypersensitivity of the Eyelids.- Ch. 6. Approach to Oculoplastic Disorders.- Ch. 7. Traumatic Cranial Neuropa-thies.- SECTION 3. DERMATOLOGY OF THE EYELIDS.- Ch. 8. Eyelid Dermatitis.- SECTION 4. EYELID TRAUMA.- Ch. 9. Management of Ocular Adnexal Trauma.- Ch. 10. Adnexal Burns.- SECTION 5. ORBITAL TRAUMA.- Ch. 11. General Principles of Management of Orbital Fractures.- Ch. 12. Blowout Fractures of the Orbit.- Ch. 13. Zygomaticomaxillary Complex Fractures.- Ch. 14. Posttraumatic Enophthalmos and Three-Dimensional Imaging.- Ch.15. Le Fort Fractures.- Ch. 16. Orbital Foreign Bodies and Penetrating Orbital Injuries.- SECTION 6. EYE-LID MALPOSITIONS.- Ch. 17. Entropion.- Ch. 18. Trichiasis.- Ch. 19. Ectropion.- Ch. 20. Facial Palsy - Periocular Management.- Ch. 21. Essential Blepharospasm and Hemifacial Spasm.- Ch. 22. Ocular Cicatricial Pemphigoid.- SECTION 7. BLEPHAROPTOSIS.- Ch. 23. Ptosis in Neurologic Disease.- Ch. 24. Congenital Ptosis.- Ch. 25. Ac-quired Ptosis: Classification and Evaluation. [...]
Fields of interestOphthalmology; Plastic Surgery; Dermatology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
3rd ed . 2012 . XXIII, 1330 p . 1128 illus ., 540 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 245,03 | € (A) 251,90 | sFr 305,007 € 229,00 | £206.50ISBN 978-1-4614-0970-0
9<HTMERB=eajhaa>
E. O. Bryson, E. A. Frost, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, NY, USA (Eds)
Perioperative AddictionClinical Management of the Addicted Patient
Features 7 Guidance for spotting and managing addicted patients 7 All common and important drugs of addiction, from opioids, cocaine, club drugs, and alcohol, to tobacco, marijuana, nitrous oxide, inhalants, and propofol 7 Special populations, including pregnant women, pain patients, adole-scents, older patients, and healthcare professio-nals 7 Fascinating overview of the long history of addiction 7 Genetic basis of addiction, and the range of pharmacological treatments for addiction
Contents Dedication.- Foreword.- Preface- Part I: Back-ground.- Chapter 1: A History of Addiction in Medical Personnel.- Chapter 2: The Genetic Basis of Addiction.- Chapter 3: Pharmacologic Treat-ments for Addiction.- Part II: Specific Drugs.- Chapter 4: The Anesthetic Implications of Opioid Addiction .- Chapter 5: The Cocaine-Addicted Patient.- Chapter 6: Club Drugs.- Chapter 7: An-esthesia and Alcohol Addiction.- Chapter 8: To-bacco, the Smoking Gun?.- Chapter 9: Marijuana, nitrous oxide and other inhaled drugs.- Chapter 10: Propofol Abuse.- Part III: Specific Populati-ons.- Chapter 11: Drugs, Alcohol and Pregnant Women: Anesthetic implications for mother and newborn.- Chapter 12: Prescription drugs: Implications for the chronic pain patient.- Chapter 13: The Addicted Adolescent Patient.- Chapter 14: The Addicted Geriatric Patient.- Chapter 15: The Drug-Seeking Healthcare Professional.- Chapter 16: Non-narcotic anesthetic options for the patient in recovery from substance abuse.
Fields of interestAnesthesiology; Surgery; Internal Medicine
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XIV, 290 p . 53 illus ., 25 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 80,20 | € (A) 82,45 | sFr 107,507 € 74,95 | £67.99ISBN 978-1-4614-0169-8
9<HTMERB=eabgji>
Medicine & Public Health springer.com/NEWSonline
4
G. Buonocore, R. Bracci, Siena University, Siena, Italy; M. Weindling, University of Liverpool, UK (Eds)
NeonatologyA Practical Approach to Neonatal Diseases
This new textbook wants to offer to neonatologists and pediatricians a modern and complete view of the various problems and aspects of neonatology, currently one of the most complex and advanced fields of pediatrics. The first chapters will be de-dicated to the epidemiology of neonatal mortality and morbidity and to the conditions responsible for neonatal risk. A section will be devoted to organizational problems of hospitals and home services for efficient modern neonatal and infant care.
Features 7 This volume offers both a clear overview and a practical approach to neonatal diseases 7 It will represent an up-to-date educational resource 7 It will provide the most reliable references from trustworthy authors and centers where the reader can find the latest information on these difficult subjects
Contents 1. Epidemiology & Fetal Neonatal Medicine 2. Perinatal & Neonatal Care 3. Nutrition 4.Farmacology And Infants Of Smoking And Diabetic Mother 5. Respiratory System 6. Cardi-ovascular System 7. Hyperbilirubinema And Liver Diseases 8. Surgery & Fetal And Neonatal Hydrops 9. Hematology, Immunology And Malignancies 10. Fetal & Neonatal Infections 11. Endocrine & Metabolic Diseases 12. Neurology 13. Ophtalmology, Orthopedics And Skin Diseases.
Fields of interestPediatrics; Obstetrics/Perinatology; Maternal and Child Health
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryReference work
Available
2012 . XXX, 1350 p . 400 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 215,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-88-470-1404-6
9<HTTIPH=abeaeg>
J. A. Cafardi, University of Alabama at Birmingham, AL, USA
The Manual of DermatologyThe Manual of Dermatology was developed by Dr. Cafardi at the University of Alabama at Birmingham, Department of Dermatology, and covers broad dermatological topics necessary for any dermatology resident treating patients. Topics include alopecia, medication dosing and manage-ment pearls, fungal disorders, genodermatoses, differential diagnoses of various skin diseases, management of infections, surgical anatomy and tips, HIV dermatology, pediatric dermatology, and skin cancer management and terminology. The practicality of this book is unique and includes key clinical data for residents, making it essential as a reference for quick differential diagnoses, work-up tips, management, and treatment options. This quick reference offers a more practical approach to dermatology, with drug names and dosing, and more information on mycology/onychomycosis than any other handbook on the market.
Features 7 Essential as a reference for quick differenti-al diagnoses, work-up tips, management, and treatment options 7 Portable, comprehensive, easily accessible, and based upon algorithms, tables, and pearls taught to dermatology medical students 7 Covers broad dermatological topics necessary for any dermatology resident treating patients 7 Practical approach to dermatology, with drug names and dosing, as well as more information than any other related book on my-cology/onychomycosis Includes key clinical data for residents
Contents Notice.- The Manual of Dermatology.- Index.
Fields of interestDermatology; Primary Care Medicine
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XIII, 573 p . 15 illus . Softcover7 * € (D) 42,75 | € (A) 43,95 | sFr 53,507 € 39,95 | £35.99ISBN 978-1-4614-0937-3
9<HTMERB=eajdhd>
D. F. Charron, IDRC, Ottawa, ON, USA (Ed)
Ecohealth Research in PracticeInnovative Applications of an Ecosystem Approach to Health
This book is about doing innovative research to achieve sustainable and equitable change in people’s health and well-being through improved interactions with the environment. It presents experiences from the field of ecosystem ap-proaches to health (or ecohealth research) and some insights and lessons learned. It builds on previous literature, notably Forget (1997), Forget and Lebel (2001), Lebel (2003), and Waltner-Toews et al. (2008). Through case-studies and other contributions by researchers supported by Canada’s International Development Research Centre (IDRC), the book presents evidence of real changes in conditions of people, their health, and the ecosystems that support them. These changes were derived from applications of an ecosystem approach to health in developing regions of the world. The book also illustrates the resulting body of applied, participatory, and action research that improved health and environmental management in developing countries and, in many cases, influ-enced policies and practices.
Features 7 Ecohealth is an emerging, multidisciplinary, and expanding field of research, practice, and policymaking around the world 7 Features case studies from around the world with synthetic analysis of the research 7 Demonstrates how ecohealth research has led to sustained improve-ments in both human and ecosystem health
Fields of interestMedicine/Public Health, general; Environmental Management; Ecosystems
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XXII, 282 p . 21 illus ., 2 in color . (Insight and Innovation in International Development, Volume 1) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 143,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0516-0
9<HTMERB=eafbga>
News 12/2012 Medicine & Public Health
5
J. P. Díaz-Jimenez, MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX, USA; A. N. Rodriguez, Clinica y Maternidad Colon, Mar del Plata, Buenos Aires, Argentina (Eds)
Interventions in Pulmonary MedicineContents Foreword.- Section I. Basic endoscopy.- 1. Tracheobronchial Anatomy.- 2. Flexible Bron-choscopy.- 3. Rigid Bronchoscopy.- 4. Anesthesia for Interventional Bronchoscopic Procedures.- 5. Evaluating Outcomes After Interventional Proce-dures.- 6. Bronchoscopy Education: New Insights.- Section II. Tracheobronchial obstructions.- 7. Reo-pening The Airway: Fast Methods – Laser Assisted Mechanical Resection, Electrocautery and Argon Plasma Coagulation.- 8. Cryotherapy.- 9. En-dobronchial Brachytherapy: Concept, Indications, Technique and Outcomes.- 10. Photodynamic Therapy for Early and Advanced Lung Cancer.- 11. Benign Tracheal And Bronchial Stenosis.- 12. Endobronchial Prosthesis.- Section III. Lung can-cer diagnosis.- 13. Early Lung Cancer: Methods For Detection.- 14. Diagnostic Of Lung Cancer: Confocal Bronchoscopy.- 15. Optical Coherence Tomography.- 16. Electromagnetic Navigation.- 17. Lung Cancer Screening and the National Lung Screening Trial (NLST).- 18. Tissue Acquisition In Patients With Suspected Lung Cancer: Techniques Available to the Pulmonologist.- Section IV. Lung cancer staging.- 19. The New Lung Cancer TNM Classification: Review And Clinical Implica-tions.- 20. Mediastinoscopy And Its Variants.- 21. Endobronchial Ultrasound: Basic Principles.- 22. Endobronchial Ultrasound: Clinical Applica-tions.- Section V. Pleural conditions.- 23. Pleural Anatomy.- 24. Medical Thoracoscopy. [...]
Fields of interestPneumology/Respiratory System; Oncology; Surgery
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . XX, 980 p . 210 illus ., 189 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 213,95 | € (A) 219,94 | sFr 266,507 € 199,95 | £180.00ISBN 978-1-4614-6008-4
9<HTMERB=egaaie>
S. M. Donn, C .S . Mott Children’s Hospital, Ann Arbor, MI, USA; S. K. Sinha, The James Cook University Hospital, Middlesbrough, UK (Eds)
Manual of Neonatal Respiratory CareContents SECTION I. Lung Development and Malde-velopment.- Chapter 1. Development of the Respiratory System.- Chapter 2. Developmental Lung Anomalies.- SECTION II. Principles of Mechanical Ventilation.- Chapter 3. Sponta-neous Breathing.- Chapter 4. Pulmonary Gas Exchange.- Chapter 5. Oxygen Therapy.- Chap-ter 6. Oxygen Toxicity.- Chapter 7. Pulmonary Mechanics.- Chapter 8. Basic Principles of Mechanical Ventilation.- Chapter 9. Classification of Mechanical Ventilation Devices.- Chapter 10. Ventilator Parameters.- Chapter 11. Respiratory Gas Conditioning and Humidification.- SEC-TION III. Procedures and Techniques.- Chapter 12. Clinical Examination.- Chapter 13. Neonatal Resuscitation.- Chapter 14. Laryngoscopy and Endotracheal Intubation.- Chapter 15. Vascular Access.- Chapter 16. Tracheostomy.- SECTION IV. Monitoring the Ventilated Patient.- Chapter 17. Continuous Monitoring Techniques.- Chapter 18. Pulse Oximetry.- Chapter 19. Interpretation of Blood Gases.- Chapter 20. Neonatal Pulmonary Graphics.- Chapter 21. Radiography.- Chapter 22. Transillumination.- Chapter 23. Echocardio-graphy.- Chapter 24. Bronchoscopy.- SECTION V. Non-Invasive Ventilatory Techniques.- Chap-ter 25. Nasal Cannula Therapy.- Chapter 26. Continuous Positive Airway Pressure.- Chapter 27. Non-invasive Ventilation.- SECTION VI. Ventilatory Modes and Modalities.- Chapter 28. Positive End Expiratory Pressure.- Chapter 29. Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation. [...]
Fields of interestPediatrics; Pneumology/Respiratory System; Intensive / Critical Care Medicine
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
3rd ed . 2012 . XXXII, 787 p . 147 illus ., 27 in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-2154-2
9<HTMERB=ecbfec>
M. D‘Onofrio, University of Verona, Italy (Ed)
Ultrasonography of the PancreasImaging and Pathologic Correlations
Ultrasonography (US) has long been conside-red an important diagnostic imaging modality for investigation of the pancreas despite certain significant and well-known limitations. Indeed, in many countries US represents the first step in the diagnostic algorithm for pancreatic pathologies. Recent years have witnessed major advances in conventional, harmonic, and Doppler imaging. New technologies, softwares, and techniques, such as volumetric imaging, enhancement quantifi-cation, and fusion imaging, are increasing the diagnostic capabilities of US.
Features 7 This volume presents a complete overview and precise description of recent developments in the array of different ultrasound methods for the study of the pancreas 7 New techniques are presented 7 New techniques are discussed
Contents 1. Ultrasound Imaging - 2. Transabdominal Ultrasonography of the Pancreas - 3. Endoscopic Ultrasonography of the Pancreas - 4. Percutaneous Ultrasound Guided Interventional Procedures in Pancreatic Diseases - 5. Intraoperative Ultrasono-graphy of the Pancreas - 6. Pancreatic Anatomy, Variants and Pseudolesions of the Pancreas - 7. Pancreatitis and Pseudocysts - 8. Solid Pancreatic Tumors - 9. Cystic Pancreatic Tumors - 10. Rare Pancreatic Tumors - 11. Imaging Correlation - 12. Pancreatic Lesions: Pathologic Correlations - 13. Clinical and Imaging Scenarios - 14. Flowcharts in Pancreatic Diseases
Fields of interestDiagnostic Radiology; Ultrasound; Gastroente-rology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XV, 205 p . 140 illus ., 60 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 186,507 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-88-470-2378-9
9<HTTIPH=acdhij>
Medicine & Public Health springer.com/NEWSonline
6
N. Francis, Yeovil District Hospital NHS Foundation, Yeovil, UK; R. H. Kennedy, St Mark‘s Hospital, Harrow, UK; O. Ljungqvist, Örebro University Hospital, Sweden; M. G. Mythen, University College London, UK (Eds)
Manual of Fast Track Recovery for Colorectal SurgeryManual of Fast Track Recovery for Colorectal Surgery provides a broad overview on enhanced recovery, with expert opinions from leaders in the field regarding elements of enhanced recovery care that are generic and specific to colorectal surgery. This book covers the patient journey through such a programme, commencing with optimisation of the patient’s condition, patient education and conditioning of their expectations.
Features 7 Provides an overview of the main elements of fast track recovery. 7 Evidence of fast track on patient recovery and quality of life as well as the current research and trials for the future of this mood of recovery. 7 Discuss troubleshooting with this approach and how to get started with a new programme.
Contents Overview: Key Elements and the Impact of En-hanced Recovery Care.- Pre-Operative Optimi-sation and Conditioning of Expectations.- The Metabolic Stress Response and Enhanced Reco-very.- Anaesthetic Contributions in Enhanced Recovery.- Peri-Operative Fluid Management in Enhanced Recovery.- Pain Control After Surgery.- The Role of the Enhanced Recovery Facilitator.-Colorectal Surgery and Enhanced Recovery.- Setting up an Enhanced Recovery Programme.- Success and Failure in Colorectal Enhanced Recovery.- Data Collection and Audit
Fields of interestColorectal Surgery; Surgery; Oncology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XII, 181 p . 22 illus ., 18 in color . (Enhanced Recovery) Softcover7 * € (D) 80,20 | € (A) 82,45 | sFr 107,507 € 74,95 | £67.99ISBN 978-0-85729-952-9
9<HTLIQH=cjjfcj>
P. Gottarelli
Modified Inferior TurbinoplastyA new surgical approach
Humans can resist 40 days without eating and 4 days without drinking, but only 4 minutes without breathing: this tells us much about its fundamental importance. Breathed air is slowed down, filtered, warmed and humidified by the nose; many me-chanisms are involved in this act, which prevent bronchial tubes and pulmonary alveolus from re-ceiving an excessive and sudden air load. It is well known, on the other hand, that breathing through the mouth causes a lot of problems: inflammatory diseases of the upper airways, sleep apnea syndro-me, but also, in some cases, bronchial, pulmonary and even cardiac disorders, that are more easily affecting patients not able to breathe correctly through the nose. For this reason, restoring an efficient nasal function is a very important - and in some cases crucial - issue.
Features 7 Presents in detail an effective operative tech-nique for inferior turbinate hypertrophy 7 Will help to solve a knotty problem in nasal surge-ry 7 Explains the clear advantages over current procedures, including avoidance of relapse
Contents The History of Rhinoplasty.- Well-being and Respiration.- Nasal Anatomy and Function.- The Inferior Turbinates.- Diagnosis.- How we attained Modified Inferior Turbinoplasty.- The New Modi-fied Inferior Turbinoplasty.- Post-traumatic Hump Nose.- The Modified Inferior Turbinoplasty, Step by Step.- The Concept of „Respiratory Symme-try“.- The Control of Relapses in Septal Devia-tions.- Conclusions.
Fields of interestOtorhinolaryngology; Plastic Surgery; Head and Neck Surgery
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XII, 88 p . 70 illus . in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 42,75 | € (A) 43,95 | sFr 53,507 € 39,95 | £35.99ISBN 978-88-470-2441-0
9<HTTIPH=aceeba>
S. Goundrey-Smith, SGS PharmaSolutions, Chedworth, Gloucestershire, UK
Principles of Electronic PrescribingOver the next few years, the Connecting for Health IT programme for the NHS in England is due to implement electronic prescribing systems at all hospitals in England. Furthermore, the other UK countries are likely to follow suit with clinical IT implementation programmes, and these developments will generate interest in electronic prescribing at European and international level. There is therefore likely to be an exponential growth in the significance of electronic prescribing over the next ten years.
Features 7 Updated publication solely devoted to elect-ronic medicines management in the secondary care setting 7 Describes the design and benefits issues with electronic medicines management 7 Discusses these issues in the broader context of the law, ethics and professional practices of the healthcare system
Contents 1.Philosophical & Social Framework of Electronic Medicines Management.- 2. History and Context of Electronic Prescribing in the US and UK.- 3.Organization Benefits of Electronic Prescribing.- 4.EP Systems as a Risk Management Tool.- 5.Data Support for Electronic Medicines Management.- 6. Electronic Medicines Manage-ment: Support for Professional Practice.- 7. Elec-tronic Medicines Management and Non-Medical Prescribing.- 8.Electronic Prescribing and Future Priorities
Fields of interestHealth Informatics; Medicine/Public Health, gene-ral; Public Health/Gesundheitswesen
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2nd ed . 2012 . X, 183 p . 16 illus ., 7 in color . (Health Informatics) Hardcover7 * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 80,007 € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-1-4471-4044-3
9<HTMEPH=beaeed>
News 12/2012 Medicine & Public Health
7
K. Ho, S. Jarvis-Selinger, H. Novak Lauscher, J. Cordeiro, University of British Columbia, BC, Canada; R. Scott, University of Calgary, AB, Canada (Eds)
Technology Enabled Knowledge Translation for eHealthPrinciples and Practice
Rapid progress in health research has led to gene-ration of new knowledge and innovative practices in management of illness. This has resulted in a significant challenge for health professionals: if today we discovered a new therapy through research, when will this discovery be regularly prescribed or utilized to treat all patients suffering from this condition? Knowledge translation is the non-linear and often complicated process of translating knowledge into routine health practi-ces. Technology enabled knowledge translation (TEKT) is the use of information and communi-cation technologies (ICT) to accelerate knowledge translation. With the ubiquity of the internet, the proliferation of different approaches in commu-nication and social networking, and the conti-nuously improving technologies from netbooks to smartphones, there are rich opportunities for TEKT in health education, service delivery, and research.
Features 7 Covers electronic health records, personal health records, telehealth, and other data reposito-ries 7 Includes over 30 examples of TEKT in ac-tion to demonstrate how ICT can improve service delivery, education, capacity building, and policy translation 7 Looks at future research directions, and how TEKT can be the knowledge engine that propels ehealth forward
Field of interestHealth Informatics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XIV, 440 p . 89 illus ., 43 in color . (Healthcare Delivery in the Information Age) Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-1-4614-3494-8
9<HTMERB=edejei>
D. Hollar, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC, USA (Ed)
Handbook of Children with Special Health Care NeedsContents 1. Policy: Its History, Intentions and Conse-quences for Children with Special Health Care Needs.- 2. Severe Communication Disorders.- 3. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), Perceived Competence, and Self-Worth.- 4. Qua-lity Of Life In Children Diagnosed With Specific Learning Disability Or Attention-Deficit/Hyper-activity Disorder.- 5. Children and Adolescents with Mobility Limitations.- 6. Rethinking Deaf Learners Education – A Human Rights Issue.- 7. Childhood eye disorders and visual impairment.- 8. Evaluating School-Aged Children with Visual Disabilities.- 9. Oral Health Access Issues for Children with Special Health Care Needs.- 10. Tuberculosis: the special needs of children.- 11. Children with multiple sclerosis.- 12. Fetal Alco-hol Spectrum Disorders: Review of Teratogenicity, Diagnosis and Treatment Issues.- 13. Newborn screening for congenital disorders in routine and research.- 14. Genetic and Metabolic Conditions for Children with Special Health Care Needs.- 15. Development from Conception through Ado-lescence: Physiological and Psychosocial Factors Impacting Children with Special Health Care Needs.- 16. Using Population-Based Survey Data to Monitor the Health of Children and Youth with Special Health Care Needs and Disabilities.- 17. Secondary Conditions in Youth with Disabilities.- 18. Accessible Substance Abuse Prevention for all Children.- 19. Research Methods and Epide-miology for Children with Special Health Care Needs.- 20. Addressing Bullying Among Students with Disabilities within a Multi-Tier Educational Environment. [...]
Fields of interestMaternal and Child Health; Child and School Psychology; Childhood Education
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryHandbook
Available
2012 . XXVII, 430 p . 25 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 266,43 | € (A) 273,90 | sFr 331,507 € 249,00 | £224.50ISBN 978-1-4614-2334-8
9<HTMERB=ecddei>
K. M. Iyer, Bangalore University, India
Clinical Examination in OrthopedicsThis book has been written step wise by enumera-ting various aspects of the importance of clinical examination derived by laying one’s hands on the affected part. By a thorough clinical examination, it can help an individual to arrive at a tentative differential diagnosis of the condition and hence help in investigating the same by numerous tests which are relevant to the given condition. The manner in which a given case is handled in this way is far more important than the diagnosis of the condition and this feature comes with practi-cing the same many times. It is a must for anyone embarking in life on Orthopedics as a career.
Features 7 Provides examples and step-by-step instruc-tions 7 Comprehensive in scope 7 Provides a clear overview of the basics
Contents Examination of diseases of bone.- Examination of the Shoulder.- Examination of the Elbow.- Exami-nation of the Wrist and Fingers.- Examination of the Hip and the pelvis.- Examination of the knee.- Examination of the Ankle and foot.- Examination of the Cervical Spine.- Examination of the Lumbar Spine.- Examination of the Temporomandibular joint.- Examination of Gait.
Fields of interestOrthopedics; Surgical Orthopedics; Conservative Orthopedics
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIV, 142 p . 69 illus ., 38 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 143,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-0-85729-970-3
9<HTLIQH=cjjhad>
Medicine & Public Health springer.com/NEWSonline
8
S. M. Jackson, LSUHSC, Baton Rouge, LA, USA; L. T. Nesbitt, LSUHSC, New Orleans, LA, USA
Differential Diagnosis for the DermatologistWhen faced with a challenging dermatologic problem, physicians are often required to perform a time-consuming search through large derma-tologic texts in order to find information that will assist in the necessary differential diagnosis. This comprehensive and concise handbook is designed to simplify this process dramatically, permitting rapid identification of the correct diagnosis. Hundreds of dermatologic diagnoses, morphologic features, drug-induced disorders, extracutaneous manifestations, histologic findings, and random other findings are listed in alphabeti-cal order and in a homogeneous, reader-friendly structure. The differential diagnoses are shown under each main diagnosis, sorted according to si-milarity with that diagnosis. Since the first edition, approaching 50 new diagnoses have been added, and many new images included.
Features 7 Ideal aid to differential diagnosis 7 Com-prehensive list of dermatologic diagnoses, morphologic features, drug-induced disorders, extracutaneous manifestations, and histologic findings 7 Differential diagnostic possibilities ordered by similarity to the main diagnosis 7 Includes many new diagnoses and ima-ges 7 Provides a quick list of treatment options for each diagnosis
Contents The Chief Complaint.- The Past Medical History, Social History, and Review of Systems.- The Phy-sical Exam.- The Biopsy.- The Laboratory Results.- The Diagnosis.- Quick Glossary.
Fields of interestDermatology; Internal Medicine; General Practice / Family Medicine
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryHandbook
Available
2nd ed . 2012 . XVII, 1507 p . 164 illus . in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-28005-4
9<HTOGPC=ciaafe>
A. A. Khan, MD, McMaster University; Hamilton, ON, Canada; O. H. Clark, University of California, San Francisco, CA, USA (Eds)
Handbook of Parathyroid DiseasesA Case-Based Practical Guide
Features 7 Of value clinically and in both teaching and research 7 Written to appeal to both scientists and medical graduates 7 Content is relevant to practitioners across medical disciplines
Contents Preface.- Foreward.- Mechanisms Underlying Extracellular Calcium Homeostasis.- Preoperative Parathyroid Imaging For the Endocrine Surge-on.- Primary and secondary hyperparathyroi-dism Testing and Assays.- Symptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroidism Medical therapy.- Surgical Management of Primary Hyperparathyroidism.- Primary Hyperparathyroidism - Asymptomatic Medical Management.- Surgical Management of Asymptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroi-dism.- Nonclassic, Extraskeletal Manifestations of Primary Hyperparathyroidism: A Brief Review and Possible Mechanisms.- Secondary Hyperpa-rathyroidism.- Secondary Hyperparathyroidism – Surgical.- Tertiary Hyperparathyroidism Part I: Pathogenesis, Clinical Features and Medical Management.- Surgical Treatment Of Persistent Hyperparathyroidism After Renal Transplantati-on.- Bone Density and Fracture Risk in Primary Hyperparathyroidism.-Genetic aspects of Heredi-tary Hyperparathyroidism.- Hypoparathyroidism and Hypocalcemic states.- Molecular Pathogenesis of Primary Hyperparathyroidism.- Cost-effective-ness of Parathyroidectomy for Primary Hyperpa-rathyroidism.
Fields of interestInternal Medicine; Endocrinology; Surgery
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XV, 280 p . 54 illus ., 47 in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-1-4614-2163-4
9<HTMERB=ecbgde>
E. Lazzeri, University Hospital of Pisa, Italy; A. Signore, University La Sapienza, Roma, Italy; P. A. Erba, University Hospital of Pisa, Italy; N. Prandini, Azienda Ospedaliera Universitaria, Modena, Italy; A. Versari, Az . Osp . Arcispedale S . Maria Nuova, Reggio Emilia, Italy; G. D’Errico, Private Hospital „PIO XI“, Roma, Italy; G. Mariani, University Hospital of Pisa, Italy
Radionuclide Imaging of Infection and InflammationA Pictorial Case-Based Atlas
Contents 1 Normal Findings from Different Radiophar-maceuticals and Techniques, with Variants and Pitfalls.- 2 Nuclear Medicine Imaging of Soft Tissue Infections.- 3 Nuclear Medicine Imaging of Bone and Joint Infection.- 4 Nuclear Medicine Imaging of Joint Prosthesis Infections.- 5 Nuclear Medicine Imaging of Vascular Prosthesis.- 6 Nonorthopedic or Cardiovascular Implantable Device Infection.- 7 Nuclear Medicine Imaging of Infections and Inflammation of Central Nervous System, Head and Neck Structures.- 8 Infective Endocarditis and Cardiovascular Implantable Electronic Device Infection.- 9 Nuclear Medicine Imaging of FUO.- 10 Nuclear Medicine Imaging of Abdominal Infections and Inflammation.- 11 Nuclear Medicine Imaging of Diabetic Foot.- 12 Nuclear Medicine Imaging of Lung Infec-tion.- 13 Nuclear Medicine Imaging in Chronic Inflammatory Diseases.
Fields of interestNuclear Medicine; Imaging / Radiology; Infectious Diseases
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Due January 2013
2013 . XVI, 336 p . 300 illus . in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 181,85 | € (A) 186,94 | sFr 226,507 € 169,95 | £153.00ISBN 978-88-470-2762-6
9<HTTIPH=achgcg>
News 12/2012 Medicine & Public Health
9
P. Liamputtong, La Trobe University, Bundoora, VIC, Australia (Ed)
Women, Motherhood and Living with HIV/AIDSA Cross-Cultural Perspective
Contents Preface.- Chapter 1. Women, Motherhood and Living with HIV/AIDS: An Introduction.- Part I. Women, Reproduction and HIV.- Chapter 2. Growing Confidence? Family-Planning by HIV-Positive Mothers in a South African Urban Setting; Ray Lazarus, Helen Struthers and Avy Violari.- Chapter 3. Pregnancy and Motherhood in the Narratives of Women with HIV Infection from the Metropolitan Area of Buenos Aires, Argentina; Mónica Gogna, Silvia Fernández, Paula di Corrado and María Julieta Obiols.- Chapter 4. Making Decisions in Pregnancy about HIV Testing and Treatment: The Experience of Burmese Migrant Women in Northern Thailand; Pleumjit Chotiga, Kenda Crozier and Michael Pfeil.- Chapter 5. Motherhood, Infertility, and HIV: The Maasai Context of Norethern Tanzania; Lauren K. Birks, Yadira Roggeveen and Jennifer M. Hatfield.- Chapter 6. I Will Give Birth But Not too Much: HIV-Positive Childbearing in Rural Malawi; Sara Yeatman and Jenny Trinitapoli.- Part II. Motherhood, Infant Feeding and HIV/AIDS.- Chapter 7. ‘I always Wanted to See My Babies Grow up’: Motherhood Experiences for Women Living Longer than Expected with HIV/AIDS; Donna Barnes.- Chapter 8. Do You Tell Your Kids? ... What Do You Tell Your Kids? … When Do You Tell Your Kids? … How Do You Tell Your Kids?: HIV-Positive Mothers, Disclosure and Dtigma; Karalyn McDonald.- Chapter 9. Dealing with Life: Tactics Employed by Drug–Using Thai Mothers Living with HIV; Niphattra Haritavorn. [...]
Fields of interestPublic Health/Gesundheitswesen; Quality of Life Research; Cross Cultural Psychology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due March 2013
2013 . Approx . 275 p . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-94-007-5886-5
9<HTUELA=hfiigf>
A. A. Licata, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, OH, USA; E. V. Lerma, University of Illinois at Chicago, IL, USA (Eds)
Diseases of the Parathyroid GlandsFeatures 7 Provides a state-of-the-art updated reference for optimal medical and surgical management of patients with diseases of the parathyroid glands 7 Distills the efforts of various specialists, namely internists, endocrinologists, nephrolo-gists, physiologists, geneticists, general surgeons, otolaryngologists, and pathologists 7 This is an easy to read, easy to carry, reference that is easy to search
Contents 1. Molecular Mechanisms of Parathyroid Hor-mone Synthesis.- 2. Regulation of Calcium and Phosphate Metabolism.- 3. Diagnosis and Treat-ment of the Patient with Abnormal Calcium.- 4. The Calcium-Sensing Receptor: Physiology and Pathophysiology.- 5. New Concepts for Primary and Secondary Hyperparathyroidism.- 6. Calcific Uremic Arteriolopathy (Calciphylaxis).- 7. Cystic Parathyroid Lesions.- 8. Parathyroid Cancer.- 9. Biochemistry, Physiology and Pathophysiology of Parathyroid Hormone-Related Peptide.- 10. Ecto-pic Parathyroid Glands.- 11. Hyperparathyroidism in Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia.- 12. Familial Hypocalciuric Hypercalcemia.- 13. Hyperpara-thyroidism-Jaw Tumor Syndrome.- 14. Hypopara-thyroidism and Pseudohypoparathyroidism.- 15. Primary Hyperparathyroidism in Neonates and Children.- 16. Hypoparathyroidism in Children.- 17. Parathormone Resistance in Children.- 18. The Use of Ultrasonography in the Management of Parathyroid Diseases.- 19. Imaging in Parathyroid Diseases.- 20. Parathyroid Surgery.
Fields of interestEndocrinology; Nephrology; Head and Neck Surgery
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XV, 389 p . 123 illus ., 72 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5549-4
9<HTMEPB=jffeje>
J. B. Lundbye, University of Connecticut, Storrs-Mansfield, CT, USA (Ed)
Therapeutic Hypothermia After Cardiac ArrestClinical Application and Management
Therapeutic hypothermia has emerged as a very important treatment option for patients with cardiac arrest as it provides significant protection from developing neurologic injury once the pati-ent has been successfully resuscitated. Studies have demonstrated over 15% absolute risk reduction in death and neurologic injury using this therapy.
Features 7 A ?how to book? to educate and familiarize both providers and institutions with the deploy-ment of therapeutic hypothermia 7 The reader will get a sense of the importance of the program and how it works 7 The book teaches its reader how to apply these protocols and use therapeutic hypothermia as a tool in different clinical settings
Contents 1. Introduction.- 2. Pre-hospital therapeutic hypothermia.-3. Molecular Mechanism of Reper-fusion Injury.- 4. Cardiac Arrest: Who Should Be Cooled?.- 5. Hypothermia: How to Cool.- 6. How to Implement Therapeutic Hypothermia in the Hospital.- 7. Post-Cardiac Arrest: How to Develop and Implement a Standard Therapeutic Hypother-mia Protocol?.- 8. Complications of Therapeutic Hypothermia Following Cardiac Arrest.- 9. Pharmacology & Therapeutic Hypothermia.- 10. Determination of Neurological Prognosis.- 11. Therapeutic hypothermia as a treatment of myo-cardial infarction and cardiogenic shock
Fields of interestCardiology; Emergency Medicine; Intensive / Critical Care Medicine
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XVI, 122 p . 27 illus ., 18 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4471-2950-9
9<HTMEPH=bcjfaj>
Medicine & Public Health springer.com/NEWSonline
10
P. W. Macfarlane, University of Glasgow, UK; A. v. Oosterom, Ecole Polytechnique Federale de Lausanne, Switzerland; M. Janse, Academisch Medisch Centrum, Nijmegen, The Netherlands; P. Kligfield, Cornell University, New York, NY, USA; J. Camm, St George‘s Hospital Medical School, London, UK; O. Pahlm, University of Lund, Sweden (Eds)
Cardiac Arrhythmias and Mapping TechniquesNew edition of the classic complete reference book for cardiologists and trainee cardiologists on the theory and practice of electrocardiography, one of the key modalities used for evaluating cardiology patients and deciding on appropriate management strategies.
Features 7 The complete electrocardiography reference work in clinician friendly volumes 7 Takes the reader from research and the laboratory bench through to the management of patients at the bedside 7 All current available knowledge on the application, uses and value of the ECG
Field of interestCardiology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XII, 346 p . Softcover7 * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 86,007 € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-0-85729-876-8
9<HTLIQH=cjihgi>
V. Machiraju, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA, USA; H. V. Schaff, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA; L. G. Svensson, Cleveland Clinic Foundation, Cleveland, OH, USA (Eds)
Redo Cardiac Surgery in AdultsContents 1) Problems Related to Redo Cardiac Surgery 2) Practical Approaches to the Current “On-Pump” Redo Coronary Artery Bypass Surgery 3) Off-pump Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting for Repeat Coronary Revascularization 4) Management of Perioperative Stroke 5) Acute Kidney Injury Associated with Cardiac Surgery 6) Pulmonary Factors in Redo Open Heart Surgery 7) Transfu-sion Therapy in Reoperative Cardiac Surgery 8) Anesthesia for Redo Cardiac Surgery 9) Options for Advanced Mechanical Support for Cardiogenic Shock Complicating Cardiac Reoperations 10) Reoperations for Mitral Valve Disease: Surgical Approaches and Techniques 11) Reoperation Following Mitral Valve Repair 12) Reope-ration for Prosthetic Mitral Valve Endocarditis 13) Surgical Management of Atrial Fibrillation In Redo Cardiac Operations 14) Surgical Manage-ment of Tricuspid Valve Regurgitation 15) Reope-ration for Aortic Valve Disease 16) Reoperation Following Homograft Aortic Valve Replacement 17) Prosthetic Aortic Valve and Root Endocarditis 18) Reoperation on the Aortic Arch 19) Descen-ding and Thoracoabdominal Aortic Reoperations 20) Reoperations Following Endovascular Aortic Repair 21) Percutaneous Approaches to Valvular Heart Disease after Previous Cardiac Surgery
Fields of interestCardiac Surgery; Thoracic Surgery; Surgery
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2nd ed . 2012 . X, 205 p . 95 illus ., 73 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1325-7
9<HTMERB=ebdcfh>
M. I. Martínez-León, A. Martínez-Valverde, L. Ceres-Ruiz, Hospital Materno-Infantil, Málaga, Spain (Eds)
Imaging for Pediatricians100 Key Cases
The book, written by expert pediatricians and radiologists, is divided into ten chapters covering neurology, cardiology, neonatology, interventio-nal radiology, the abdomen, the musculoskeletal system, the thorax, the genitourinary system, the fetus, and emergencies. Each chapter comprises ten cases that are presented in a standard way. After discussion of the disorder in question, four representative images are displayed and described with special attention to distinctive features. In addition, informative key references are provided, including a book or book chapter, a web link, and ten recent articles.
Features 7 Ideal introduction to pediatric diagnostic imaging 7 Presents 100 pediatric radiology cases with clinical correlation 7 Includes 400 representative images 7 Provides bibliographic recommendations including books, web links, and recent articles
Fields of interestImaging / Radiology; Pediatrics; Diagnostic Radiology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XXIII, 264 p . 400 illus ., 105 in color . (Imaging for Clinicians, Volume 1) Softcover7 * € (D) 42,75 | € (A) 43,95 | sFr 53,507 € 39,95 | £35.99ISBN 978-3-642-28628-5
9<HTOGPC=cigcif>
News 12/2012 Medicine & Public Health
11
S. K. Mohsin, Riverside Methodist Hospital, Columbus, OH, USA
Frozen Section Library: BreastThe Frozen Section Library series provides con-cise, user-friendly, site specific handbooks that are well illustrated and highlight the pitfalls, artifacts and differential diagnosis issues that arise in the hurried frozen section scenario. Frozen Section Library: Breast provides an easy reference and po-cket book about the nuances of adequately hand-ling breast specimens in a fashion that meets the increasingly complex environment of breast pa-thology. The pros and cons of frozen section ver-sus use of touch imprint as well as related quality assurance requirements are addressed. Other less common uses of intraoperative evaluation, such as diagnosis and margin evaluation are described. The volume includes recommended guidelines for evaluation and documentation of specific gross pathologic features, in conjunction with radiologi-cal imaging. Techniques and protocols for such ex-aminations are illustrated. The volume closes with an overview of the newly published guidelines for handling a variety of breast specimens, which are intended to be used for assessment of predictive factors. Syed K. Mohsin, M.D.
Features 7 Convenient reference for intraoperative consul-tation 7 Addresses commonly encountered challenges 7 Provides techniques and protocols for all examinations
Contents Preface.- Sentinel Lymph Nodes.- Assessment of the Surgical Margins.- Diagnostic Evaluation of a Breast Mass.- Handling of Specimens with a Non-Palpable Lesion.- Core Needle Biopsies.- Regulatory Requirements for Breast Specimens.- Suggesting Reading
Field of interestPathology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XI, 112 p . 125 illus ., 116 in color . (Frozen Section Library, Volume 9) Softcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0717-1
9<HTMERB=eahbhb>
L. J. Moore, The University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston, TX, USA; K. L. Turner, Weill Cornell Medical College, Houston, TX, USA; S. R. Todd, New York University, NY, USA (Eds)
Common Problems in Acute Care SurgeryContents The Careful Art of Resuscitation.- The Evaluation of the Acute Abdomen.- Perioperative Consi-derations for Surgical Emergencies.- Damage Control Laparotomy in Surgical Sepsis.- Surgical Procedures in the Intensive Care Unit.- Early Management of Sepsis, Severe Sepsis, and Septic Shock in the Surgical Patient.- Multiple Organ Failure.- Acute Lung Injury in the Acute Care Surgery Patient.- Nutrition in the Surgical Pati-ent.- Acute Renal Insufficiency (Failure).- Surgical Site Infections.- Hemorrhage and Transfusions in the Surgical Patient.- Obtaining a Surgical Airway.- Esophageal Perforation.- Hemothorax, Pneumothorax, and Empyema.- Incarcerated Pa-raesophageal Hernia.- Peptic Ulcer Disease for the Acute Care Surgeon.- Gastric Outlet Obstruction.- Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding.- Acute Biliary Disease.- Bile Duct Injury.- Liver Abscesses.- Acu-te Pancreatitis.- Small Bowel Obstruction.- Acute Appendicitis.- Diverticulitis.- Acute Mesenteric Ischemia.- Acute Colonic Obstruction.- Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding.- Sigmoid and Cecal Volvulus.- Anorectal Emergencies.- Complica-tions of Laparoendoscopic Surgery.- Metabolic and Anatomic Complications Following Bariatric Surgery.- Abdominal Wall Hernias.- The Open Abdomen.- Abdominal Compartment Syndrome.- Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infections.- Extremity Compartment Syndromes.- Palliative Care in the Acute Care Surgery Setting.- Common Ethical Problems in Acute Care Surgery.- Advanced Directives.- Review of EMTALA laws.
Fields of interestGeneral Surgery; Intensive / Critical Care Medici-ne; Emergency Medicine
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Due March 2013
2013 . XXII, 920 p . 160 illus ., 85 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-1-4614-6122-7
9<HTMERB=egbcch>
Z. P. Nagy, Reproductive Biology Associates, Atlanta, GA, USA; A. C. Varghese, Montreal Reproductive Centre, QC, Canada; A. Agarwal, Cleveland Clinic, OH, USA (Eds)
Practical Manual of In Vitro FertilizationAdvanced Methods and Novel Devices
Contents Journey of Human Gametes In Vitro: 1978 to 2010.- Building the Laboratory.- Air Quality Management.- Organizational Aspects of the La-boratory in a Tertiary Care ART Center.- Quality Control Management.- Daily, Weekly, and Regular Preparations for the IVF Laboratory.- Risk and Safety in the IVF Clinic.- Essential Instruments and Disposable Supplies for an IVF Laborato-ry.- Co2 and Low-O2 Incubators.- IVF Worksta-tions.- Culture Media in IVF: Decisions for the Laboratory.- Oocyte Denuding.- Assessment of Oocyte Quality.- Polarization Microscopy.- Cumu-lus Cell Gene Expression in Assessment of Oocyte Quality.- Short Culture: Day 1/Day 2/Day 3 Em-bryo Culture.- Extended Culture in IVF.- In Vitro Maturation of Human Oocytes.- In Vivo Embryo Culture Device.- Microfluidics for Gamete Mani-pulation and Embryo Culture.- Sperm Assess-ment: Traditional Approaches and Their Indicative Value.- Sperm Assessment: Novel Approaches and Their Indicative Value.- Sperm Processing for IVF.- PESA/TESA/TESE Sperm Processing.- Pro-cessing Sperm Samples in HIV-Positive Patients.- Intracytoplasmic Morphologically Selected Sperm Injection.- Sperm Testing and ICSI Selection by Hyaluronic Acid Binding: The Hyaluronic Acid-Coated Glass Slide and Petri Dish in the Androlo-gy and IVF Laboratories.- Electrophoretic Sperm Separation.- Magnetic Activated Cell Sorting of Human Spermatozoa. [...]
Fields of interestEndocrinology; Urology/Andrology; Develop-mental Biology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XXIII, 703 p . 139 illus ., 103 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 192,55 | € (A) 197,94 | sFr 240,007 € 179,95 | £162.00ISBN 978-1-4419-1779-9
9<HTMEPB=jbhhjj>
Medicine & Public Health springer.com/NEWSonline
12
S. T. Nedorost, Case Western Reserve University, Hunting Valley, OH, USA
Generalized Dermatitis in Clinical PracticeThis practical clinical reference will concentrate on the diagnosis and management of dermatitis. Dia-gnosis and management of the many contributing factors will be discussed.
Features 7 Reviews the diagnosis of all types of derma-titis including algorithms for use of skin prick , conventional, and atopy patch tests 7 Provides practical tips on obtaining environmental history including use of pantomime to understand rela-tionship between exposure and distribution of dermatitis 7 Details indications for referral to specialists such as haematology/oncology 7 De-fines a dermatitis strategy not based on gross classification alone
Contents Section I.Common examples.- 1.Auto-eczemati-zation from stasis dermatitis.- 2.Systemic contact dermatitis.- 3.Protein contact dermatitis and food pollen syndromes.- 4.Atopic dermatitis as a model for protein contact dermatitis.- 5.Sensi-tization to food via initial exposure on inflamed perioral skin instead of. Section II: Less common examples.- 1.Erythema multiforme complica-ting contact dermatitis.- 2.Hypereosinophilic syndrome.- 3.Eczematous drug eruption.-Section III: Mimics in Differential Diagnosis.- 1.Bullous pemphigoid.- 2.Scabies.- 3.Widespread allergic contact dermatitis
Field of interestDermatology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryHandbook
Available
2012 . XV, 154 p . 52 illus . in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 32,05 | € (A) 32,94 | sFr 40,007 € 29,95 | £26.99ISBN 978-1-4471-2896-0
9<HTMEPH=bcijga>
N. Özkaya, M. Nordin, D. Goldsheyder, D. Leger, New York University Medical Center, NY, US
Fundamentals of BiomechanicsEquilibrium, Motion, and Deformation
Biomechanics applies the principles and rigor of engineering to the mechanical properties of living systems. This book integrates the classic fields of mechanics--statics, dynamics, and strength of materials--using examples from biology and me-dicine. Fundamentals of Biomechanics is excellent for teaching either undergraduates in biomedical engineering programs or health care professio-nals studying biomechanics at the graduate level. Extensively revised from a successful first edition, the book features a wealth of clear illustrations, numerous worked examples, and many problem sets. The book provides the quantitative perspec-tive missing from more descriptive texts, without requiring an advanced background in mathema-tics.
Features 7 3rd Edition of the bestselling text-book 7 Over 500 illustrations 7 Each chapter contains problems for reinforcing information with the student
Contents Introduction.- Force Vector.- Moment And Torque Vectors.- Statics: Systems in Equilibri-um.- Applications of Statics to Biomechanics.- Introduction to Dynamics.- Linear Kinematics.- Linear Kinetics.- Angular Kinematics.- Angular Kinetics.- Impulse and Momentum.- Introduction to Deformable Body Mechanics.- Stress & Strain.- Multiaxial Deformations & Stress Analyses.- Mechanical Properties of Biological Tissues
Fields of interestSports Medicine; Orthopedics; Human Physiology
Target groupsUpper undergraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Available
3rd ed . 2012 . XVII, 275 p . 526 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 100,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-1-4614-1149-9
9<HTMERB=ebbejj>
S. Payne, I. Eardley, K. O‘Flynn (Eds)
Imaging and Technology in UrologyPrinciples and Clinical Applications
Contents Part 1 – Imaging: Radiology.- Principles of X-ray Production and Radiation Protection.- How to Perform a Clinical Radiograph and Use a C-arm.- Contrast agents.- How to do an IVU.- Dual Ener-gy X-Ray Absorptiometry (DXA).- The physics of ultrasound.- How to Ultrasound a Suspected Renal Mass.- How to Ultrasound a Painful Testis and a Testicular Mass.- How to Perform a Trans-Rectal Ultrasound Scan and Prostate Biopsy.- How to Manage a Hydronephrotic Kidney.- Principles of Computed Tomography (CT).- How to do a CT Urogram (CTU).- How to do a CT in a Patient with Presumed Upper Tract Trauma.- Principles of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI).- How to do an MRI of the Pelvis.- Magnetic Resonance Angiography (MRA).- Vascular Embolization Techniques in Urology.- Part 2 – Imaging: Nuclear Medicine.- Radionuclides and their Uses in Uro-logy.- Counting and Imaging in Nuclear Medici-ne.- Principles of Positron Emission Tomography (PET) Scanning.- How to do a Renogram.- How to do a Diuresis Renogram.- How to do a DMSA Scan.- How to do a Radioisotope Glomerular Filt-ration Rate Study.- How to do a Bone Scan.- How to do a Transplant Renogram.- Dynamic Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy in Penile Cancer.- Part 3 – Technology: Diagnostic.- Urinalysis.- Principles of Urine Microscopy and Microbiological Culture.- Measurement of Glomerular Filtration Rate (GFR).- Metabolic Assessment of Urinary Tract Stones.- Principles of Pressure Measurement.- Principles of Measurement of Urinary Flow.- How to Carry Out a Videocystometrogram (VCMG).- The Whitaker test. [...]
Fields of interestUrology/Andrology; Imaging / Radiology; Surgery
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XVI, 385 p . 113 illus ., 67 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-1-4471-2421-4
9<HTMEPH=bcecbe>
News 12/2012 Medicine & Public Health
13
J. A. Pereira da Silva, A. Woolf, Royal Cornwall Hospital, Truro, UK
Rheumatology of the Lower Limbs in Clinical PracticeRheumatology of the Lower Limbs in Clinical Practice is a comprehensive and easy-to-use training tool for practitioners to refine their strategy for clinical investigation and differential diagnosis in regional syndromes of the lower back, hip, knee, foot and ankle. It combines instructive sections, providing anatomical information and various causes of particular symptoms. Case stu-dies recreate the clinical setting by presenting the details of the case and giving an opportunity for the reader to make a diagnosis.
Features 7 Uses an evidence-based approach with empha-sis on diagnostic skills. This provides the trainee with the skills and diagnostic tools needed to cope with any clinical problem he or she is likely to encounter 7 Both editors are internationally known and respected. This gives the book credi-bility amongst its intended audience and more likely to be adopted at institutions and on reading lists particularly in Europe 7 Use of question and answer format and consistently challenging questions throughout the text. This encourages the reader to learn and reinforces the basic principles of diagnostic skills 7 Full colour illustrations in clinical examination and highlighted and boxed key points. Makes the text more reader friendly, encourages the retention of principles and key points in diagnosis and treatment
Contents Regional Syndromes: Low Back Pain.- Regional Syndromes: The Hip.- Regional Syndromes: The Knee.- Regional Syndromes: The Foot and Ankle.
Field of interestRheumatology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . VIII, 179 p . 100 illus ., 66 in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 48,10 | € (A) 49,45 | sFr 60,007 € 44,95 | £40.99ISBN 978-1-4471-2252-4
9<HTMEPH=bccfce>
J. A. Pereira da Silva, University Hospital, Coimbra, Portugal; A. D. Woolf, Royal Cornwall Hospital, Truro, UK
Rheumatology of the Upper Limbs in Clinical PracticeRheumatology of the Upper Limbs in Clinical Practice is a comprehensive and easy-to-use trai-ning tool for practitioners to refine their strategy for clinical investigation and differential diagnosis in regional syndromes of the shoulder, elbow, forearm, wrist and hand. It combines instructive sections, providing anatomical information and various causes of particular symptoms. Case stu-dies recreate the clinical setting by presenting the details of the case and giving an opportunity for the reader to make a diagnosis.
Features 7 Uses an evidence-based approach with empha-sis on diagnostic skills. This provides the trainee with the skills and diagnostic tools needed to cope with any clinical problem he or she is likely to encounter 7 Both editors are internationally known and respected. This gives the book credi-bility amongst its intended audience and more likely to be adopted at institutions and on reading lists particularly in Europe 7 Use of question and answer format and consistently challenging questions throughout the text. This encourages the reader to learn and reinforces the basic principles of diagnostic skills 7 Full colour illustrations in clinical examination and highlighted and boxed key points. Makes the text more reader friendly, encourages the retention of principles and key points in diagnosis and treatment
Contents Regional Syndromes: The Painful Shoulder.- Regi-onal Syndromes: The Elbow and Forearm.- Regio-nal Syndromes: the Wrist and Hand.
Field of interestRheumatology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . VII, 142 p . 78 illus ., 67 in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 48,10 | € (A) 49,45 | sFr 60,007 € 44,95 | £40.99ISBN 978-1-4471-2241-8
9<HTMEPH=bccebi>
V. R. Preedy, Kings College, London, UK (Ed)
Handbook of AnthropometryPhysical Measures of Human Form in Health and Disease
Although its underlying concept is a relatively simple one—the measurement of the human body and its parts—anthropometry employs a myriad of methods and instruments, and is useful for a va-riety of purposes, from understanding the impact of disease on individuals to tracking changes in populations over time. The first interdisciplinary reference on the subject, the Handbook of Anth-ropometry brings this wide-ranging field together: basic theory and highly specialized topics in normal and abnormal anthropometry in terms of health, disease prevention, and intervention. Over 140 self-contained chapters cover up-to-date indices, the latest studies on computerized methods, shape-capturing systems, and bioelectri-cal impedance, data concerning single tissues and whole-body variables, and reports from different areas of the world. Chapters feature helpful charts and illustrations, cross-references to related chap-ters are included, and key points are presented in bullet form for ease of comprehension. Together, the Handbook’s thirteen sections entail all major aspects of anthropometrical practice and research, including: Tools and techniques.
Features 7 Authors are national and international experts from leading institutions 7 Experienced editor from one of the foremost health divisions and hos-pitals in the UK 7 Each chapter includes applica-tions to other areas of health and disease; practical methods and techniques, summary points, and/or key features 7 Everything you need to know about normal and abnormal anthropometry in health and disease
Fields of interestHealth Informatics; Maternal and Child Health; Health Promotion and Disease Prevention
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryHandbook
Available
2012 . L, 3107 p . Hardcover7 * € (D) 854,93 | € (A) 878,90 | sFr 1064,007 € 799,00 | £719.50ISBN 978-1-4419-1787-4
9<HTMEPB=jbhihe>
Medicine & Public Health springer.com/NEWSonline
14
V. R. Preedy, King‘s College London, UK (Ed)
Handbook of Growth and Growth Monitoring in Health and DiseaseContents SECTION 1. Low and very low birth weight infants.- 1. Development of thyroid function in very low birth weight infants.- 2. Growth after very low birth weights: Germany perspectives.- 3. First trimester fetal growth and low birth weight.- 4. Following up very low birth weight children to preschool age.- 5. Zinc and low birth weight.- 6. Early nutrition and very low birth weights infants.- 7. Aggressive nutritional strategy in very low birth weight infants: impact on growth.- 8. Visual development in very low birth weight infants.- 9. Visual ability in very low birth weight infants.- 10. Parental relationships with very low birth weight infants.- SECTION 2. Intrauterine growth retardation.- 11. Intrauterine growth stan-dards.- 12. Risk factors for adverse outcomes in developing countries: role of interuterine growth retardation .- 13. Growth outcomes in intrauterine growth retardation: Australian perspectives.- 14. Neurodevelopment outcome of children with intrauterine growth retardation: A longitudinal, 10-year prospective study.- 15. Memory functions of children with intrauterine growth restriction.- 16. Intrauterine growth and intelligence.- 17. Drug exposure and intrauterine growth .-18. Intrauteri-ne growth retardation and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease in children.- 19. Ultrasound brain lesions in intrauterine growth retardation .- 20. Intraute-rine growth restriction and blood pressure.- 21. Treatment for Short stature after intrauterine growth retardation.- 22. Anthropometric para-meters and intrauterine growth retardation: Togo perspectives . [...]
Fields of interestMaternal and Child Health; Clinical Nutrition; Health Promotion and Disease Prevention
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryHandbook
Available
2012 . CLXXI, 3164 p . 953 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 747,93 | € (A) 768,90 | sFr 931,007 € 699,00 | £629.50ISBN 978-1-4419-1794-2
9<HTMEPB=jbhjec>
L. Romano, A. Pinto, Italian Society of Medical Radiology, Naples, Italy (Eds)
Errors in RadiologyDiagnostic errors are important in all branches of medicine because they are an indication of poor patient care. As the number of malpractice cases continues to grow, radiologists will become increasingly involved in litigation. The aetiology of radiological error is multi-factorial. This book focuses on (1) some medico-legal aspects inherent to radiology (radiation exposure related to ima-ging procedures and malpractice issues related to contrast media administration are discussed in detail) and on (2) the spectrum of diagnostic er-rors in radiology. Communication issues between the radiologists and physicians and between the radiologists and patients are also presented. Every radiologist should understand the sources of error in diagnostic radiology as well as the elements of negligence that form the basis of malpractice litigation.
Features 7 The main reason for studying medical errors is to try to prevent them 7 A radiology safety culture will only exist when the radiologist who made the error views such feedback positively as a learning experience 7 Identification and re-duction of diagnostic error provides a measure of the efficacy of the healthcare system, as it reduces mortality, morbidity and additional healthcare costs
Fields of interestMedicine/Public Health, general; Forensic Medici-ne; Imaging / Radiology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XVI, 312 p . 90 illus ., 30 in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-88-470-2338-3
9<HTTIPH=acddid>
M. S. Sagiv, Wingate College, Kiryat Tivon, Israel
Exercise Cardiopulmonary Function in Cardiac PatientsThe textbook will describe the relationship between human cardiopulmonary system and exercise in a format that is related to the mode of exercise, health status and aging. It will include data regarding exercise training principles and the adaptations of the cardiopulmonary following: anaerobic, resistance and aerobic training. A more in-depth presentation of the cardiopulmonary system adaptations in pressing environments such as: warm, cold and altitude. Therefore, students will experience a depth and extent of content ba-lanced with unique and effective learning features: It will help students find the way by both the text and subject matter. Knowing cardiopulmonary exercise function in health and disease will allow understand new research and findings relevant to cardiovascular status as assessed by cardiopulmo-nary exercise indices.
Features 7 There is no such a book in the market 7 It includes changes of cardiac indices during exercise such P/V, ESV, EDV, EF etc 7 It will contain changes in cardiovascular variables by exercise mode 7 The book will explain and interpreter cardiac measurements
Contents 1. Exercise physiology.- 2.Pulmonary function.- 3.Cardiac output.- 4.Cardiac output redistributi-on.- 5.Left ventricular function.- 6.Blood pressure and hypertension.- 7.Metabolic cardiovascular risk factors.- 8.Cardiopulmonary function in elderly.- 9.Exercise and sudden death.- 10.Cardiac rehabilitation.
Field of interestCardiology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XVII, 254 p . 135 illus ., 126 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-1-4471-2887-8
9<HTMEPH=bciihi>
News 12/2012 Medicine & Public Health
15
M. V. Sauer, Columbia University, New York, NY, USA (Ed)
Principles of Oocyte and Embryo DonationContents Part I. PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS FOR PATIENTS AND CLINICIANS.- History of the Technique and its Importance to Understanding Modern Methodology.- Indications for Egg and Embryo Donation.- Success and Anticipated Pregnancy Outcomes for Oocyte and Embryo Donation.- Selecting and Screening Donors.- Se-lecting and Screening Recipients: Diminished Ovarian Reserve and Premature Ovarian Failure.- Chapter 6 – Selecting and Screening Recipients: Advanced Reproductive Age.- Genetic Aspects of Donor Selection.- Part II. PRACTICAL ASPECTS OF CLINICAL CARE.- Sychronization of Donors and Recipients: Practical Aspects of Clinical Surveillance.- Preparing the Endometrium to Maximize Success: The Dynamic of Artificial Cycles.- Blastocyst versus Cleavage Stage Embryo Transfer: Maximizing Success Rates.- Strategies to Minimize Multiple Births in Recipients of Egg Donation.- What is the Outcome and Fate of Frozen Supernumerary Embryos Resulting from Egg Donation?.- Prenatal Considerations after Oocyte Donation.- Defining, Understanding and Managing the Complex Psychological Aspects of Third Party Reproduction.- Disclosure Decisi-ons Among Known and Anonymous Egg Donor Recipients.- Risk and Complications Associated with Egg Donation.- Part III. OFFICE PRACTI-CE MANAGEMENT.- The Role of the Donor Oocyte Nurse Coordinator.- The Finances of Egg Donation.- Donor/Recipient Insurance Coverage: Protecting Against Unexpected Liability.- Part IV. NEW FRONTIERS IN EGG AND EMBRYO DONATION. [...]
Fields of interestReproductive Medicine; Endocrinology; Gyneco-logy
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Due February 2013
2nd ed . 2013 . XV, 430 p . 42 illus ., 38 in color . Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 approx. € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-1-4471-2391-0
9<HTMEPH=bcdjba>
A. Saxena, Palo Alto Medical Foundation, Palo Alto, CA, USA (Ed)
Special Procedures in Foot and Ankle SurgeryFoot and ankle surgery has grown rapidly within the last 20 years, due to international collabora-tion between podiatric, orthopaedic, and trauma surgeons from around the globe.
Features 7 Information presents current accepted tech-niques with scientific rationale 7 Appeals to all surgeons and health care professionals with an interest in Foot & Ankle Surgery 7 Nu-merous techniques including minimally invasive, arthroscopic and endoscopic will be presented
Contents Lapidus.- Revision Hallux Valgus Surgery.-Inser-tional and Mid-substance Achilles Tendinopathy.- Peroneal Tendinopathy.- Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus.- Chronic Compartment Syndrome of Leg and Foot.- Stress Fractures of the Foot and Ankle in Athletes.- The Pediatric Foot.- Acquired Adult Flatfoot Deformity.- Cavus Foot.- Advances in Anterior Ankle and Subtalar Arthroscop.- Pos-terior Ankle Arthroscopy and Endoscopy.- En-doscopic Gastrocnemius Recession.- The Use of External Fixation in the Lower Extremity.- Int-ramedullary Nail Fixation for Tibiotalocalcaneal Arthrodesis.- Pedal Amputations in Diabetes.- Charcot Foot and Ankle Disease.- Rheumatoid Foot Reconstruction.- Total Ankle Arthroplasty: The U.S. Experience.- Tumors and Tumor-Like Lesions of the Foot and Ankle: Diagnosis and Treatment.- Post-Operative Physical Therapy for Foot and Ankle Surgery.
Fields of interestSurgical Orthopedics; Orthopedics; Surgery
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryHandbook
Available
2013 . XII, 350 p . 200 illus ., 39 in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 48,10 | € (A) 49,45 | sFr 60,007 € 44,95 | £40.99ISBN 978-1-4471-4102-0
9<HTMEPH=bebaca>
A. Saxena, Palo Alto Medical Foundation, CA, USA (Ed)
Sports Medicine and Arthroscopic Surgery of the Foot and AnkleSports Medicine is now a specialty in its own right.
Features 7 The information presented covers current ac-cepted techniques with scientific rationale and will appeal to all surgeons and health care professio-nals with an interest in sports medicine 7 This is a truly international, multidisciplinary manual of foot and ankle surgery in sports medicine by the specialty?s leaders and most experienced surgeons 7 Current up to date trends and techniques using a scientific approach including evidence based guidelines where applicable are included 7 The reader will be exposed to a step-by-step approach to each procedure presented
Contents First Metatarsophalangeal Joint Sesamoidopathy.- Turf Toe Injuries.- Hallux Rigidus Valenti.- Hal-lux Rigidus Hohmann.- Lisfranc’s and Midfoot Injuries.- Stress Fractures of the Foot and Ankle in Athletes.- Plantar Fasciitis.- Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus.- Trigonum Injuries.- Syndes-mosis Injuries.- Acute Repair of Ruptured Foot and Ankle Tendons in Athletic Patients.- Chronic Compartment Syndrome of Leg and Foot.- Ank-le Instability.- Insertional and Mid-substance Achilles Tendinopathy.- Peroneal Tendinopa-thy.- Advances in Anterior Ankle and Subtalar Arthroscopy.- Posterior Ankle Arthroscopy and Endoscopy.- Post-operative Physical Therapy.
Fields of interestSurgical Orthopedics; Traumatic Surgery; Sports Medicine
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryHandbook
Available
2013 . XII, 293 p . 213 illus ., 149 in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 48,10 | € (A) 49,45 | sFr 60,007 € 44,95 | £40.99ISBN 978-1-4471-4105-1
9<HTMEPH=bebafb>
Medicine & Public Health springer.com/NEWSonline
16
T. Scarabino (Ed)
Imaging Gliomas After TreatmentA Case-based Atlas
This atlas is a detailed guide to the imaging appearances of gliomas following treatment with neurosurgery, radiation therapy, and chemothera-py. Normal and pathological findings are displayed in detailed MR images that illustrate the poten-tial modifications due to treatment. Particular emphasis is placed on characteristic appearances on the newer functional MR imaging techniques, including MR spectroscopy, diffusion-weighted imaging, and perfusion imaging.
Features 7 First atlas devoted to the imaging appearan-ces of gliomas following treatment 7 Special attention to the role of the newer functional MR imaging techniques 7 Includes 40 clinical cases with more than 500 illustrations, making the book an invaluable resource for everyday practice and research
Contents Introduction.- Classification.- Gliomas.- Etio-logy – Heredity – Risk factors – Pathogenesis – Prognostic factors.- Complications – Signs and symptoms – Diagnosis and follow-up – Sup-portive therapy.- Treatment of gliomas.- Surgery – Radiotherapy – Chemotherapy.- Post-treatment neuroradiological imaging.-Morphological mag-netic resonance.- Functional magnetic resonance: Spectroscopy – Diffusion – Perfusion – Cortical activation.- Clinical cases.- Bibliography.
Fields of interestNeuroradiology; Diagnostic Radiology; Radio-therapy
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryAtlas
Available
2012 . 216 p . 600 illus ., 50 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-88-470-2369-7
9<HTTIPH=acdgjh>
J. Schüttler, Universitätsklinikum Erlangen-Nürnberg, Erlangen, Germany (Ed)
50th Anniversary of the German Society for Anaesthesiology and Intensive Care MedicineThis book presents to all those who are interes-ted in the history of Anaesthesiology historical details and information on the development of anaesthesiology in Germany and the remarkable growth of our Society. At the founding session of the German Society of Anaesthesia in Munich on 10 April 1953 42 persons had signed the founding documents. Today about 12,000 anaesthetists are members of the German Society of Anaesthesio-logy and Intensive Care Medicine, making the DGAI the biggest national society within ESA. Well known are the pioneering contributions of German scientists and surgeons to the develop-ment of general, regional and local anaesthesia during the 19th and the beginning of the 20th centuries. But less known outside Germany are the reasons for the delayed evolution of anaesthesiolo-gy as a specialty of its own in German medicine, far later than in the UK, Scandinavia or the USA. In this book you will find answers to this question and detailed information on the successful evolu-tion of anaesthesiology especially at the Faculties of Medicine at German universities.
Fields of interestAnesthesiology; Intensive / Critical Care Medicine
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . X, 220 p . 180 illus ., 30 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-3-540-24257-4
9<HTOFPA=cecfhe>
G. R. Scuderi, Insall Scott Kelly Institute for Orthopaedics and Sports Medicine, New York, NY, USA; A. J. Tria, Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, Piscataway, NJ, USA (Eds)
Minimally Invasive Surgery in OrthopedicsFoot and Ankle Handbook
Minimally Invasive Surgery in Orthopedics: Foot and Ankle Handbook contains all of the valuable chapters from Section III (The Knee) and selec-tions from Section VI (Computer Navigation) of Scuderi and Tria’s 2010 hardcover reference. New-ly available in an affordable softcover format, this book covers minimally invasive procedures and techniques for the knee as well as computer navi-gation and robotics. The book is fully illustrated with more than one hundred pictures and clearly written for ease of understanding. Surgeons, resi-dents and fellows alike will find this thorough and focused handbook invaluable.
Features 7 Contains valuable chapters from Minimally Invasive Surgery in Orthopedics at a newly affordable price 7 Fully illustrated 7 Focused specifically on the foot and ankle
Fields of interestOrthopedics; Surgical Orthopedics
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . IX, 227 p . 221 illus . Softcover7 * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 86,007 € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-1-4614-0892-5
9<HTMERB=eaijcf>
News 12/2012 Medicine & Public Health
17
D. Seligson, C. Mauffrey, University of Louisville, KY, USA; C. S. Roberts, University of Louisville, KY, USA . (Eds)
External Fixation in Orthopedic TraumatologyExternal fixation in Orthopedic traumatology is a textbook that focuses on the use of external fixation in the acute management of patients with serious orthopedic injuries.
Features 7 External fixation in Orthopedic traumatology is the only textbook on the market that addresses the specific issue of external fixation in the acute setting as a whole. Other textbooks have explored the issue but either focusing on lengthening techniques (Ilizarov), focusing on one body part (pelvis), or focusing on one external fixation brand (Orthofix) 7 The editors have a life long expertise in the field of external fixation, one of them (DS) having contributed to their designs. The editors and authors have a rich variety of backgrounds with experience in the military, application of these techniques in economically disadvantaged areas and training in different part of the world including the USA, Europe and the Asian continent giving a flavour of univer-sality to this textbook 7 The textbook contains drawings, illustrations and clinical photographs detailing surgical techniques and various types of external fixation constructs enabling the reader to rapidly visualise and understand the concepts described 7 The authors involved have an international reputation in their area of expertise (Pape and Giannoudis in ‘Damage control ortho-pedics’ 7 Detailed chapter on biomechanics of external fixation which is a concept lacking in the literature
Fields of interestOrthopedics; Conservative Orthopedics; Surgical Orthopedics
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XIV, 228 p . 119 illus ., 70 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-1-4471-2199-2
9<HTMEPH=bcbjjc>
P. Shiromani, Harvard Medical School, West Roxbury, MA, USA; T. Horvath, Yale University, New Haven, CT, USA; S. Redline, Harvard Medical School, West Roxbury, MA, USA; E. Van Cauter, The University of Chicago, Illinois, USA (Eds)
Sleep Loss and ObesityIntersecting Epidemics
Sleep Loss and Obesity: Intersecting Epidemics represents a major contribution to the field of sleep medicine.
Features 7 Comprehensive, first-of-its-kind text that out-lines the social and medical cost ramifications of sleep loss and obesity 7 Written by interdiscipli-nary team of experts 7 Invaluable for physicians, neuroscientists, administrators, and policy makers
Contents Circadian Clock Genes and the Regulation of Sleep.- Clock Genes and Energy Metabo-lism.- Neural Circuitry Underlying Sleep and Waking.- Feeding as a Reward Mechanism.- Plas-ticity of Brain Feeding Circuits in Response to Food.- The Neurogenetics of Energy Balance.- Short Sleep and Obesity in Children.- Circadian Misalignment and Sleep Disruption in Shift Work: Implications for Fatigue and Risk of Weight Gain and Obesity.- Sleep Apnea and Obesity.- The Con-nection Between Sleep Loss and Obesity.- Sleep Disturbances: Impact on Risk and Severity of Diabetes.- Insufficient Sleep and Cardiovascular Disease.- Clinical Guidelines for the Evaluation of Adults with Obstructive Sleep Apnea.- Pharmaco-logical Treatment of Obesity.- Bariatric Surgery for Treatment of Obesity.
Fields of interestNeurology; Endocrinology; Pneumology/Respira-tory System
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XIII, 251 p . 33 illus ., 23 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-1-4614-3491-7
9<HTMERB=edejbh>
N. Silverberg
Atlas of Pediatric Cutaneous BiodiversityComparative Dermatologic Atlas of Pediatric Skin of All Colors
This book provides a brief pictorial atlas highligh-ting the variations of appearance of skin, hair, and nails, both in the natural state for children of all colors, and the appearance when affected by skin disease. The atlas includes five ethnic groupings: Caucasian African, Afro-caribbean, and African American Asian Hispanic and Latino Indian and Middle Eastern (Arab) Each group is assessed for known or clinically relevant skin differences using clinical photographs, basic microscopy, and dermoscopy.
Features 7 First book of its kind – an atlas of pediatric dermatology and a comparative guide to pediatric skin of all colors 7 Covers normal skin and skin in disease states 7 Superbly illustrated 7 Com-prehensive coverage of pediatric skin diseases
Contents Preface.- Chapter 1: Normal Variants in Skin, Hair and Nails.- Chapter 2: Acneiform Illnes-ses.- Chapter 3: Nevoid Lesions.- Chapter 4: Acquired Pigmentary Alterations.- Chapter 5: Vascular Birthmarks.- Chapter 6: Papulosquamous Disorders.- Chapter 7: Ichthyoses and Palmo-plantar Keratodermas.- Chapter 8: Eczematous Illnesses.- Chapter 9: Collagen Vascular Disea-ses.- Chapter 10: Dermal Diseases.- Chapter 11: Hair Disorders.- Chapter 12: Acquired Tumors of Childhood.- Chapter 13: Infections.- Chapter 14: Metabolic Syndrome.- Chapter 15: Lymphocytic Illnesses.
Fields of interestDermatology; Pediatrics; General Practice / Fami-ly Medicine
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XI, 138 p . 343 illus . in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-3563-1
9<HTMERB=edfgdb>
Medicine & Public Health springer.com/NEWSonline
18
R. D. Urman, J. M. Ehrenfeld (Eds)
Physicians’ Pathways to Non-Traditional Careers and Leadership OpportunitiesContents Section 1. How to Choose a Balanced Career Path.- Ch. 1.Changing Landscape of Career Opportunities in Medicine in the 21st Century: A Brave New World.- Ch. 2.Personality Type and Job Satisfaction.- Ch. 3.Career Decision Making in Medicine: Practical Approaches.- Ch. 4.Work-Life Balance.- Ch. 5.Avoiding Physician Burnout.- Ch. 6.Combined Degree Opportunities.- Ch. 7.Fin-ding Fulfillment Outside of Medicine.- Section 2.Business, Consulting, and Industry.- Ch. 8.Ma-nagerial Development.- Ch. 9.The Pharmaceutical and Medical Device Industry.- Ch. 10.Healthcare Consulting.- Ch. 11.Physicians in Management.- Ch. 12.Physicians and Entrepreneurship.- Section 3.Medicine at the Macro Level: Public Health, Global Health, &Public Policy.- Ch. 13.Public Health.- Ch. 14.Public Policy and Public Adminis-tration.- Ch. 15.Global Health.- Section 4.Acade-mia.- Ch. 16.Careers in Academic Research.- Ch. 17.Careers in Medical Education.- Ch. 18.Medical School Deans and Other Senior Administrative Officers.- Section 5.Law, Advocacy, & Public Service.- Ch. 19.Legal Careers in Medicine.- Ch. 20.Additional Opportunities in the Legal Field and Applying to Law School.- Ch. 21.Politics and Legislative Advocacy.- Ch. 22.Organized Medici-ne.- Ch. 23.Physician Opportunities in the United States Uniformed/Military Services.- Section 6.So-cial Sciences, Journalism, Architecture, and the Arts.- Ch. 24.MD-PhD in the Social Sciences.- Ch. 25.Journalism, Publishing and Writing.- Ch. 26.A Different Angle: Physician and Architect.- Ch. 27.Enriching Your Career through the Arts. [...]
Field of interestMedicine/Public Health, general
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XVIII, 385 p . 71 illus ., 57 in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 32,05 | € (A) 32,94 | sFr 40,007 € 29,95 | £26.99ISBN 978-1-4614-0550-4
9<HTMERB=eaffae>
J. Varga, Northwestern University, Chicago, IL USA; C. P. Denton, UCL Medical School, London, UK; F. M. Wigley, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA (Eds)
SclerodermaFrom Pathogenesis to Comprehensive Management
Contents Foreword.- Preface.- Historical Perspective.-Therapeutic evolution: a professor’s view.- Over-view: Epidemiology, Genetics and Classification.-Epidemiology and Environmental Risk Factors.- Genetic Factors.- Disease Subsets in Clinical Practice.-Evolving Concepts of Diagnosis and Classification.- Disease Classification using Molecular Signatures.-Localized Scleroderma.- Juvenile Systemic Scleroderma.-Scleroderma Mimics.- Localized Forms of Scleroderma in Adults.-Overview: Integrated Pathogenesis.- Im-munological Mechanisms.-Innate Immunity.- Autoantibodies in Pathogenesis.- The Clinical Aspects of Autoantibodies.- Mechanisms of Vascular Disease.-Vascular Biomarkers.- Me-chanisms of Fibrosis.- Fibrosis: Insights from the stiff skin syndrome.- Biomarkers of Fibro-sis.- Overview of Animal Models.-Overview: Cardiovascular Manifestations and Management.-Raynaud Phenomenon.-Nailfold Capillarosco-py.- Systemic Vascular Disease.- Scleroderma Renal Crisis.- Cardiac Involvement.-Erectile Dysfunction.-Overview: Pulmonary manifesta-tions and management.-Clinical Assessment of Lung Disease.- Computerized Tomography of Interstitial Lung Disease.-Treatment of interstitial lung disease.-Clinical Assessment of Pulmonary Hypertension.-Treatment of Pulmonary Hyper-tension.- Complex Challenges of Pulmonary Hypertension. [...]
Fields of interestRheumatology; Internal Medicine; Pneumology/Respiratory System
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XX, 689 p . 163 illus ., 131 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 213,95 | € (A) 219,94 | sFr 266,507 € 199,95 | £180.00ISBN 978-1-4419-5773-3
9<HTMEPB=jfhhdd>
C. T. Welsh, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, SC, USA (Ed)
Intra-Operative Neuropathology for the Non-NeuropathologistA Case-Based Approach
This volume acquaints the non-neuropathologist with the advantages of clinical-radiologic-patho-logic correlation in neuropathology specimens, particularly in the intra-operative consultation. As a good cytology preparation can add to, or even supply in isolation, a diagnosis, this volume covers the enormous and sometimes insurmountable artifacts involved with freezing tissue, especially central nervous system tissue. The text presents how to perform, and stain the cytologic prepara-tions, and how to interpret them. The advantages and disadvantages of both frozen sections and cytologic preparations of various kinds are dis-cussed. The presentation and format is very visual with diagrams, tables, with many figures including pearls and pitfalls and therefore easy reading.
Features 7 Extensive correlation of scans, cytology, frozen section with differential diagnosis 7 Case-based approach 7 Neuroradiology chapter authored by a neuroradiologist
Contents The Role of Clinical-Pathologic Correlation and Use of Cytologic Preparations in Intra-Operative Neuropathology Consultation.-Neuroradiology as a Tool in Neuropathologic Diagnosis of Int-racranial Masses.- The Supratentorial Mass in an Adult.- The Infratentorial Intra-Axial Tumor.- The Base of Skull (Including Pineal and Sella Turcica Regions) Lesion.- The Spinal Neoplasm in an Adult.
Fields of interestPathology; Neuroradiology; Oncology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . IX, 170 p . 400 illus ., 119 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 201,007 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-1-4419-1166-7
9<HTMEPB=jbbggh>
News 12/2012 Medicine & Public Health
19
G. Y. Wu, University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT, USA; N. Selsky, University of Connecticut, West Hartford, CT, USA; J. M. Grant-Kels, University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT, USA (Eds)
Atlas of Dermatological Manifestations of Gastrointestinal DiseaseContents Oropharyngeal Cancer: Gastrointestinal Features.- Bazex’s Syndrome: Dermatological Features (Acrokeratosis Paraneoplastica).- Plummer-Vinson Syndrome: Gastrointestinal Features.- Plummer-Vinson Syndrome: Dermatological Features.- Esophageal Cancer: Gastrointestinal Features.- Howel-Evans Syndrome: Dermato-logical Features (Familial Keratoderma with Carcinoma of the Esophagus).- Scleroderma: Gastrointestinal Features.- Scleroderma: Systemic Sclerosis.- Epidermolysis Bullosa Acquisita: Gastrointestinal Features.- Epidermolysis Bullosa Acquisita: Dermatological Features.- Pemphigus Vulgaris: Gastrointestinal Features.- Pemphigus Vulgaris: Dermatological Features.- Dermatomyo-sitis: Gastrointestinal Features.- Dermatomyositis: Dermatological Features.- Pernicious anemia: Gastrointestinal Features.- Vitiligo.- Celiac Disease: Gastrointestinal Features.- Dermatitis Herpetiformis.- Crohn’s Disease: Gastrointestinal Features.- Cutaneous Crohn’s Disease.- Bowel By-pass Syndrome: Gastrointestinal Features.- Bowel-Associated Dermatosis–Arthritis Syndrome.- Blue Rubber Bleb Nevus Syndrome: Gastrointestinal Features.- Blue Rubber Bleb Nevus Syndrome: Dermatological Features.- Henoch–Schönlein Purpora: Gastrointestinal Features.- Henoch–Schönlein Purpura: Dermatological Features. [...]
Fields of interestGastroenterology; Dermatology; Internal Medi-cine
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Due March 2013
2013 . XV, 155 p . 169 illus ., 161 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-6190-6
9<HTMERB=egbjag>
L. Xi, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA, USA; T. V. Serebrovskaya, Bogomoletz Institute of Physiology, Kiev, Ukraine (Eds)
Intermittent Hypoxia and Human DiseasesContents 1.Sleep Disordered Breathing and Cardiac Arrhythmias.- 2.Effects of Chronic Intermittent Hypoxia on Cardiac Rhythm Transcriptomic Networks.- 3.Intermittent Hypoxia and Atheros-clerosis.- 4.Protective Effects of Chronic Inter-mittent Hypoxia Against Myocardial Ischemia/Reperfusion Injury.- 5.Role of Mitochondrial Permeability Transition Pore in Intermittent Hypoxia-Induced Cardiac and Neuronal Protec-tion.- 6.Intermittent Hypoxia Alters the Function of Cardiovascular Neurons and Reflex Pathways in the Brainstem.- 7.Effect of Intermittent Hypoxia on Breathing Stability in Individuals with Sleep Apnea.- 8.Activation of Inflammatory Circulating Factors by Intermittent Hypoxia in Sleep Apnea Syndrome.- 9.Beneficial Effects of Intermittent Normobaric Hypoxia Training on Respiratory Function in Patients with Chronic Pulmonary Diseases.- 10. Effects of Intermittent Hypoxic Training on Exercise Tolerance in Patients with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease.- 11.In-termittent Hypoxia in Treatment of Bronchial Asthma in Childhood.- 12.Intermittent Hypoxia and Experimental Parkinson’s Disease.- 13.Protec-tive Effects of Adaptation to Hypoxia in Experi-mental Alzheimer’s Disease.- 14.Neuroprotective Mechanisms of Intermittent Hypoxia: An In Vitro Study.- 15.Intermittent Hypoxia Training to En-hance Endurance in Elite Swimmers.- 16. Adapta-tion to Intermittent Hypoxia/Hyperoxia Enhances Efficiency of Exercise Training.- 17.Hypobaric Interval Hypoxia as a Non-Medication Method of Improving the Functional State of Aerospace Pilots and Astronauts. [...]
Fields of interestCardiology; Pathology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XI, 316 p . 113 illus ., 40 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-1-4471-2905-9
9<HTMEPH=bcjafj>
Biomedicine springer.com/NEWSonline
20
J. D. Blom, University of Groningen, Netherlands; I. E. Sommer, University Medical Centre Utrecht, Netherlands (Eds)
HallucinationsResearch and Practice
Contents Foreword- Anthony David.- 1. General intro-duction- Iris Sommer & Jan Dirk Blom.- I. CONCEPTUAL ISSUES.- 2. The construction of visual reality- Donald Hoffman.- 3. Conscious-ness, memory, and hallucinations- Ralf-Peter Behrendt.- 4. A network model of hallucinations- Rutger Goekoop & Jasper Looijestijn.- 5. The construction of hallucination: History and epistemology- German Berrios & Ivana Marková.- II. HALLUCINATORY PHENOME-NA.- 6. Visual hallucinations- Daniel Collerton, Rob Dudley, & Urs Peter Mosimann.- 7. Syn-aesthesias- Devin Blair Terhune & Roi Cohen Kadosh.- 8. Auditory verbal hallucinations, first-person accounts- Steven Scholtus & Christine Blanke.- 9. Auditory verbal hallucinations- Kelly Diederen & Iris Sommer.- 10. Auditory ver-bal hallucinations in patients with borderline per-sonality disorder- Christina Slotema & David Kingdon.- 11. Musical hallucinations- Oliver Sacks & Jan Dirk Blom.- 12. Olfactory and gustato-ry hallucinations- Dick Stevenson & Robyn Langdon.- 13. Hallucinations of bodily sensation- Jan Dirk Blom & Iris Sommer.- 14. Halluci-natory pain: central pain- Sergio Canavero.- 15. Autoscopic phenomena: clinical and experimental perspectives- Anna Sforza & Olaf Blanke.- 16. Phantom limb, phantom body, phantom self. A phenomenology of ‘body hallucinations’- Peter Brugger.- 17. Sensed presences- James Allan Chey-ne.- 18. Djinns-Jan Dirk Blom & Cor Hoffer.- III. RESEARCH.- 19. Structural neuroimaging in psychotic patients with auditory verbal hallucina-tions- Paul Allen& Gemma Modinos. [...]
Fields of interestNeurosciences; Neurobiology
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XVII, 424 p . 72 illus ., 60 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0958-8
9<HTMERB=eajfii>
Current Topics in Microbiology and ImmunologyR. W. Compans, M. D. Cooper, F. Melchers, Series editors: M. B. Oldstone, P. K. Vogt, T. Honjo, Y. Y. Gleba, B. Malissen, Y. Kawaoka, K. Aktories, R. Rappuoli, J. E. Galan
Volume 362
M. Falasca, Queen Mary University of London, UK (Ed)
Phosphoinositides and DiseaseContents Table of contents.- An introduction to Phosphoi-nositides, Tania Maffucci.- Phosphoinositides and Cardiovascular Diseases, Emilio Hirsch.- Phos-phoinositides in Insulin Action and Diabetes, Alan Saltiel.- Phosphoinositides in neuroexocytosis and neuronal diseases, Frederic Meunier.- Effects of Phosphoinositides and their derivatives on Mem-brane Morphology and function, Banafshe Larija-ni.- Molecular analysis of protein-phosphoinositi-de interactions, Tatiana Kutateladze.- PIKfyve and its lipid products in health and in sickness, Assia Shisheva.- Class I phosphoinositide 3-kinases in normal and pathologic haematopoietic cells, Bernard Payrastre.- The diverse functions of Phosphatidylinositol Transfer proteins, Shams-had Cockcroft.- Myotubularin phosphoinositide phosphatases in human diseases, Jocelyn Laporte.- Nuclear PI-PLC β1 and Myelodysplastic Syndro-mes: from bench to clinics, Lucio Cocco.- Inositol polyphosphate phosphatases in human disease, Christina Mitchell.- Index.
Field of interestBiomedicine general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . VI, 318 p . 28 illus ., 13 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-94-007-5024-1
9<HTUELA=hfaceb>
D. A. Dougan, La Trobe University, Melbourne, VIC, Australia (Ed)
Regulated Proteolysis in MicroorganismsThis book contains an extensive collection of cri-tical reviews, from leading researchers in the field of regulated protein degradation. It covers the role of regulated proteolysis in a range of microorga-nisms (from Gram positive, Gram negative and pathogenic bacteria to Archaea and the Baker’s yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae).
Features 7 An up-to-date summary of protein degrada-tion in microorganisms (bacteria, archaea and yeast) 7 Individual chapters by the world's leading experts in the field of regulated prote-olysis 7 Detailed mechanistic analysis of the different proteolytic machines
Contents Machines of destruction - AAA+ proteases and the adaptors that control them.- The AAA+ pro-tease Lon.- FtsH protease-mediated regulation of various cellular functions.- Regulated proteolysis in Bacillus subtilis.- Regulation of stress response pathways in Escherichia coli by proteolysis.- Regu-lation of the SigmaE stress response.- Pathogenic bacteria: protein degradation and virulence.- Ro-les of Cdc48 in regulated protein degradation in yeast.- The role of AAA+ proteases in mitochond-rial protein biogenesis, homeostasis & activity control.- PUPylation and Mycobacteria.- Archea proteasomes and SAMPylation.
Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Microbiology; Protein Structure
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 338 p . 65 illus ., 62 in color . (Subcellular Biochemistry, Volume 66) Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-94-007-5939-8
9<HTUELA=hfjdji>
News 12/2012 Biomedicine
21
H. Duifhuis, University of Groningen, The Netherlands
Cochlear MechanicsIntroduction to a Time Domain Analysis of the Nonlinear Cochlea
The field of cochlear mechanics has received an increasing interest over the last few decades. In the majority of these studies the researchers use linear systems analysis or linear approximations of the nonlinear (NL) systems. Even though it has been clear that the intact cochlea operates nonlinearly, lack of tools for proper nonlinear analysis, and widely available tools for linear analysis still lead to inefficient and possibly incorrect interpretation of the biophysics of the cochlea. An example is the presumption that a change in cochlear stiffness at hair cell level must account for the observed change in tuning (or frequency mapping) due to prestin application.
Features 7 Addresses and explains basic differences between linear and nonlinear cochleae 7 Provi-des a well-justified mathematical approach, with lucid examples 7 Useful to both researchers in auditory neuroscience and students of biophysics and biomedical engineering
Contents Part I Anatomy and Function of the Linear Cochlea.- 1 Historical Introduction.- 2 Develop-ments from 1950 to 1980.- 3 Emerging Cochlear Mechanics.- Part II Anatomy and Function of the Nonlinear Cochlea.- 4 Nonlinear Auditory Phe-nomena (I) knowledge around 1980.- 5 Modeling the Nonlinear Cochlea.- Part III Results and Open Issues.- 6 Results.- 7 Applications and perspecti-ve.- Part IV Appendices.- Index
Fields of interestNeurosciences; Otorhinolaryngology; Biophysics and Biological Physics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIV, 261 p . 66 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-1-4419-6116-7
9<HTMEPB=jgbbgh>
W. S. El-Deiry, Penn State Hershey Cancer Institute, PA, USA (Ed)
Impact of Genetic Targets on Cancer TherapyContents Novel antineoplastics targeting genetic changes in colorectal cancer.- Update on Clinical Trials: Ge-netic Targets in Breast Cancer.- Impact of Genetic Targets on Cancer Therapy in Esophagogastric Cancer.- Impact of Genetic Targets on Cancer Therapy: Liver Cancer.- Targeting the molecular phenotype of pancreatic cancer toward the goal of patient-tailored therapy.- Impact of genetic mar-kers on treatment of Non-small cell lung cancer.- Impact of Genetic Targets on Therapy in Head and Neck Squamous Cell Carcinoma.- Tyrosine Kinase Targeted Treatment of Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia and Other Myeloproliferative Neo-plasms.- Targeted Therapy of Multiple Myeloma.- Current and Future Trials of Targeted Therapies in Cutaneous Melanoma.- Current Approaches to Epigenetic therapy for the treatment of Mantle Cell Lymphoma.- Impact of Genetic Targets on Primary Brain Tumor Therapy: What’s Ready for Prime Time?.- Rational therapy for renal cell carcinoma based on its genetic targets.- Molecular and Genetic Markers of Follicular-Cell Thyroid Cancer: Etiology and Diagnostic and Therapeutic Opportunities.- Genetic Targets in Pediatric Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia.- Emerging molecular therapies for the treatment of Acute Lymphoblas-tic Leukemia.- Impact of Genetic Targets on Pros-tate Cancer Therapy.- Small-Cell Lung Cancer: An Update on Targeted Therapies.- Impact of Genetic Targets on Cancer Therapy in Acute Myelogenous Leukemia.- Index.
Fields of interestCancer Research; Human Genetics; Medical Microbiology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due December 2012
2013 . XVI, 476 p . 22 illus ., 21 in color . (Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology, Volume 779) Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-1-4614-6175-3
9<HTMERB=egbhfd>
L. Luzi, Università degli Studi di Milano, Italia (Ed)
Cellular Physiology and Metabolism of Physical ExerciseThe book covers areas of cellular physiology and metabolism that are of interest to scientists involved in research in diabetes and metabolic di-seases. Some chapters of the book are specifically research-oriented, as all the authors are actively practicing either bench or clinical research in the area.
Features 7 This work is comprehensive of the full dis-cipline 7 It discusses both classical aspects of cellular physiology and metabolism of physical exercise 7 Reccommended book in courses of Biology, Physiology, Sport Science
Contents 1 Human evolution and physical exercise: the concept of being “born to run” – L. Luzi 2 Cell morphology and function: the specificities of muscle cells – A. Maestroni 3 Cell membrane of the contractile unit – G. Zerbini 4 Gene polymor-phisms and athletic I. Teruzzi 5 Nutrients and whole-body energy metabolism – S. Benedini 6 Mitochondrial and non-mitochondrial study for ATP synthesis – R. Codella 7 Excessive nutrients and regional energy metabolism – G. Perseghin 8 Muscle biopsy to assess mitochondrial turno-ver – R. Barazzoni 9 Use of tracer-based study of metabolism in vivo – A. Caumo 10 Physical activity and inflammation – P. Fiorina 11 The HPA axis and the regulation of energy balance – F. Frigerio 12 Physical exercise in obesity and mental anorexia – A. Battezzati 13 Physical exercise and transplantation – V. Lauriola, C. Ricordi 14 The baboon as a primate model to study physiology and metabolic effects of exercise – F. Folli, F. Casiraghi
Fields of interestHuman Physiology; Molecular Medicine; Diabetes
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XX, 180 p . 50 illus . in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-88-470-2417-5
9<HTTIPH=acebhf>
Biomedicine springer.com/NEWSonline
22
I. Malyshev, Moscow State University of Medicine and Dentistry, Moscow, Russia
Immunity, Tumors and Aging: The Role of HSP70The book is dedicated to the topical area of bio-logy and medicine and the role of stress proteins HSP70 in the regulation of intracellular protein homeostasis, signaling transduction and cell pro-tection. The book is divided into chapters, which describe the discovery of HSP70 and its molecular structure, the mechanism of the synthesis and function in normal and damaged cells, examine the role of HSP70 in immunity, cancerogenesis, aging, Alzheimer‘s disease and cardiac surgery. In this book, the author looks at HSP70 as a factor which prevents the transformation of homeostasis mechanisms of intracellular proteins into a link in the pathogenesis of a disease.
Contents Forward.- Introduction.- 1 A General Description of HSPs, The Molecular Structure of HSP70, The HSP70 Cycle.- 2 HSP70 Functions In Normal Cells.- 3 HSP70 IN A Damaged Cells.- 4 Mecha-nisms Of Activation And Inactivation Of HSP70 Synthesis.- 5 HSP70 In The Immune Responses.- 6 HSP70 in Carcinogenesis.- 7 HSP70 In Aging.- 8 The Role Of HSP70 in Protection of (a) The Brain In Alzheimer’s Disease, and (b) The Heart.- Index.
Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Immunology; Protein Science
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due February 2013
2013 . Approx . 125 p . 47 illus . (SpringerBriefs in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Volume 6) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-94-007-5942-8
9<HTUELA=hfjeci>
N. Maurits, University Medical Center Groningen, The Netherlands
From Neurology to Methodology and BackAn Introduction to Clinical Neuroengineering
In today’s hospitals, the gap between technology and medicine constantly needs to be bridged, both by physicians and engineers. By taking a unique clinical neuroengineering approach, From Neurology to Methodology and Back offers a translational study of neurology and technology from both sides. The fundamental topics covered range from basic concepts such as sampling and simple statistical measures via Fourier analysis to source localization.
Features 7 Neuroengineering from a translational per-spective 7 Each chapter is based on a unique case study 7 Diseases presented range from epi-lepsy, brain tumors and cerebrovascular diseases to tremor, MS and neuromuscular diseases
Contents Introduction.- Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, Electro-neurography, Electromyography and Statistics.- Tremor, Polymyography and Spectral Analysis.- Epilepsia, Electroencephalography, Filtering and Feature Extraction.- Multiple Sclerosis, Evoked Potentials and Enhancing Signal-to-Noise Ratio.- Cortical Myoclonus, EEG-EMG, Back-Averaging and Coherence Analysis.- Psychogenic Movement Disorders, Bereitschaftspotential and Event-Related Potentials.- Brain Tumor, Pre-Operative Function Localization and Source Localization.- Neuromuscular Diseases, Ultrasound and Image Analysis.- Cerebrovascular Disease, Ultrasound and Hemodynamical Flow Parameters.- Spinal Dysfunction, Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation and Motor Evoked Potentials
Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Neurology; Neurosciences
Target groupsUpper undergraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Available
2012 . XV, 285 p . 131 illus ., 86 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 86,007 € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-1-4614-1131-4
9<HTMERB=ebbdbe>
A. Melkikh, M. Sutormina, Ural Federai University, Yekaterinburg, Russia
Developing Synthetic Transport Systems Understanding the general laws of an effective system for the transport of substances in cells is an important goal of systems and synthetic biology and will help us to answer why the transport subsystem of a cell is arranged as it is. In addition, the construction of models for optimizing trans-port systems is of considerable importance in the early stages in the development of a functioning protocell. The aim of this book is to describe the latest techniques for the calculation of the optimal parameters of the transport subsystem of a cell at its maximum efficiency. The book will describe linear and nonlinear programming, dynamic programming, game theory for models of ion transport in different types of cells (e.g. mammali-an cells, bacteria, plants and fungi).
Features 7 Furthers the reader's understanding of the problems associated with developing artifi-cial cells 7 Optimizing systems for minimal cells 7 Developing synthetic transport systems
Contents Introduction. Biological Cybernetics and the op-timization problem of transport of substances in the cells.- Models of ion transport in mammalian cells.- Models of ion transport and regulation in plant cells and unicellular organisms.- Optimizati-on of the transport of substances in cells. Index.
Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Systems Biology; Cell Biology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due February 2013
2013 . VI, 294 p . 68 illus ., 49 in color . (SpringerBriefs in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Volume) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-94-007-5892-6
9<HTUELA=hfijcg>
News 12/2012 Biomedicine
23
Y. Okada, National Institute for Physiological Sciences, Okazaki, Japan (Ed)
Patch Clamp TechniquesFrom Beginning to Advanced Protocols
Contents Ch. 1 Prologue: The Ion Channel Ch. 2 Patch-Clamp Techniques: General Remarks Ch. 3 Whole-Cell Patch Method Ch. 4 Perforated Whole-Cell Patch-Clamp Technique: A User’s Guide Ch. 5 Methods for Processing and Analy-zing Single-Channel Data Ch. 6 Channel Noise Ch. 7 Slice Patch Clamp Ch. 8 Patch-Clamp Recording Method in Slices for Studying Presy-naptic Mechanisms Ch. 9 Analysis of Synaptic Plasticity with the Slice Patch-Clamp Recording Technique Ch. 10 Patch-Clamp Recordings from Neuronal Dendrites Ch. 11 In Vivo Blind Patch-Clamp Recording Technique Ch. 12 Two-Photon Targeted Patch-Clamp Recordings in Vivo Ch. 13 Transporter Current Measurements Ch. 14 Giant Patch and Macro Patch Ch. 15 Pipette Perfusion Technique Ch. 16 Planar Lipid Bilayer Method for Studying Channel Molecules Ch. 17 Patch-Clamp Capacitance Measurements Ch. 18 Brief Guide to Patch-Clamp Current Measurements in Orga-nelle Membranes Ch. 19 Role of Ion Channels in Plants Ch. 20 Automated Patch Clamping Ch. 21 Patch-Clamp Biosensor Method Ch. 22 Tempe-rature-Evoked Channel Activation: Simultaneous Detection of Ionic Currents and Temperature Ch. 23 Heterologous Expression Systems and Analyses of Ion Channels Ch. 24 Patch-Clamp and Single-Cell Reverse Transcription-Polymerase Chain Reaction/Microarray Analysis Ch. 25 Smart-Patch Technique Ch. 26 Ion Channel Pore Sizing in Patch-Clamp Experiments Ch. 27 Digital Recordings of Patch-Clamp Data Ch. 28 Solutions for Patch-Clamp Experiments
Fields of interestNeurosciences; Human Physiology; Cell Biology
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Available
2012 . XI, 439 p . 157 illus . (Springer Protocols Handbooks) Hardcover7 * € (D) 117,65 | € (A) 120,95 | sFr 158,007 € 109,95 | £99.00ISBN 978-4-431-53992-6
9<HTPEOB=fdjjcg>
T. Palomo, Hospital Universitario 12 de Octubre, Madrid, Spain; R. M. Kostrzewa, East Tennessee State University, Johnson City, TN, USA; R. J. Beninger, Queen‘s University, Kingston, ON, Canada (Eds)
Staging Neuropsychiatric DisordersImplications for Etiopathogenesis and Treatment
Book chapters are authored by participants in the International Meeting on Staging Neuropsychia-tric Disorders: Implications for Etiopathogenesis and Treatment, held in Mojácar (Almería) Spain from 14-18 October 2009. Chapters are organized into four sections on themes encompassed by Staging Neuropsychiatric Disorders: 1) Clinical Staging in the Pathophysiology of Psychotic and Affective Disorders, 2) Staging Perspectives in Neurodevelopmental Aspects of Neuropsychiat-ry, 3) Epigenetics and Biomarkers in the Staging of Neuropsychiatric Disorders, and 4) Staging Neurodegenerative Disorders. This volume should serve as a resource for physicians and neuroscien-tists alike, highlighting the importance of staging neuropsychiatric disorders and the underlying mechanistic dysfunction, for prevention and treatment strategies at different stages of disease progression.
Features 7 Contributors are all participants at a pres-tigious conference on neuropsychiatric disor-ders 7 This book is a resource for physicians and neuroscientists alike 7 Highlights different prevention and treatment strategies at different stages of disease progression
Fields of interestNeurosciences; Human Physiology; Neurobiology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XI, 375 p . 49 illus ., 18 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 215,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0784-3
9<HTMERB=eahied>
U. Pfeffer, National Cancer Research Institute, Genova, Italy (Ed)
Cancer GenomicsMolecular classification, prognosis and response prediction
Features 7 Comprehensive review of the field, none yet published 7 Critical reviews written by outstan-ding investigators with no personal interest in the applications 7 Easy to understand for clinicians and researchers who wish to obtain an overview over the rapidly evolving field
Contents Preface.- Genomic Pathology of Lung Cancer.- Understanding Melanoma Progression by Gene Expression Signatures.- Prognostic testing in uveal melanoma.- Capturing and Deciphering the Molecular Signatures of Head and Neck Cancer.- Predictive and Prognostic Biomarkers for Colorectal Cancer.- Expression Profiling of Hepatocellular Carcinoma.- Kidney Cancer Genomics: Paving the Road to a New Paradigm of Personalized Medicine.- 8 Pancreatic cancer geno-mics.- Breast Cancer Genomics: From Portraits to Landscapes.- Genomic landscape of ovarian can-cer.- Genetics of Endometrial Carcinoma.- Use-fulness of molecular biology in follicular-derived thyroid tumors - From translationnal research to clinical practice.- Sarcomas Genetics: From point mutation to complex karyotype, from diagnosis to therapies.- Novel molecular acquisitions in leukemias.- Where do we stand in the genomics of lymphomas?- The Genomics of Multiple Myeloma and Its Relevance in the Molecular Classification and Risk Stratification of the Disease.- Index.
Fields of interestCancer Research; Gene Expression; Microarrays
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . VIII, 622 p . 65 illus ., 60 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-94-007-5841-4
9<HTUELA=hfiebe>
Biomedicine springer.com/NEWSonline
24
J. M. Sanches, Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal; A. F. Laine, Columbia University, NY, USA; J. S. Suri, Idaho State University, Pocatello, ID, USA (Eds)
Ultrasound ImagingAdvances and Applications
Contents Section 1: Image Formation and Preproces-sing.- RF ultrasound estimation from B-mode images.- A Rayleigh Mixture Model for IVUS Imaging.- Ultrasound Speckle / Despeckle Image Decomposition for Tissue Analysis.- Section 2: Ultrasound Plaque Imaging.- Media and Intima Thickness and Texture Analysis of the Common Carotid Artery.- CAUDLES-EF: Carotid Automa-ted Ultrasound Double Line Extraction System using Edge Flow.- Activity Index: a tool to identify active carotid plaques.- Coronary Atherosclerotic Plaque Characterization by Intravascular Ultra-sound.- Three-Dimensional Ultrasound Plaque Characterization.- Comparison Between Manual And Automated Analysis For The Quantifica-tion Of Carotid Wall By Using Sonography. A validation study with CT.- Section 3: Ultrasound Advanced Applications .- Real Time 4D Cardiac Segmentation by Active Geometric Functions.- Classification and Staging of Chronic Liver Disease based on Ultrasound, Laboratorial and Clinical Data.- Assessment of Bone Healing Using Ultrasound.- Image-Guided Cryoablation of the Prostate.- Applications of Multiscale Overcomple-te Wavelet-Based Representations in Intravascular Ultrasound (IVUS) Images
Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Ultrasound
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XI, 360 p . 133 illus ., 74 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 215,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1179-6
9<HTMERB=ebbhjg>
T. Satyanarayana, University of Delhi South Campus, New Delhi, India; J. Littlechild, Exeter University, UK; Y. Kawarabayasi, Kyushu University, Fukuoka, Japan (Eds)
Thermophilic Microbes in Environmental and Industrial BiotechnologyBiotechnology of Thermophiles
Contents Preface.- Part I Thermophiles in the environment.- Diversity of hot environments and thermophilic microbes.- Exploring the ecology of thermophiles from Australia’s Great Artesian Basin during the genomic era.- Hot environments from An-tarctica.- Bacterial and biochemical properties of newly invented aerobic, high-temperature compost.- Role of thermophilic microflora in composting.- Metal remediation by thermophi-lic microorganisms.- CO-oxidizing anaerobic thermophilic prokaryotes.- Biomineralization in thermal environments.- Phylogeny and biological features of thermophiles.- Biology, biodiversity and application of thermophilic viruses.- Part II Genomics, Metagenomics and Biotechnology.- Genomics of thermophilic bacteria and archaea.- Comparative genomics of thermophilic bacteria and archaea.- Host-vector system in thermo-philes.- Molecular chaperones in thermophilic eubacteria and archaea.- Heterologous Production of thermostable proteins and enzymes.- Discovery of thermostable enzymes from hot environmental samples by metagenomic approaches.- DNA po-lymerases and DNA ligases.- Molecular diversity of biotechnological relevance of thermophilic actinobacteria.- Mechanisms of thermostability adopted by thermophilic proteins and their use in white biotechnology.- Starch-hydrolyzing enzymes from thermophiles. [...]
Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Applied Microbiology; Entomology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2nd ed . 2013 . XV, 973 p . 106 illus ., 44 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-94-007-5898-8
9<HTUELA=hfijii>
N. W. Schultheiss, Boston University, Boston, MA, USA; A. A. Prinz, Emory University, Atlanta, GA, USA; R. J. Butera, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA, USA (Eds)
Phase Response Curves in NeuroscienceTheory, Experiment, and Analysis
Contents Preface.- Part 1; Foundations of Phase Response Analysis.- Introduction to Part 1.- Chapter 1. The theory of weakly coupled oscillators.- Chapter 2. Phase resetting neural oscillators: Topological the-ory versus the real world.- Chapter 3. A theoretical framework for the dynamics of multiple intrinsic oscillators in single neurons.- Chapter 4. History of the application of the phase resetting curve to neurons coupled in a pulsatile manner.- Part 2; Estimation of Phase Response Curves.- Introduc-tion to Part 2.- Chapter 5. Experimentally estima-ting phase response curves of neurons: Theoretical and practical issues.- Chapter 6. A geometric approach to phase resetting estimation based on mapping temporal to geometric phase.- Chapter 7. PRC estimation with varying width intervals.- Chapter 8. Bayesian approach to estimating phase response curves.- Part 3; Cellular Mechanisms of Neuronal Phase Response Properties.- Introduc-tion to Part 3.- Chapter 9. Phase response curves to measure ion channel effects on neurons.- Chap-ter 10. Cellular mechanisms underlying spike-time reliability and stochastic synchronization: Insights and predictions from the phase-response curve.- Chapter 11. Recovery of stimuli encoded with a Hodgkin-Huxley neuron using conditional PRCs.- Chapter 12. Cholinergic neuromodulation controls PRC type in cortical pyramidal neurons. [...]
Fields of interestNeurosciences; Neurology
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XIII, 518 p . 170 illus ., 32 in color . (Springer Series in Computational Neuroscience, Volume 6) Hardcover7 * € (D) 181,85 | € (A) 186,94 | sFr 226,507 € 169,95 | £153.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0738-6
9<HTMERB=eahdig>
News 12/2012 Psychology
25
C. Blazina, G. Boyra, D. Shen-Miller, Tennessee State University, Nashville, TN, USA (Eds)
The Psychology of the Human-Animal BondA Resource for Clinicians and Researchers
Contents Introduction: Using Context to Inform Clinical Practice and Research.- PART I: Contextual and Cultural Issues.- Chapter 1. British Animal Beha-vior Studies in the Twentieth Century: Interdiscip-linary Perspectives.- Chapter 2. History of Animal Ethics in Western Culture.- Chapter 3. Ecosyste-mic and Cultural Impacts of Animal Introduction into Human Society in North America.- Chapter 4. Predator/Prey Relationships: What Humans Can Learn from Horses About Being Who-le.- Chapter 5. Lap-Dogs and Moral Shepherd‘s Dogs: Canine and Paid Female Companions in Nineteenth Century English Literature.- PART II: Psychological Issues of Attachment.- Chapter 6. Self Psychology and the Human-Animal Bond: An Overview.- Chapter 7. Attachment Between Man and Animal: What Does It Mean?.- Chapter 8. A Developmental Psychological Perspective on the Human-Animal Bond.- Chapter 9. Understan-ding the AAT Rx: Applications of AAI in Clinical Practice .- Chapter 10. Attachment Style and Grief: An Internal Working Model Guiding Reactions to the Loss of a Pet Companion.- PART III: Positive Sway on Psychological Well-Being and Recove-ry from Illness.- Chapter 11. How Family Pets Keep Us Happier and Healthier: An Attachment Perspective on the Human-Animal Bond.- Chap-ter 12. Pet Ownership and Health.- PART IV: Bereavement, Loss, and Disenfranchised Grief.- Chapter 13. Family-Present Euthanasia: Protocols for Planning and Preparing Clients.- Chapter 14. Pet Loss. [...]
Fields of interestHealth Psychology; Rehabilitation; Social Work
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Due January 2013
2011 . XXII, 421 p . 11 illus . Softcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-1-4614-6196-8
9<HTMERB=egbjgi>
J. Broitman, San Francisco Psychotherapy Research Group, CA, USA; J. M. Davis, California State University, East Bay, CA, USA (Eds)
Treating NVLD in ChildrenProfessional Collaborations for Positive Outcomes
Contents 1. Introduction.- 2. Overview of NVLD.- 3. The Role of the Occupational Therapist.- 4. Nonver-bal Learning Disabilities: A Speech-Language Pathologist’s Perspective.- 5. Psychological Assessments for NVLD.- 6. The Physician’s Role in Treating NVLD.- 7. Coaching: Addressing the Psychosocial and Executive Functioning Challenges of NVLD in K–12 and the Transition to Adulthood.- 8. The Role of the Educational Therapist - Academic Interventions for Reading and Writing.- 9. The Educational Therapist and Mathematics.- 10. Promoting Social Emotional Competency in Children with NVLD.- 11. College Counseling with the NVLD Student.- 12. Social and Cultural Capital for Students with NVLD: Transitioning into Higher Education.- 13. Employ-ment and Vocational Rehabilitation Services for Individuals with NVLD.- 14. Clinical Practice and the Law for NVLD.- 15. Overview of the Current Research on NVLD.- 16. Dealing with a NVLD: A Family’s Perspective.- 17. Conclusions.- Appendix.
Fields of interestChild and School Psychology; Educational Psy-chology; Pediatrics
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 335 p . 14 illus ., 6 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 48,10 | € (A) 49,45 | sFr 64,507 € 44,95 | £40.99ISBN 978-1-4614-6178-4
9<HTMERB=egbhie>
P. T. Coleman, Columbia University, New York, NY, USA (Ed)
Psychological Components of Sustainable PeaceCoeditor: M. Deutsch, Columbia University, New York, NY, USA
Features 7 Re-orients study of peace from preventative to promotative 7 Emphasizes the importance of understanding sustainability in peace, which is a new & developing concept in the field 7 Provides a multidisciplinary field an up-to-date overview of the basic psychological components of peace
Contents Introduction.- Effective Cooperation, the Found-ation of Sustainable Peace.- Constructive Conflict Resolution and Sustainable Peace.- Creative Problem Solving: Not Just About the Problem.- Transforming Communication for Peace.- LIF PLUS: the life-improving force of peaceful language use.- The Role of Equality in Negotiation and Sustainable Peace.- Sustaining Peace through Psychologically Informed Policies: The Geohisto-rical Context of Malaysia.- Justice, Activity, and Narrative: Studying of the World March for Peace and Nonviolence.- Gender and Sustainable Peace.- The Psychodynamics of Peace.- Culture of Peace.- Reconciliation between Groups, the Prevention of Violence, and Lasting Peace.- Sustainable Peace: A Dynamical Systems Perspective.- Fostering Global Citizenship.- A Framework for Thinking about a Global Community.- Education for Sustainable Peace: Practices, Problems and Possibilities.- The Essence of Peace: Towards a Comprehensive and Parsimonious Model of Sustainable Peace.
Field of interestPersonality and Social Psychology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XVIII, 380 p . 10 illus . (Peace Psychology Book Series) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-4614-3554-9
9<HTMERB=edffej>
Psychology springer.com/NEWSonline
26
B. Gray, Wivehoe, UK
Face to Face with Emotions in Health and Social CareThis book draws from the everyday experiences as well as the harsh realities confronting behavioral care providers on the frontline. The book recounts the stories and sometimes disturbing emotions of people whose lives have undergone sudden change or even drastic trauma; people whose feelings of comfort and safety have been shattered by expo-sure to illness, abuse, death and bereavement. The perspectives and experiences of nurses, social care staff, patients, children and families are at the core of understanding the importance, challenges and therapeutic vitality of emotions.
Features 7 Explores the complex, difficult emotions of nurses, doctors, social workers, and family coun-selors in frontline health and social care 7 Dis-cusses emotional labor in student nurse and social care education 7 Presents a new model of emoti-on work that breaks from traditional approaches
Contents Introduction to labour in health and social care. – Introduction to literature and key concepts. – Health and social care policy and practice. – The local areas and services. – Sample, methods, and methodology. – Emotions and nursing. – Learning to care in student nursing. – The clinical contexts of emotional labour. – Emotions in frontline social care. – Emotions, ethnicity,and the case of child protection. – Managing emotions in education and supervision. – Conclusion: Emotional labor and cultural capital. -References.- Appendix.
Fields of interestPsychotherapy and Counseling; Social Work; Nursing
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XI, 191 p . Hardcover7 * € (D) 42,75 | € (A) 43,95 | sFr 53,507 € 39,95 | £35.99ISBN 978-1-4614-3401-6
9<HTMERB=edeabg>
M. K. Lewis, I. Marshall, Winston-Salem State University, NC, USA
LGBT PsychologyResearch Perspectives and People of African Descent
Same-sex attracted, and non-gender conforming African-Americans are substantial in number, yet underrepresented in the social and behavioral science literature. This volume addresses the issues of African-American LGBT psychology as a case of indigenous psychology. The authors present the research of scholars who are developing theory, practice, and services that are couched within the specific cultural complexities of this population. Some key topics addressed in AFrican-American Issues in LGBT Psychology are gender, spirituality, family, racism, „coming out“, generational diffe-rences, health and safety issues, urban vs. rural realities, and implications for researchers.
Contents Black LBGT Study As An Indigenous Psychology.- Covered Not Closeted.- The New Outsiders.- Gen-der: Implications for the Non-Gender Conforming and Bisexuals.- On Spirited: An Analysis of Black Gay/Lesbian Spiritual Identity.- On Sweet Tea: An Analysis of Black Gay Men of the South.- On Does Your Mama Know? An Analysis of Black Lesbian Coming Out Stories.- Cultural Complexities and the Implications.- Urban vs. Rural Challenges.- Education, Counseling and Community Service Implications.
Fields of interestSexual Behavior; Social Work
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . Corr . 3rd printing 2012 . XI, 200 p . 6 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 129,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0564-1
9<HTMERB=eafgeb>
D. A. Maroof, Orlando, FL, USA
Statistical Methods in NeuropsychologyCommon Procedures Made Comprehensible
This book describes appropriate statistical models that are commonly utilized in neuropsychology. The book discusses such issues as developing normative data for neuropsychological measures, assessing the validity of neuropsychological tests, and quantifying change “over time” through longi-tudinal analyses. The rationale for and allure of the volume is the fact that there are no publications that dovetail the two subdisciplines of applied sta-tistics and neuropsychology. The overall objective of this book is to provide a pragmatic and concrete source for applying methodological and statistical techniques in research studies whose emphasis in-cludes neuropsychology. Since there are a plethora of technique to arrive at similar answers, each method with its strengths and weaknesses will be delineated. The beauty of the book will be that it will hopefully demystify commonly encountered issues faced with researchers. More specifically, it will provide a “how to do it” approach.
Features 7 Addresses the issue of when and how to use appropriate statistical modeling in neuropsycho-logy 7 Only text to dovetail the two subdiscip-lines of neuropsychology and statistical modeling through nonmathematical frameworks 7 Provi-des a how-to approach to overcoming common problems in neuropsychology research
Fields of interestNeuropsychology; Health Informatics; Psychology Research
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . IX, 110 p . 8 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-3416-0
9<HTMERB=edebga>
News 12/2012 Psychology
27
O. Simić, University of Melbourne, QLD, Australia; Z. Volčič, University of Queensland, Brisbane, QLD, Australia; C. R. Philpot, The University of Queensland, St . Lucia, QLD, Australia (Eds)
Peace Psychology in the BalkansDealing with a Violent Past while Building Peace
The volume covers the development of peace psychology in the Balkans. The Balkans is a region marked by post-communist and post-conflict transitional turmoil, and this book provides a comprehensive introduction to research in peace psychology in this part of the world, written by scholars primarily working in the Balkan area. It brings together innovative scholarship that exami-nes interdisciplinary aspects of peace psychology researched and written by scholars from Kosovo, Serbia, Bosnia, Bulgaria, Romania, Macedonia, Croatia, and Slovenia as well as presenting re-search that responds to contemporary global issu-es by tracking the ways in which peace psychology is developing and implementing in the Balkans.
Features 7 Focuses on issues relating to the post-communist and post-conflict transitions faced by countries within this region 7 Introduces theories and practices of peace psychology in the Balkans 7 Multidisclipinary viewpoint not only focusing on psychology, but also politics, law, cultural and peace conflict studies
Fields of interestPersonality and Social Psychology; Community and Environmental Psychology; European Integ-ration
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XVI, 248 p . 22 illus . (Peace Psychology Book Series) Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 120,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1947-1
9<HTMERB=ebjehb>
Mathematics springer.com/NEWSonline
28
Advances in Mathematical EconomicsSeries editors: S. Kusuoka, R. Anderson, C. Castaing, F. H. Clarke, E. Dierker, D. Duffie, L. C. Evans, T. Fujimoto, N. Hirano, T. Ichiishi, A. Ioffe, S. Iwamoto, K. Kamiya, K. Kawamata, H. Matano, K. Nishimura, M. Richter, Y. Takahashi, J.-M. Grandmont, T. Maruyama, M. Yano, A. Yamazaki
Volume 16
S. Kusuoka, The University of Tokyo, Japan; T. Maruyama, Keio University, Japan (Eds)
Advances in Mathematical Economics Volume 16A lot of economic problems can be formulated as constrained optimizations and equilibration of their solutions. Various mathematical theories have been supplying economists with indispen-sable machineries for these problems arising in economic theory. Conversely, mathematicians have been stimulated by various mathematical difficulties raised by economic theories.
Features 7 International scientific association that aims to promote research activities in mathematical economics 7 This series is designed to bring together those mathematicians who are seriously interested in obtaining new challenging stimuli from economic theories and those economists who are seeking effective mathematical tools for their research 7 This series is published once a year under the auspices of the Research Center for Mathematical Economics
Field of interestGame Theory, Economics, Social and Behav. Sciences
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . V, 134 p . 2 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-4-431-54113-4
9<HTPEOB=febbde>
H. Andréka, Rényi Institute of Mathematics, Budapest, Hungary; M. Ferenczi, Budapest University of Technology and Economics, Hungary; I. Németi, Rényi Institute of Mathematics, Budapest, Hungary (Eds)
Cylindric-like Algebras and Algebraic LogicContents Introduction.- H. Andréka and I. Németi: Re-ducing First-order Logic to Df3, Free Algebras.- N.Bezhanishvili: Varieties of Two-Dimensional Cylindric Algebras.- R. Hirsch and I. Hodkinson: Completions and Complete Representations.- J. Madarász and T. Sayed Ahmed: Amalgamation, Interpolation and Epimorphisms in Algebraic Logic.- T. Sayed Ahmed: Neat Reducts and Neat Embeddings in Cylindric Algebras.- M. Feren-czi: A New Representation Theory: Represen-ting Cylindric-like Algebras by Relativized Set Algebras.- A. Simon: Representing all Cylindric Algebras by Twisting, On a Problem of Henkin.- A. Kurucz: Representable Cylindric Algebras and Many-Dimensional Modal Logics.- T. Sayed Ah-med: Completions, Complete Representations and Omitting Types.- G. Serény: Elements of Cylindric Algebraic Model Theory.- Y. Venema: Cylindric Modal Logic.- J. van Benthem: Crs and Guarded Logics: A Fruitful Contact.- R. S. Dordevic and M. D. Raskovic: Cylindric Probability Algebras.-I. Duentsch: Cylindric Algebras and Relational Databases. – M. Ferenczi: Probability Measures and Measurable Functions on Cylindric Algebras. – A. Mann: Cylindric Set Algebras and IF Logic. – G. Sági: Polyadic Algebras. – I. Sain: Definability Issues in Universal Logic. – Bibliography. - Index
Fields of interestMathematical Logic and Foundations; Algebra; Combinatorics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2012 . Approx . 480 p . (Bolyai Society Mathematical Studies, Volume 22) Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 approx. € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-35024-5
9<HTOGPC=dfacef>
J. Barral, Université Paris 13, Villetaneuse, France; S. Seuret, Université Paris-Est Créteil, France (Eds)
Further Developments in Fractals and Related FieldsMathematical Foundations and Connections
Features 7 Provides an overview of recent developments in the mathematical fields related to frac-tals 7 Includes original research contributions as well as surveys written by experts in their respective fields 7 Readers will find interesting and motivating results as well as new avenues for further research
Contents The Rauzy Gasket.- On the Hausdorff Dimension of Graphs of Prevalent Continuous Functions on Compact Sets.- Hausdorff Dimension and Dio-phantine Approximation.- Singular Integrals on Self-Similar Subsets of Metric Groups.- Multivari-ate Davenport Series.- Dimensions of Self-Affine Sets.- The Multifractal Spectra of V-Statistics.- Projections of Measures Invariant Under the Ge-odesic Flow.- Multifractal Tubes.- The Multipli-cative Golden Mean Shift has Infinite Hausdorff Measure.- The Law of Iterated Logarithm and Equilibrium Measures Versus Hausdorff Measures For Dynamically Semi-Regular Meromorphic Functions.- Cookie-Cutter-Like Sets with Graph Directed Construction.- Recent Developments on Fractal Properties of Gaussian Random Fields.
Fields of interestGeometry; Abstract Harmonic Analysis; Functio-nal Analysis
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . XV, 275 p . 28 illus ., 12 in color . (Trends in Mathematics) Hardcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-0-8176-8399-3
9<HTLIMH=gidjjd>
News 12/2012 Mathematics
29
L. Barreira, C. Valls, Instituto Superior Técnico, Portugal
Complex Analysis and Differential EquationsThis text provides an accessible, self-contained and rigorous introduction to complex analysis and differential equations. Topics covered include ho-lomorphic functions, Fourier series, ordinary and partial differential equations. The text is divided into two parts: part one focuses on complex ana-lysis and part two on differential equations. Each part can be read independently, so in essence this text offers two books in one. In the second part of the book, some emphasis is given to the applica-tion of complex analysis to differential equations. Half of the book consists of approximately 200 worked out problems, carefully prepared for each part of theory, plus 200 exercises of variable levels of difficulty. Tailored to any course giving the first introduction to complex analysis or differential equations, this text assumes only a basic know-ledge of linear algebra and differential and integral calculus.
Features 7 Emphasis is given to the applications of com-plex analysis to differential equations 7 Provides a rigorous approach with the right balance bet-ween theory and practice 7 Includes appro-ximately 200 examples and 200 problems with detailed solutions
Contents Part 1 Complex Analysis.- Basic Notions.- Ho-lomorphic Functions.- Sequences and Series.- Analytic Functions.- Part 2 Differential Equa-tions.- Ordinary Differential Equations.- Solving Differential Equations.- Fourier Series.- Partial Differential Equations .
Fields of interestFourier Analysis; Functions of a Complex Variab-le; Ordinary Differential Equations
Target groupsUpper undergraduate
Product categoryUndergraduate textbook
Available
Original Portugese edition published by IST Press, Portugal, 2010
2012 . VIII, 415 p . 37 illus . (Springer Undergraduate Mathematics Series) Softcover7 * € (D) 37,40 | € (A) 38,45 | sFr 47,007 € 34,95 | £24.95ISBN 978-1-4471-4007-8
9<HTMEPH=beaahi>
L. Barreira, C. Valls, Instituto Superior Técnico, Lisbon, Portugal
Dynamical SystemsAn Introduction
The theory of dynamical systems is a broad and active research subject with connections to most parts of mathematics. Dynamical Systems: An In-troduction undertakes the difficult task to provide a self-contained and compact introduction. Topics covered include topological, low-dimensional, hyperbolic and symbolic dynamics, as well as a brief introduction to ergodic theory. In particu-lar, the authors consider topological recurrence, topological entropy, homeomorphisms and diffeo-morphisms of the circle, Sharkovski‘s ordering, the Poincaré-Bendixson theory, and the construction of stable manifolds, as well as an introduction to geodesic flows and the study of hyperbolicity (the latter is often absent in a first introduction). Moreover, the authors introduce the basics of symbolic dynamics, the construction of symbolic codings, invariant measures, Poincaré‘s recurrence theorem and Birkhoff ‘s ergodic theorem.
Features 7 Short and self-contained introduction to dynamical systems 7 Direct and rigorous exposi-tion 7 Contains a large number of examples and exercises 7 Includes an accessible introduction to ergodic theory
Contents Introduction.- Basic Notions and Examples.- To-pological Dynamics.- Low-Dimensional Dyna-mics.- Hyperbolic Dynamics I.- Hyperbolic Dyna-mics II.- Symbolic Dynamics.- Ergodic Theory.
Fields of interestDynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory; Global Analysis and Analysis on Manifolds; Ordinary Differential Equations
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 206 p . 44 illus . (Universitext) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £29.99ISBN 978-1-4471-4834-0
9<HTMEPH=beidea>
I. Beyna, Frankfurt School of Finance & Management, Germany
Interest Rate DerivativesValuation, Calibration and Sensitivity Analysis
The class of interest rate models introduced by O. Cheyette in 1994 is a subclass of the general HJM framework with a time dependent volatility para-meterization. This book addresses the above men-tioned class of interest rate models and concen-trates on the calibration, valuation and sensitivity analysis in multifactor models. It derives analytical pricing formulas for bonds and caplets and applies several numerical valuation techniques in the class of Cheyette model, i.e. Monte Carlo simulation, characteristic functions and PDE valuation based on sparse grids. Finally it focuses on the sensitivity analysis of Cheyette models and derives Model- and Market Greeks.
Features 7 Presents sensitivity analysis of interest rate derivatives in the class of Cheyette models that is unique in the literature 7 Uses sparse grid technique, adjusts it slightly and can solve high-dimensional PDEs 7 Addressed to financial engineers and practitioners
Contents Preface.- 1.Literature Review.- 2.The Cheyette Mo-del Class.- 3.Analytical Pricing Formulas.- 4.Calib-ration.- 5.Monte Carlo Methods.- 6.Characteristic Function Method.- 7.PDE Valuation.- 8.Compa-rison of Valuation Techniques for Interest Rate Derivatives.- 9.Greeks.- 10.Conclusion.-Appendi-ces: A.Additional Calculus in the Class of Cheyette Models.- B.Mathematical Tools.- C.Market Data.- References.- Index.
Fields of interestQuantitative Finance; Applications of Mathema-tics; Numerical Analysis
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XVIII, 208 p . 33 illus . (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems, Volume 666) Softcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-3-642-34924-9
9<HTOGPC=dejcej>
Mathematics springer.com/NEWSonline
30
O. Bordellès, Aiguilhe, France
Arithmetic TalesTranslated by: V. Bordellès, Aiguilhe, France
Number theory was once famously labeled the queen of mathematics by Gauss. The multiplicative structure of the integers in particular deals with many fascinating problems some of which are easy to understand but very difficult to solve. In the past, a variety of very different techniques has been applied to further its understanding. Clas-sical methods in analytic theory such as Mertens’ theorem and Chebyshev’s inequalities and the celebrated Prime Number Theorem give estimates for the distribution of prime numbers. Later on, multiplicative structure of integers leads to mul-tiplicative arithmetical functions for which there are many important examples in number theory. Their theory involves the Dirichlet convolution product which arises with the inclusion of several summation techniques and a survey of classical results such as Hall and Tenenbaum’s theorem and the Möbius Inversion Formula.
Features 7 An easily accessible overview of elementary, analytic and algebraic number theory in one book 7 A wide variety of exercises that not only directly illustrate the theory but target problems that are rarely covered in existing literature 7 In-cludes a number of topics that are not covered in existing undergraduate texts for example counting integer points close to smooth curves
Contents Basic Tools.- Bézout and Gauss.- Prime Numbers.- Arithmetic Functions.- Integer Points Close to Smooth Curves.- Exponential Sums.- Algebraic Number Fields.
Fields of interestNumber Theory; Mathematics, general
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Available
Originally published by Edition Marketing S .A, 2006
Distribution Rights in France: Editions Ellipses
2012 . XXI, 556 p . 5 illus . (Universitext) Softcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £49.99ISBN 978-1-4471-4095-5
9<HTMEPH=beajff>
S. Bosch, Westfälische Wilhelms-Universität, Münster, Germany
Algebraic Geometry and Commutative AlgebraAlgebraic geometry is a fascinating branch of mathematics that combines methods from both, algebra and geometry. It transcends the limited scope of pure algebra by means of geometric construction principles. Moreover, Grothendieck’s schemes invented in the late 1950s allowed the application of algebraic-geometric methods in fields that formerly seemed to be far away from geometry, like algebraic number theory. The new techniques paved the way to spectacular progress such as the proof of Fermat’s Last Theorem by Wi-les and Taylor. The scheme-theoretic approach to algebraic geometry is explained for non-experts.
Features 7 Explains schemes in algebraic geometry from a beginner's level up to advanced topics such as smoothness and ample invertible sheaves 7 Is self-contained and well adapted for self-stu-dy 7 Includes prerequisites from commutative algebra in a separate part 7 Gives motivating introductions to the different themes, illustrated by typical examples 7 Offers an abundance of exercises, specially adapted to the different sections
Contents Rings and Modules.- The Theory of Noetheri-an Rings.- Integral Extensions.- Extension of Coefficients and Descent.- Homological Methods: Ext and Tor.- Affine Schemes and Basic Const-ructions.- Techniques of Global Schemes.- Etale and Smooth Morphisms.- Projective Schemes and Proper Morphisms.
Fields of interestAlgebraic Geometry; Commutative Rings and Algebras
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due December 2012
2013 . X, 504 p . (Universitext) Softcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £49.99ISBN 978-1-4471-4828-9
9<HTMEPH=beicij>
P. M. Gadea, Instituto de Fisica Fundamental, Madrid, Spain; J. Muñoz Masqué, Instituto de Seguridad de la Información, Madrid, Spain; I. V. Mykytyuk, Pedagogical University of Cracow, Poland
Analysis and Algebra on Differentiable ManifoldsA Workbook for Students and Teachers
This is the second edition of this best selling problem book for students, now containing over 400 completely solved exercises on differentiable manifolds, Lie theory, fibre bundles and Rieman-nian manifolds. The exercises go from elementary computations to rather sophisticated tools. Many of the definitions and theorems used throughout are explained in the first section of each chap-ter where they appear. A 56-page collection of formulae is included which can be useful as an aide-mémoire, even for teachers and researchers on those topics.
Features 7 Exercises range from rudimentary to chal-lenging, so will benefit the beginner as well as advanced students 7 Over 400 completely solved exercises 7 56-page index of formulae
Contents Differentiable manifolds.- Tensor Fields and Differential Forms.- Integration on Manifolds.- Lie Groups.- Fibre Bundles.- Riemannian Geometry.- Some Formulas and Tables.
Field of interestDifferential Geometry
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due December 2012
2nd ed . 2013 . Approx . 630 p . 68 illus ., 38 in color . (Problem Books in Mathematics) Hardcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-94-007-5951-0
9<HTUELA=hfjfba>
News 12/2012 Mathematics
31
L. J. Gerstein, University of California, Santa Barbara, CA, USA
Introduction to Mathematical Structures and ProofsReviews of the first edition: „...Gerstein wants-ve-ry gently-to teach his students to think. He wants to show them how to wrestle with a problem (one that is more sophisticated than „plug and chug“), how to build a solution, and ultimately he wants to teach the students to take a statement and develop a way to prove it...Gerstein writes with a certain flair that I think students will find appealing.
Features 7 Discusses the multifaceted process of mathe-matical proof by thoughtful oscillation between what is known and what is to be demonstra-ted 7 Presents more than one proof for many results, for instance for the fact that there are infinitely many prime numbers 7 Shows how the processes of counting and comparing the sizes of finite sets are based in function theory, and how the ideas can be extended to infinite sets via Cantor's theorems 7 Contains a wide assortment of exercises, ranging from routine checks of a student's grasp of definitions through problems requiring more sophisticated mastery of funda-mental ideas 7 Demonstrates the dual impor-tance of intuition and rigor in the development of mathematical ideas
Contents Preface to the Second Edition.- Preface to the First Edition.- 1. Logic.- 2. Sets.- 3. Functions.- 4. Finite and Infinite Sets.- 5. Combinatorics.- 6. Number Theory.- 7. Complex Numbers.- Hints and Partial Solutions to Selected Odd-Numbered Exercises.- Index.
Fields of interestMathematical Logic and Foundations; Number Theory; Combinatorics
Target groupsLower undergraduate
Product categoryUndergraduate textbook
Available
2nd ed . 2012 . XIII, 401 p . 133 illus . (Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics) Hardcover7 * € (D) 48,10 | € (A) 49,45 | sFr 60,007 € 44,95 | £40.99ISBN 978-1-4614-4264-6
9<HTMERB=eecgeg>
M. Joswig, TU Darmstadt, Germany; T. Theobald, Goethe-Universität Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Polyhedral and Algebraic Methods in Computational GeometryPolyhedral and Algebraic Methods in Computati-onal Geometry provides a thorough introduction into algorithmic geometry and its applications. It presents its primary topics from the viewpoints of discrete, convex and elementary algebraic geo-metry. The first part of the book studies classical problems and techniques that refer to polyhedral structures.
Features 7 Provides a mathematical introduction to linear and non-linear (i.e. algebraic) computational geometry 7 Applies the theory to computer gra-phics, curve reconstruction and robotics 7 Esta-blishes interconnections with other disciplines such as algebraic geometry, optimization and numerical mathematics
Contents Introduction and Overview.- Geometric Fun-damentals.- Polytopes and Polyhedra.- Linear Programming.- Computation of Convex Hulls.- Voronoi Diagrams.- Delone Triangulations.- Alge-braic and Geometric Foundations.- Gröbner Bases and Buchberger’s Algorithm.- Solving Systems of Polynomial Equations Using Gröbner Bases.- Reconstruction of Curves.- Plücker Coordinates and Lines in Space.- Applications of Non-Linear Computational Geometry.- Algebraic Structures.- Separation Theorems.- Algorithms and Complexi-ty.- Software.- Notation.
Fields of interestGeometry; Convex and Discrete Geometry; Ma-thematical Applications in Computer Science
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due February 2013
2013 . XII, 260 p . 67 illus ., 15 in color . (Universitext) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £29.99ISBN 978-1-4471-4816-6
9<HTMEPH=beibgg>
A. Kawauchi, Osaka City University,Japan; T. Yanagimoto, Osaka Kyoiku University ,Japan (Eds)
Teaching and Learning of Knot Theory in School Mathematics This book is the result of a joint venture between Professor Akio Kawauchi, Osaka City University, well-known for his research in knot theory, and the Osaka study group of mathematics education, founded by Professor Hirokazu Okamori and now chaired by his successor Professor Tomoko Yanagimoto, Osaka Kyoiku University. The seven chapters address the teaching and learning of knot theory from several perspectives.
Features 7 It serves as a comprehensive text for teaching and learning knot theory from elementary school to high school 7 It provides a model for coope-ration between mathematicians and mathematics educators based on substantial mathematics 7 It is a thorough introduction to the Japanese art of lesson studies again in the context of substantial mathematics
Contents 1. What is Knot Theory?---Why Is It in Mathema-tics?2. The Evolution of Mathematics Education---forwarding the research and practice of teaching knot theory in mathematics education---3. The Background of Developing Teaching Contents of Knot Theory 4. Education Practice in Elementa-ry School 5. Education Practices in Junior High School 6. Education Practices in Senior High School 7. Education Practice at the University as Liberal Arts and Teacher Education-Index
Fields of interestGeometry; Topology; Mathematics Education
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIV, 188 p . 327 illus ., 93 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 90,90 | € (A) 93,45 | sFr 113,507 € 84,95 | £76.50ISBN 978-4-431-54137-0
9<HTPEOB=febdha>
Mathematics springer.com/NEWSonline
32
S. G. Krantz, Washington University St . Louis, MO, USA; H. R. Parks, Oregon State University Corvallis, OR, USA
The Implicit Function TheoremHistory, Theory, and Applications
The implicit function theorem is part of the bedrock of mathematical analysis and geometry. Finding its genesis in eighteenth century studies of real analytic functions and mechanics, the implicit and inverse function theorems have now blosso-med into powerful tools in the theories of partial differential equations, differential geometry, and geometric analysis. There are many different forms of the implicit function theorem, including (i) the classical formulation for Ck functions, (ii) formu-lations in other function spaces, (iii) formulations for non-smooth function, and (iv) formulations for functions with degenerate Jacobian. Particu-larly powerful implicit function theorems, such as the Nash–Moser theorem, have been developed for specific applications (e.g., the imbedding of Riemannian manifolds). All of these topics, and many more, are treated in the present uncorrected reprint of this classic monograph.
Features 7 Affordable reprint of a classic mono-graph 7 Accessible and thorough treatment of the implicit and inverse function theorems and their applications 7 Unifies disparate ideas that have played an important role in modern mathematics
Contents Preface.- Introduction to the Implicit Function Theorem.- History.- Basic Ideas.- Applications.- Variations and Generalizations.- Advanced Implicit Function Theorems.- Glossary.- Bibliogra-phy.- Index.
Fields of interestAnalysis; Partial Differential Equations; Differen-tial Geometry
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryMonograph
Due November 2012
Originally published as a softcover
2013 . XIII, 163 p . (Modern Birkhäuser Classics) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-5980-4
9<HTMERB=efjiae>
S. Lang, Yale University, New Haven, CT, USA
Collected Papers II1971–1977
Serge Lang (1927-2005) was one of the top mathematicians of our time. He was born in Paris in 1927, and moved with his family to Califor-nia, where he graduated from Beverly Hills High School in 1943. He subsequently graduated from California Institute of Technology in 1946, and received a doctorate from Princeton University in 1951 before holding faculty positions at the University of Chicago and Columbia University (1955-1971). At the time of his death he was pro-fessor emeritus of Mathematics at Yale University. An excellent writer, Lang has made innumerable and invaluable contributions in diverse fields of mathematics. He was perhaps best known for his work in number theory and for his mathematics textbooks, including the influential Algebra. He was also a member of the Bourbaki group. He was honored with the Cole Prize by the American Ma-thematical Society as well as with the Prix Carrière by the French Academy of Sciences. These five vo-lumes collect the majority of his research papers, which range over a variety of topics.
Features 7 Integrates classic material 7 Authored by the winner of the Cole prize 7 Historical signifi-cance
Contents Bibliography through 1999.- Papers from1971-1977.
Fields of interestNumber Theory; Algebraic Geometry; Mathema-tical Methods in Physics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryCollected works
Due December 2012
2000 . XVI, 590 p . (Springer Collected Works in Mathematics) Softcover7 approx. * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 80,007 approx. € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-1-4614-6137-1
9<HTMERB=egbdhb>
S. Lang, Yale University, New Haven, CT, USA
Collected Papers III1978–1990
Serge Lang (1927-2005) was one of the top mathematicians of our time. He was born in Paris in 1927, and moved with his family to Califor-nia, where he graduated from Beverly Hills High School in 1943. He subsequently graduated from California Institute of Technology in 1946, and received a doctorate from Princeton University in 1951 before holding faculty positions at the University of Chicago and Columbia University (1955-1971). At the time of his death he was pro-fessor emeritus of Mathematics at Yale University. An excellent writer, Lang has made innumerable and invaluable contributions in diverse fields of mathematics. He was perhaps best known for his work in number theory and for his mathematics textbooks, including the influential Algebra. He was also a member of the Bourbaki group. He was honored with the Cole Prize by the American Mathematical Society as well as with the Prix Car-rière by the French Academy of Sciences. These five volumes collect the majority of his research papers, which range over a variety of topics
Features 7 Integrates classic material 7 Authored by the winner of the Cole prize 7 Historical signifi-cance
Contents Bibliography (through 1999). - The Zurich Lectu-res. - Articles on Scientific Responsibility. - Books on Scientific Responsibility.
Fields of interestNumber Theory; Algebraic Geometry
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryCollected works
Due December 2012
2000 . XVI, 393 p . (Springer Collected Works in Mathematics) Softcover7 approx. * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 80,007 approx. € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-1-4614-6139-5
9<HTMERB=egbdjf>
News 12/2012 Mathematics
33
S. Lang, Yale University, New Haven, CT, USA
Collected Papers V1993–1999
With contrib . by: J. Jorgensen, City College of New York, NY, USA
Serge Lang (1927-2005) was one of the top mathematicians of our time. He was born in Paris in 1927, and moved with his family to Califor-nia, where he graduated from Beverly Hills High School in 1943. He subsequently graduated from California Institute of Technology in 1946, and received a doctorate from Princeton University in 1951 before holding faculty positions at the University of Chicago and Columbia University (1955-1971). At the time of his death he was pro-fessor emeritus of Mathematics at Yale University. An excellent writer, Lang has made innumerable and invaluable contributions in diverse fields of mathematics. He was perhaps best known for his work in number theory and for his mathematics textbooks, including the influential Algebra. He was also a member of the Bourbaki group.
Features 7 Integrates classic material 7 Authored by the winner of the Cole prize 7 Historical signifi-cance
Contents On Cramer‘s theorem of general Euler products with functional equations.- Basic Analysis of Re-gularized Series and Products.- Artin Formalism and Heat Kernels.- Explicit Formulas for Regula-rized Products and Series.- Extension of Analytic Number Theory and the Theory of Regularized Harmonic Series from Dirichlet Series to Bessel Series.- Hilbert-Asai Eisenstein Series, Regularized Products and Heat Kernels
Fields of interestNumber Theory; Algebraic Geometry
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryCollected works
Due December 2012
2001 . XVI, 426 p . (Springer Collected Works in Mathematics) Softcover7 approx. * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 80,007 approx. € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-1-4614-6146-3
9<HTMERB=egbegd>
C. Norman, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK
Finitely Generated Abelian Groups and Similarity of Matrices over a FieldAt first sight, finitely generated abelian groups and canonical forms of matrices appear to have little in common. However, reduction to Smith normal form, named after its originator H.J.S.Smith in 1861, is a matrix version of the Euclidean algorithm and is exactly what the theory requires in both cases. Starting with matrices over the integers, Part 1 of this book provides a measured introduction to such groups: two finitely generated abelian groups are isomorphic if and only if their invariant factor sequences are identical.
Features 7 The theory of finitely generated abelian groups is introduced in an understandable and concrete way 7 The analogous theory of similarity of square matrices over a field, including the Jordan form, is explained step by step 7 Manipulative techniques are stressed to get students ‘on board’
Contents Part 1 :Finitely Generated Abelian Groups: Matrices with Integer Entries: The Smith Normal Form.- Basic Theory of Additive Abelian Groups.- Decomposition of Finitely Generated Z-Modules. Part 2: Similarity of Square Matrices over a Field: The Polynomial Ring F[x] and Matrices over F[x]- F[x] Modules: Similarity of t xt Matrices over a Field F.- Canonical Forms and Similarity Classes of Square Matrices over a Field.
Fields of interestField Theory and Polynomials; Group Theory and Generalizations; Linear and Multilinear Algebras, Matrix Theory
Target groupsUpper undergraduate
Product categoryUndergraduate textbook
Available
2012 . XII, 381 p . (Springer Undergraduate Mathematics Series) Softcover7 * € (D) 37,40 | € (A) 38,45 | sFr 47,007 € 34,95 | £24.95ISBN 978-1-4471-2729-1
9<HTMEPH=bchcjb>
P. Petersen, University of California, Los Angeles, CA, USA
Linear AlgebraThis textbook on linear algebra includes the key topics of the subject that most advanced under-graduates need to learn before entering graduate school. All the usual topics, such as complex vec-tor spaces, complex inner products, the Spectral theorem for normal operators, dual spaces, the minimal polynomial, the Jordan canonical form, and the rational canonical form, are covered, along with a chapter on determinants at the end of the book. In addition, there is material throughout the text on linear differential equations and how it integrates with all of the important concepts in linear algebra. This book has several distingu-ishing features that set it apart from other linear algebra texts. For example: Gaussian elimination is used as the key tool in getting at eigenvalues; it takes an essentially determinant-free approach to linear algebra; and systems of linear differential equations are used as frequent motivation for the reader. Another motivating aspect of the book is the excellent and engaging exercises that abound in this text. This textbook is written for an upper-division undergraduate course on Linear Algebra.
Features 7 Contains considerably more material on differential equations, as examples and as motivation, than is typical in a linear algebra textbook 7 Includes an excellent selection of good exercises 7 Classroom tested for an upper undergraduate course in linear algebra
Contents Preface.- 1 Basic Theory.- 2 Linear Operators.- 3 Inner Product Spaces.- 4 Linear Operators on Inner Product Spaces.- 5 Determinants.- Biblio-graphy.- Index
Field of interestLinear and Multilinear Algebras, Matrix Theory
Target groupsLower undergraduate
Product categoryUndergraduate textbook
Available
2012 . X, 387 p . 10 illus . (Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics) Hardcover7 * € (D) 48,10 | € (A) 49,45 | sFr 60,007 € 44,95 | £40.99ISBN 978-1-4614-3611-9
9<HTMERB=edgbbj>
Mathematics springer.com/NEWSonline
34
P. Schneider, University of Münster, Germany
Modular Representation Theory of Finite GroupsRepresentation theory studies maps from groups into the general linear group of a finite-dimen-sional vector space. For finite groups the theory comes in two distinct flavours. In the ‚semisimple case‘ (for example over the field of complex num-bers) one can use character theory to completely understand the representations. This by far is not sufficient when the characteristic of the field divi-des the order of the group. Modular Representati-on Theory of finite Groups comprises this second situation. Many additional tools are needed for this case. To mention some, there is the systematic use of Grothendieck groups leading to the Cartan matrix and the decomposition matrix of the group as well as Green‘s direct analysis of indecompo-sable representations. There is also the strategy of writing the category of all representations as the direct product of certain subcategories, the so-called ‚blocks‘ of the group. Brauer‘s work then establishes correspondences between the blocks of the original group and blocks of certain subgroups the philosophy being that one is thereby reduced to a simpler situation.
Features 7 Provides a concise introduction to modular representation theory 7 Is aimed at students at masters level 7 Compares group theoretic and module theoretic concepts
Contents Prerequisites in module theory.- The Cartan{Brauer triangle.- The Brauer character.- Green‘s theory of indecomposable modules.- Blocks.
Fields of interestAssociative Rings and Algebras; Group Theory and Generalizations
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due February 2013
2013 . VIII, 184 p . Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4471-4831-9
9<HTMEPH=beidbj>
R. U. Seydel, Universität Köln, Germany
Tools for Computational FinanceThe disciplines of financial engineering and numerical computation differ greatly, however computational methods are used in a number of ways across the field of finance. It is the aim of this book to explain how such methods work in finan-cial engineering; specifically the use of numerical methods as tools for computational finance. By concentrating on the field of option pricing, a core task of financial engineering and risk analysis, this book explores a wide range of computatio-nal tools in a coherent and focused manner and will be of use to the entire field of computational finance. Starting with an introductory chapter that presents the financial and stochastic background, the remainder of the book goes on to detail computational methods using both stochastic and deterministic approaches.
Features 7 Provides exercises at the end of each chapter that range from simple tasks to more challenging projects 7 Covers on an introductory level the very important issue of computational aspects of derivative pricing 7 People with a background of stochastics, numerics, and derivative pricing will gain an immediate profit
Contents Modeling Tools for Financial Options.- Genera-ting Random Numbers with Specified Distribu-tions.- Monte Carlo Simulation with Stochastic Differential Equations.- Standard Methods for Standard Options.- Finite-Element Methods.- Pricing of Exotic Options.- Beyond Black and Scholes.
Fields of interestQuantitative Finance; Numerical Analysis
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Available
5th ed . 2012 . XVII, 429 p . 98 illus . (Universitext) Softcover7 * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 80,007 € 59,95 | £39.99ISBN 978-1-4471-2992-9
9<HTMEPH=bcjjcj>
K. Williams, Kim Williams Books, Torino, Italy (Ed)
Nexus Network Journal 14,3Architecture and Mathematics
Contents Letter from the Guest Editor.- Kim Williams: Digital Fabrication.- Alexandra Paio, Sara Eloy, Vasco Moreira Rato, Ricardo Resende Maria João de Oliveira: Prototyping Vitruvius, New Challen-ges: Digital Education, Research and Practice.- Kevin R. Klinger: Design-Through-Production Formulations.- Bob Sheil: Manufacturing Bespoke Architecture.- Tomas Diez: Personal Fabrication: Fab Labs as Platforms for Citizen-Based Innova-tion, from Microcontrollers to Cities.- Gabriela Celani: Digital Fabrication Laboratories: Pedagogy and Impacts on Architectural Education.- Tobias Bonwetsch: Robotic Assembly Processes as a Dri-ver in Architectural Design.- Aineias Oikonomou: Design and Tracing of Post-Byzantine Churches in Northwestern Greece.- Farah Habib, Iraj Etesam, S. Hadi Ghoddusifar, Nahid Mohajeri: Corres-pondence Analysis: A New Method for Analyzing Qualitative Data in Architecture.- Francisco Roldán: Method of Modulation and Sizing of His-toric Architecture.- Riccardo Migliari: Descriptive Geometry: From its Past to its Future.- José Pedro Sousa: Material Customization: Digital Fabrication Workshop at ISCTE/IUL.- Kim Williams: Review of Galileo’s Muse: Renaissance Mathematics and the Arts by Mark A. Peterson.
Fields of interestMathematics, general; Architecture, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due November 2012
2013 . Approx . 200 p . (Nexus Network Journal, Volume 14, 3) Softcover7 * € (D) 85,55 | € (A) 87,95 | sFr 139,007 € 79,95 | £72.00ISBN 978-3-0348-0581-0
9<HTOAOE=iafiba>
News 12/2012 Statistics
35
S. Dudoit, University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA (Ed)
Selected Works of Terry SpeedThe purpose of this volume is to provide an over-view of Terry Speed’s contributions to statistics and beyond. Each of the fifteen chapters concerns a particular area of research and consists of a com-mentary by a subject-matter expert and selection of representative papers. The chapters, organized more or less chronologically in terms of Terry’s career, encompass a wide variety of mathematical and statistical domains, along with their applica-tion to biology and medicine. Accordingly, earlier chapters tend to be more theoretical, covering some algebra and probability theory, while later chapters concern more recent work in genetics and genomics. The chapters also span continents and generations, as they present research done over four decades, while crisscrossing the globe. The commentaries provide insight into Terry’s contributions to a particular area of research, by summarizing his work and describing its historical and scientific context, motivation, and impact.
Features 7 Collected papers by Terry Speed in one volume 7 Contains a complete bibliography of Speed 7 New commentary by important statisti-cians working today
Contents Algebra.- Probability.- Sufficiency.- Analysis of Va-riance.- Cumulants.- Interaction Models.- Asym-ptotics and Coding Theory.- Applied Statistics and Exposition.- History and Teaching Statistics.- Ge-netic Recombination.- Molecular Evolution.- Sta-tistical Genetics.- DNA Sequencing.- Biological Sequence Analysis.- Microarray Data Analysis.
Field of interestStatistical Theory and Methods
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XXX, 665 p . 2 illus . in color . (Selected Works in Probability and Statistics) Hardcover7 * € (D) 181,85 | € (A) 186,94 | sFr 226,507 € 169,95 | £153.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1346-2
9<HTMERB=ebdegc>
N. Golyandina, St . Petersburg University, Russia; A. Zhigljavsky, Cardiff University, UK
Singular Spectrum Analysis for Time SeriesSingular spectrum analysis (SSA) is a technique of time series analysis and forecasting com-bining elements of classical time series analysis, multivariate statistics, multivariate geometry, dynamical systems and signal processing. SSA seeks to decompose the original series into a sum of a small number of interpretable components such as trend, oscillatory components and noise. It is based on the singular value decomposition of a specific matrix constructed upon the time series.
Features 7 Presents the methodology of SSA 7 Shows how to use SSA both safely and with maximum effect 7 For professional statisticians, econome-tricians and specialists in any discipline 7 For students taking courses on applied time series analysis
Contents Introduction: Preliminaries.- SSA Methodology and the Structure of the Book.- SSA Topics Out-side the Scope of this Book.- Common Symbols and Acronyms.- Basic SSA: The Main Algorithm.- Potential of Basic SSA.- Models of Time Series and SSA Objectives.- Choice of Parameters in Basic SSA.- Some Variations of Basic SSA.- SSA for Forecasting, interpolation, Filtration and Esti-mation: SSA Forecasting Algorithms.- LRR and Associated Characteristic Polynomials.- Recurrent Forecasting as Approximate Continuation.- Con-fidence Bounds for the Forecast.- Summary and Recommendations on Forecasting Parameters.- Case Study: ‘Fortified Wine’.- Missing Value Impu-tation.- Subspace-Based Methods and Estimation of Signal Parameters.- SSA and Filters.
Field of interestStatistical Theory and Methods
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due February 2013
2013 . XVI, 111 p . 41 illus ., 38 in color . (SpringerBriefs in Statistics) Softcover7 * € (D) 42,75 | € (A) 43,95 | sFr 53,507 € 39,95 | £35.99ISBN 978-3-642-34912-6
9<HTOGPC=dejbcg>
L. Lin, A. S. Hedayat, W. Wu
Statistical Tools for Measuring AgreementAgreement assessment techniques are widely used in examining the acceptability of a new or generic process, methodology and/or formulation in areas of lab performance, instrument/assay validation or method comparisons, statistical process control, goodness-of-fit, and individual bioequivalence. Successful applications in these situations require a sound understanding of both the underlying theory and methodological advances in handling real-life problems. This book seeks to effectively blend theory and applications while presen-ting readers with many practical examples. For instance, in the medical device environment, it is important to know if the newly established lab can reproduce the instrument/assay results from the established but outdating lab. When there is a disagreement, it is important to differentiate the sources of disagreement.
Features 7 Appeals to a broad range of statisticians, researchers, practitioners, and students in areas of biomedical devices, psychology, and medical research, in which agreement assessment are nee-ded 7 Considers un-scaled (absolute) and scaled (relative) agreement statistics for both continuous and categorical variables 7 Many practical examples will be presented throughout the book in a wide variety of situations for continuous and categorical data
Contents Introduction.- Continuous Data.- Categorical Data.- Sample Size and Power.- A Unified Model for Coninutous and Categorical Data.- A Com-parative Model for Continuous and Categorical Data.- Workshop.
Field of interestStatistical Theory and Methods
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XVI, 161 p . 32 illus ., 4 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 100,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-1-4614-0561-0
9<HTMERB=eafgba>
Statistics springer.com/NEWSonline
36
G. Wills, SPSS, Inc ., Naperville, IL, USA
Visualizing TimeDesigning Graphical Representations for Statistical Data
Art, or Science? Which of these is the right way to think of the field of visualization? This is not an easy question to answer, even for those who have many years experience in making graphical depictions of data with a view to help people understand it and take action. In this book, Graham Wills bridges the gap between the art and the science of visually representing data. He does not simply give rules and advice, but bases these on general principles and provide a clear path between them This book is concerned with the graphical representation of time data and is written to cover a range of different users. A visua-lization expert designing tools for displaying time will find it valuable, but so also should a financier assembling a report in a spreadsheet, or a medical researcher trying to display gene sequences using a commercial statistical package.
Features 7 Contains over 100 figures, many in co-lor 7 All new text and material 7 A go-to reference for how to visualize time
Contents History.- Framework.- Designing Visualizations.- Types of Data.- Time as a Coordinate.- Coordinate Systems, Transformations, Faceting, and Axes.- Aesthetics.- Transformations.- Interactivity.- To-pics in Time.- Gallery of Figures.
Field of interestStatistical Theory and Methods
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XVI, 256 p . 157 illus ., 149 in color . (Statistics and Computing) Hardcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 100,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-0-387-77906-5
9<HTLDTH=hhjagf>
News 12/2012 Computer Science
37
S. Ceri, M. Brambilla, Politecnico di Milano, Italy (Eds)
Search ComputingBroadening Web Search
Features 7 Clearly structured book containing detailed papers on search computing 7 Provides useful insights on search computing problems and issu-es 7 Papers contain the latest results in the field
Contents Web Data Reconciliation: Models and Expe-riences.- A Domain Independent Framework for Extracting Linked Semantic Data from Tables.- Knowledge Extraction from Structured Sources.- Google Fusion Tables: Making Sense of Heterogeneous Data.- Materialization of Web Data Sources.- Natural Language Interfaces to Data Services.- Mobile Multi-domain Search over Structured Web Data.- Clustering and Labeling of multi-dimensional mixed structured data.- Visu-alizing search results: engineering visual patterns development for the WebRober.- Extending SPARQL Algebra to Support E_cient Evaluation of Top-K SPARQL Queries.- Thematic Clustering and Exploration of Linked Data.- Support for reu-sable explorations of Linked Data in the Semantic Web.- A Survey on Proximity Measures for Social Networks.- Extending Search to Crowds.- Better-Relations: Collecting Association Strengths for Linked Data Triples with a Game.- An Incentive-Compatible RevenueSharing Mechanism for the Economic Sustainability of Multidomain Search Based on Advertising.
Fields of interestInformation Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Information Storage and Retrieval; User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XII, 255 p . 95 illus . (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Information Systems and Applications, incl . Internet/Web, and HCI, Volume 7538) Softcover7 * € (D) 49,22 | € (A) 50,60 | sFr 61,507 € 46,00 | £41.99ISBN 978-3-642-34212-7
9<HTOGPC=decbch>
D. Cotroneo (Ed)
Innovative Technologies for Dependable OTS-Based Critical SystemsChallenges and Achievements of the CRITICAL STEP Project
The demand for large-scale dependable, systems, such as Air Traffic Management, industrial plants and space systems, is attracting efforts of many word-leading European companies and SMEs in the area, and is expected to increase in the near future. The adoption of Off-The-Shelf (OTS) items plays a key role in such a scenario. OTS items al-low mastering complexity and reducing costs and time-to-market; however, achieving these goals by ensuring dependability requirements at the same time is challenging. CRITICAL STEP project esta-blishes a strategic collaboration between academic and industrial partners, and proposes a frame-work to support the development of dependable, OTS-based, critical systems. The book introduces methods and tools adopted by the critical systems industry, and surveys key achievements of the CRITICAL STEP project along four directions: fault injection tools, V&V of critical systems, run-time monitoring and evaluation techniques, and security assessment.
Features 7 It introduces methods and tools adopted by the critical systems industry 7 Practical examples from the companies 7 Practical advises for counseling
Contents Introduction to basic concepts.- V&V in Safety Critical Systems.- Fault Injection.- Security.- Mo-nitoring and Diagnosing.
Fields of interestPerformance and Reliability; Software Enginee-ring/Programming and Operating Systems
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due December 2012
2012 . VI, 244 p . 49 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 90,90 | € (A) 93,45 | sFr 113,507 € 84,95 | £76.50ISBN 978-88-470-2771-8
9<HTTIPH=achhbi>
C. M. Kormanyos, Reutlingen, Germany
Real-Time C++Efficient Object-Oriented and Template Microcontroller Programming
Features 7 Step-by-step introduction to using real-time C++ for microcontrollers 7 Accompanied by extensive sample code and online material (including three introductory projects and one reference project) 7 Uses the most recent speci-fication of C++11 in ISO/IEC 14882:2011 7 Puts special emphasis on performance, scalability, and portability Puts special emphasis on performance, scalability, and portability
Contents Part I Language Technologies for Real-Time C++.- Getting Started with Real-Time C++.- Working with a Real-Time C++ Program on a Board.- An Easy Jump-Start in Real-Time C++.- Object-Oriented Techniques for Microcontrollers.- C++ Templates for Microcontrollers.- Optimized C++ Programming for Microcontrollers.- Part II Components for Real-Time C++.- The Right Start.- Low-Level Hardware Drivers in C++.- Cus-tom Memory Management.- C++ Multitasking.- Part III Mathematics and Utilities for Real-Time C++.- Floating-Point Mathematics.- Fixed-Point Mathematics.- High-Performance Digital Filters.- C++ Utilities.- Extending the C++ Standard Library and the STL.- Additional Reading.- Part IV Appendices.- A Tutorial for Real-Time C++.- A Robust Real-Time C++ Environment.- Building and Installing GNU GCC Cross-Compilers.- Buil-ding a Microcontroller Circuit.
Fields of interestSpecial Purpose and Application-Based Systems; System Performance and Evaluation; Computer System Implementation
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2012 . X, 370 p . 20 illus ., 3 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-34687-3
9<HTOGPC=degihd>
Computer Science springer.com/NEWSonline
38
J. Lu, Renmin University of China, Beijing, China . (Ed)
An Introduction to XML Query Processing and Keyword Search„An Introduction to XML Query Processing and Keyword Search“ systematically and compre-hensively covers the latest advances in XML data searching. It presents an extensive overview of the current query processing and keyword search techniques on XML data, including XML labeling schemes, indexing, processing on order and un-order XML tree patterns, XML query optimization, results estimation, and XML key-word searches, which are elaborated in separate chapters. Graduate students and researchers in the field of XML data searching will find this book an invaluable resource. Prof. Jiaheng Lu is an as-sociate professor at Renmin University of China’s School of Information.
Features 7 Provides an overview of searching techniques on XML data 7 Includes the new and key tech-nologies on XML data storage 7 Describe XML query processing algorithms
Contents Introduction.- XML labeling scheme.- XML data indexing.- XML tree pattern processing.- Ordered and Generalized XML Tree Pattern Processing.- Effective XML Keyword Search.- XML Keyword Pattern Refinement.- LCRA: XML Keyword Search System and Lotusx: Graphical Query Pro-cessing System.- Summary and The Road Ahead.
Fields of interestDatabase Management; Information Storage and Retrieval; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet)
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
Distribution rights in China: Tsinghua University Press
2012 . Approx . 300 p . 45 illus . Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 approx. € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34554-8
9<HTOGPC=deffei>
N.-T. Nguyen, Wroclaw University of Technology, Poland (Ed)
Transactions on Computational Collective Intelligence VIThe LNCS journal Transactions on Computational Collective Intelligence (TCCI) focuses on all facets of computational collective intelligence (CCI) and their applications in a wide range of fields such as the Semantic Web, social networks and multi-agent systems. TCCI strives to cover new methodological, theoretical and practical aspects of CCI understood as the form of intelligence that emerges from the collaboration and competition of many individuals (artificial and/or natural). The application of multiple computational intelligence technologies such as fuzzy systems, evolutionary computation, neural systems, consensus theory, etc., aims to support human and other collective intelligence and to create new forms of CCI in natural and/or artificial systems. This, the sixth issue of Transactions on Computational Collective Intelligence contains 10 selected papers, focusing on the topics of classification, agent cooperation, paraconsistent reasoning and agent distributed mobile interaction.
Features 7 Journal-like reviewing process 7 State of the art research 7 Deals with emerging topics in the fields of semantic web, social networks, multi-agent systems
Fields of interestArtificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Computer Communication Networks; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet)
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XII, 224 p . 67 illus . (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Transactions on Computational Collective Intelligence, Volume 7190) Softcover7 * € (D) 67,41 | € (A) 69,30 | sFr 84,007 € 63,00 | £56.99ISBN 978-3-642-29355-9
9<HTOGPC=cjdffj>
N.-T. Nguyen, University of Technology, Wroclaw, Poland (Ed)
Transactions on Computational Collective Intelligence VIIIThese Transactions publish research in computer-based methods of computational collective intelligence (CCI) and their applications in a wide range of fields such as the Semantic Web, social networks and multiagent systems.
Features 7 Fast conference proceedings 7 State-of-the-art report 7 Up to date results
Contents Introduction to Active Sets and Unification.- Mo-deling a Teacher in a Tutorial-like System Using Learning Automata.- Power Network Reliability Computations Using Multi-agent Simulation.- Sequence Automata for Researching Consensus Levels.- An Analysis of the Influence of Funda-mental Indexing on Financial Markets through Agent-Based Modeling: The Fundamentalist and Fundamental Indexing.- Agent-Driven Integrati-on Architecture for Component-Based Software Development.- Adaptive Tutoring in an Intelligent Conversational Agent System.- Biological and Computational Perspectives on the Emergence of Social Phenomena: Shared Understanding and Collective Power.- Agent-Based Crowd Simulation in Airports Using Games Technology.- Appro-ximate Algorithms for Solving O1 Consensus Problems Using Complex Tree Structure.- Author Index.
Fields of interestArtificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Information Storage and Retrieval; Computation by Abstract Devices
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . X, 229 p . 82 illus . (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Transactions on Computational Collective Intelligence, Volume 7430) Softcover7 * € (D) 67,41 | € (A) 69,30 | sFr 84,007 € 63,00 | £56.99ISBN 978-3-642-34644-6
9<HTOGPC=degeeg>
News 12/2012 Computer Science
39
K. Pohl, Universität Duisburg-Essen, Germany; H. Hönninger, Robert Bosch GmbH, Schwieberdingen, Germany; R. Achatz, Siemens AG, Munich, Germany; M. Broy, TU Munich, Germany (Eds)
Model-Based Engineering of Embedded SystemsThe SPES 2020 Methodology
Contents Part I Starting Situation.- Challenges in En-gineering for Software-Intensive Embedded Systems.- Requirements from the Application Domains.- Part II The SPES Modeling Frame-work.- Introduction to the SPES Modeling Framework.- Requirements Viewpoint.- Func-tional Viewpoint.- Logical Viewpoint.- Technical Viewpoint.- Modeling Quality Aspects: Safety.- Modeling Quality Aspects: Real-Time.- Part III Application and Evaluation of the SPES Modeling Framework.- Overview of the SPES Evaluation Strategy.- Application and Evaluation in the Automation Domain.- Application and Evaluation in the Automotive Domain.- Application and Eva-luation in the Avionics Domain.- Application and Evaluation in the Energy Domain.- Application and Evaluation in the Healthcare Domain.- Evalu-ation Summary.- Part IV Impact of the SPES Mo-deling Framework.- Lessons Learned.- Outlook.
Fields of interestSoftware Engineering; Special Purpose and Appli-cation-Based Systems; Automotive Engineering
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Due November 2012
2012 . XII, 301 p . 78 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-34613-2
9<HTOGPC=degbdc>
P. Rausch, Georg Simon Ohm University of Applied Sciences, Nuremberg, Germany; A. F. Sheta, Taif University, Saudi Arabia; A. Ayesh, De Montfort University, Leicester, UK (Eds)
Business Intelligence and Performance ManagementTheory, Systems and Industrial Applications
Contents Preface.- Part I: Introduction.- Business In-telligence and Performance Management: An Introduction.- Part II: BI/PM in Business Ana-lytics, Strategy and Management.- An Integrated Business Intelligence Framework: Closing the Gap between IT Support for Management and for Production.- Linking the Operational, Tactic and Strategic Level by Means of CPM: An Example of the Construction Industry.- Adaptive Business Intelligence: The Integration of Data Mining and Systems Engineering into an Advanced Decision Support as an Integral Part of the Business Stra-tegy.- How to Introduce KPIs and Scorecards in IT Management.- Part III: BI/PM Applications to Business Development.- Data Mining Detection of Incidents in Networks.- Exploring the Differen-ces Between the Cross Industry Process for Data Mining and the National Intelligence Model Using a Self Organizing Map Case Study.- Business Planning and Support by IT-Systems.- Plan-ning Purchase Decisions with Advanced Neural Networks.- Part IV: Methodologies.- Financial Time Series Processing: A Roadmap of Online and Offline Methods.- Data Supply for Planning and Budgeting Processes under Uncertainty.- Minimi-zing the Total Cost in Production and Transporta-tion Planning – A Fuzzy Approach. [...]
Fields of interestInformation Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Business Information Systems; Applications of Mathematics
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryContributed volume
Due March 2013
2013 . Approx . 250 p . 60 illus . (Advanced Information and Knowledge Processing) Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 85,55 | € (A) 87,95 | sFr 106,507 approx. € 79,95 | £59.95ISBN 978-1-4471-4865-4
9<HTMEPH=beigfe>
R. Schumacker, S. Tomek, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL, USA
Understanding Statistics Using RThis book was written to provide resource mate-rials for teachers to use in their introductory or intermediate statistics class. The chapter content is ordered along the lines of many popular statis-tics books so it should be easy to supplement the content and exercises with class lecture materials. The book contains R script programs to demons-trate important topics and concepts covered in a statistics course, including probability, random sampling, population distribution types, role of the Central Limit Theorem, creation of sampling distributions for statistics, and more. The chapters contain T/F quizzes to test basic knowledge of the topics covered. In addition, the book chapters contain numerous exercises with answers or solu-tions to the exercises provided.
Features 7 Provides strong fundamental Background in statistics and probability through simulation exercises 7 Perfect resource for advanced under-graduates and professionals. Anyone who has at least taken one course with experience/knowledge in linear regression 7 R software code utilized throughout for assessment and interpretation of data and data mining exercises
Contents R Fundamentals.- Probability.- Statistical Theory.- Frequency Distributions.- Central Tendency and Dispersion.- Statistical Distributions.- Hypothesis Testing.- Chi-Square Test.- z-test.- t-test.- F-test.- Correlation.- Linear Regression.- Replication of Results.- Synthesis of Findings.- Glossary.- Appen-dix.- Author Index.- Subject Index.
Fields of interestProbability and Statistics in Computer Science; Simulation and Modeling; Models and Principles
Target groupsUpper undergraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 365 p . 70 illus ., 20 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 80,007 € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-1-4614-6226-2
9<HTMERB=egccgc>
Computer Science springer.com/NEWSonline
40
A. Shabtai, Y. Elovici, Ben-Gurion University, Beer-Sheva, Israel ; L. Rokach, Ben-Gurion University, Beer-Sheva, Israel
A Survey of Data Leakage Detection and Prevention SolutionsSpringerBriefs present concise summaries of cutting-edge research and practical applications across a wide spectrum of fields. Featuring com-pact volumes of 50 to 100 pages (approximately 20,000- 40,000 words), the series covers a range of content from professional to academic. Briefs allow authors to present their ideas and readers to absorb them with minimal time investment. As part of Springer’s eBook collection, SpringBriefs are published to millions of users worldwide. Information/Data Leakage poses a serious threat to companies and organizations, as the number of leakage incidents and the cost they inflict con-tinues to increase. Whether caused by malicious intent, or an inadvertent mistake, data loss can diminish a company’s brand, reduce shareholder value, and damage the company’s goodwill and reputation. This book aims to provide a structural and comprehensive overview of the practical solu-tions and current research in the DLP domain.
Contents Introduction to Information Security.- Data Leakage.- A Taxonomy of Data Leakage Preventi-on Solutions.- Data Leakage Detection / Preventi-on Solutions.- Data Leakage / Misuse Scenarios.- Privacy, Data Anonymization, and Secure Data Publishing.- Case studies.- Future Trends in Data Leakage.- References.
Fields of interestSystems and Data Security; Data Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory; Database Management
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryBrief
Available
2012 . VIII, 92 p . 9 illus . (SpringerBriefs in Computer Science) Softcover7 * € (D) 42,75 | € (A) 43,95 | sFr 39,507 € 39,95 | £26.99ISBN 978-1-4614-2052-1
9<HTMERB=ecafcb>
H. Skubch, Kassel, Deutschland
Modelling and Controlling of Behaviour for Autonomous Mobile RobotsAs research progresses, it enables multi-robot systems to be used in more and more complex and dynamic scenarios. Hence, the question arises how different modelling and reasoning paradigms can be utilised to describe the intended behaviour of a team and execute it in a robust and adaptive man-ner. Hendrik Skubch presents a solution, ALICA (A Language for Interactive Cooperative Agents) which combines modelling techniques drawn from different paradigms in an integrative fashion. Hierarchies of finite state machines are used to structure the behaviour of the team such that tem-poral and causal relationships can be expressed. Utility functions weigh different options against each other and assign agents to different tasks. Finally, non-linear constraint satisfaction and optimisation problems are integrated, allowing for complex cooperative behaviour to be specified in a concise, theoretically well-founded manner.
Feature 7 Publication in the field of technical sciences
Contents Task Allocation.- Distributed Constraint Solving.- Multi-Robot Systems.- Cooperation.- Plan Execu-tion.- Behaviour Modelling.
Field of interestArtificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XVII, 259 p . 46 illus ., 16 in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-3-658-00810-9
9<HTOGQI=aaibaj>
M. Wiertlewski, Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, USA
Reproduction of Tactual TexturesTransducers, Mechanics and Signal Encoding
Texture accounts for an important part of the rea-lism of simulated experiences, and it is most cer-tainly true during tactile interaction. We usually experience roughness by running our fingers onto the explored surface. The perception of this fine texture is mediated by the vibrations generated by the encounters of the skin and the asperities of the surfaces. Reproduction of Tactual Textures pre-sents factors that contribute to the mechanics of the interaction between a bare finger and a surface with a view to their artificial reproduction.
Features 7 Introduces a comprehensive review of the sense of touch from the psychophysical, biomechani-cal and technological viewpoints 7 Provides a framework for sensing the fingertip interaction and rendering realistic tactual textures 7 Pre-sents guidelines for mechatronics design and the control of high-fidelity vibrotactile devices, and their psychophysical evaluation
Contents Foreword.- Introduction.- Literature Review.- Causality Inversion in the Reproduction of Roughness.- The Spatial Spectrum of Tangential Skin Displacement.- Transducer for Mechani-cal Impedance Testing Over a Wide Frequency Range.- Mechanical Behavior of the Fingertip in Lateral Traction.- Vibrations of a Finger Sliding on Flat and Wavy Surfaces.- Conclusions.
Fields of interestUser Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction; Mechatronics; Psychology, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 143 p . 52 illus . (Springer Series on Touch and Haptic Systems) Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 90,90 | € (A) 93,45 | sFr 113,507 approx. € 84,95 | £76.50ISBN 978-1-4471-4840-1
9<HTMEPH=beieab>
News 12/2012 Computer Science
41
New SeriesAdvanced Studies Mobile Research Center BremenM. Lawo, C. Görg, H. Otthein (Eds)
Das Mobile Research Center Bremen (MRC) im Technologie-Zentrum Informatik und Infor-mationstechnik (TZI) der Universität Bremen erforscht, entwickelt und erprobt in enger Zusammenarbeit mit der Wirtschaft mobile Informatik-, Informations- und Kommunikations-technologien. Als Forschungs- und Transferinsti-tut des Landes Bremen vernetzt und koordiniert das MRC hochschulübergreifend eine Vielzahl von interdisziplinären Arbeitsgruppen, die sich mit der Entwicklung und Anwendung mobiler Lösungen beschäftigen. Die Reihe „Advanced Studies“ präsentiert ausgewählte hervorragende Arbeitsergebnisse aus der Forschungstätigkeit der Mitglieder des MRC. In close collaboration with the industry, the Mobile Research Center Bremen (MRC), a division of the Center for Computing and Communication Technologies (TZI) of the University of Bremen, investigates, develops and tests mobile computing, information and commu-nication technologies. This research cluster of the state of Bremen links and coordinates interdisci-plinary research teams from different universities and institutions, which are concerned with the development and application of mobile solutions. The series “Advanced Studies” presents a selection of outstanding results of MRC’s research projects.
Y. Zaki, Bremen, Germany
Future Mobile CommunicationsLTE Optimization and Mobile Network Virtualization
The key to a successful future mobile communica-tion system lies in the design of its radio scheduler. One of the key challenges of the radio scheduler is how to provide the right balance between Quality of Service (QoS) guarantees and the overall system performance. Yasir Zaki proposes innovative so-lutions for the design of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) radio scheduler and presents several LTE radio scheduler analytical models that can be used as efficient tools for radio dimensioning. The author also introduces a novel wireless network virtualization framework and highlights the potential gains of using this framework for the future network operators. This framework enables the operators to share their resources and reduce their cost, thus achieving a better overall system performance and radio resource utilization.
Feature 7 Publication in the field of technical sciences
Contents Long Term Evolution (LTE).- LTE Radio Schedu-ler.- Wireless Network Virtualization.- Continuous Time Markov Chain (CTMC).- Radio Scheduler Analytical Models.- LTE Network Simulator.
Field of interestInformation Systems and Communication Service
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due November 2012
2013 . XXVI, 173 p . 95 illus . (Advanced Studies Mobile Research Center Bremen, Volume 1) Softcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-3-658-00807-9
9<HTOGQI=aaiahj>
Chemistry springer.com/NEWSonline
42
M. Guo, Imperial College, London, UK
Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of Light-weight Eco-compositesMiao Guo‘s PhD thesis provides scientific insights into the environmental issues related to biocom-posites based on starch-polyvinyl alcohol (PVOH) blends. The author contributes significantly to the methodological issues underlying the Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) modelling approach. As well as presenting complete LCA inventories using primary data from a variety of sources, Guo develops a new modelling approach incorpora-ting the process-oriented biogeochemistry model Denitrification-Decomposition (DNDC) into site-specific LCA studies to simulate carbon and nitrogen dynamics in the wheat agro-ecosystem. This thesis addresses important LCA data quality issues by using comprehensive sensitivity and uncertainty analyses and has resulted in a large number of publications in internationally renow-ned journals.
Features 7 Nominated as an outstanding PhD thesis by Imperial College London 7 Outlines novel experimental results such as physico-chemical parameters, biodegradability and energy recovery of starch-PVOH biocomposites under anaerobic digestion conditions 7 Provides the basis for a large number of publications in internationally renowned journals
Contents Materials and Methods.- LCA of Wheat Agro-Eco-Systems.- LCA Case Studies of Starch-Based Foam.- End of Life Scenarios.- LCA of WBF Products Over Whole Life Cycles.- Sensitivity and Uncertainty Analysis.
Fields of interestPolymer Sciences; Environmental Chemistry; Biomaterials
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . XVII, 520 p . 157 illus ., 145 in color . (Springer Theses) Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-3-642-35036-8
9<HTOGPC=dfadgi>
T. Inokuma, The Scripps Research Institute, La Jolla, CA, USA
Development of Novel Hydrogen-Bond Donor CatalystsThis work describes novel, effective hydrogen-bond (HB) donor catalysts based on a known bifunctional tertiary amine-thiourea, a privileged structure, which has been proven to be one of the most widely used organocatalysts. These HB donor catalysts derived from quinazoline and ben-zothiadiazine were initially synthesized as novel HB donors with their HB-donating abilities being measured by analytical methods.
Features 7 Nominated as an outstanding Ph.D thesis by Kyoto University 7 Includes many references and ample experimental procedures 7 Written in a manner that can be easily understood also by researchers in fields of chemistry other than synthetic chemistry
Contents Introduction.- Development of HB donor cata-lysts.- Development and properties of novel HB donor catalysts.- Asymmetric Michael addition to alpha,beta-unsaturated imides catalyzed by HB donors.- Asymmetric Hydrazination of activated methylene compounds catalyzed by HB donors.- Development of hydroxy thiourea catalysts.- Asymmetric Michael addition of gamma-hydro-xyenones and alkenylboronic acids.- Asymmetric Petasis Reaction of N-aryl-alpha-iminoamides and Alkenylboronates.- Conclusion.
Fields of interestOrganic Chemistry; Medicinal Chemistry; Cata-lysis
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryPh.D. Thesis
Due February 2013
2013 . 128 p . 76 illus ., 10 in color . (Springer Theses) Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 approx. € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-4-431-54230-8
9<HTPEOB=fecdai>
M. Schlesinger, University of Windsor, ON, Canada (Ed)
Applications of Electrochemistry in MedicineMedical Applications of Electrochemistry, a volume of the series Modern Aspects of Electro-chemistry, illustrates the interdisciplinary nature of modern science by indicating the many current issues in medicine that are susceptible to solution by electrochemical methods. This book also sug-gests how personalized medicine can develop.
Features 7 Describes the use of electrochemistry in medi-cine 7 Paves the way for personalized medici-ne 7 Opens the vista to nanomedicine
Contents Applications of electrochemistry in medicine.- Applications of electrochemistry in the design and development of medical technologies and de-vices.- Intracoronary stents: Medical devices at the interface of biology and electrochemistry.- Screen printed electrodes open new vistas in sensing: Ap-plication to medical diagnosis.- Electrochemical glucose sensors and their application in diabetes management.- Electrochemistry of adhesion and spreading of lipid vesicles on electrodes.- Bio-electrochemistry and chalcogens.
Fields of interestElectrochemistry; Medicine/Public Health, gene-ral; Analytical Chemistry
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . X, 487 p . 120 illus ., 66 in color . (Modern Aspects of Electrochemistry, Volume 56) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-4614-6147-0
9<HTMERB=egbeha>
News 12/2012 Chemistry
43
J.-P. Piquemal, Sorbonne University, Paris, France; K. D. Jordan, University of Pittsburgh, PA, USA (Eds)
From Quantum Mechanics to Force FieldsA Topical Collection from Theoretical Chemistry Accounts
The authors of this volume illustrate recent trends in the design and application of accurate force fields. 15 papers reflect the present questions including the strategies for (i) the inclusion of the polarization energy and (ii) an optimal parametri-zation of models. They highlight the directions to follow as new exciting fields of application emerge.
Features 7 Experts present recent trends in the design and application of accurate force fields 7 Spin-off from the journal Theoretical Chemistry Ac-counts 7 Now available in hardcover
Contents From the Contents: CL&P: A generic and systematic force field for ionic liquids modeling.- Optimization of the Explicit Polarization (X-Pol) Potential using a Hybrid Density Functional.- A coarse-grained model for β-D-glucose based on force matching.- A Distributed Point Polarizable Force Field for Carbon Dioxide.- The polarizing forces of water.- How Polarization Damping Af-fects Ion Solvation Dynamics.- Analytic gradient and molecular dynamics simulations using the fragment molecular orbital method with effective potentials.- Recent Applications and Develop-ments of Charge Equilibration Force Fields for Modeling Dynamical Charges in Classical Mole-cular Dynamics Simulations.
Fields of interestTheoretical and Computational Chemistry; Atomic/Molecular Structure and Spectra; Physical Chemistry
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . 180 p . 37 illus ., 12 in color . (Highlights in Theoretical Chemistry, Volume 3) Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 approx. € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34449-7
9<HTOGPC=deeejh>
Topics in Current ChemistrySeries editors: K. N. Houk, J.-M. Lehn, S. V. Ley, J. Thiem, H. Yamamoto, P. Vogel, C. A. Hunter, M. Venturi, C.-H. Wong, H. N. Wong, M. J. Krische, M. Olivucci
Volume 313
R. M. Metzger, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL, USA (Ed)
Unimolecular and Supramolecular Electronics IIChemistry and Physics Meet at Metal-Molecule Interfaces
Contents Molecular Electronic Junction Transport: Some Pathways and Some Ideas, by Gemma C. Solomon, Carmen Herrmann and Mark A. Ratner.- Unimo-lecular Electronic Devices, by Robert M. Metzger and Daniell L. Mattern.- Active and Non-Active Large-Area Metal?Molecules?Metal Junctions, by Barbara Branchi, Felice C. Simeone and Maria A. Rampi.- Charge Transport in Single Molecular Junctions at the Solid/Liquid Interface, by Chen Li, Artem Mishchenko and Thomas Wandlowski. Tunneling Spectroscopy of Organic Monolayers and Single Molecules, by K. W. Hipps.- Single Molecule Logical Devices, by Nicolas Renaud, Mohamed Hliwa and Christian Joachim.-
Fields of interestPhysical Chemistry; Applied and Technical Phy-sics; Optical and Electronic Materials
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryReviews
Available
2012 . XI, 272 p . 129 illus ., 71 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 245,03 | € (A) 251,90 | sFr 305,007 € 229,00 | £206.50ISBN 978-3-642-27397-1
9<HTOGPC=chdjhb>
Topics in Heterocyclic ChemistryS. V. Ley, G. Mehta, R. Noyori, K. Nicolaou, A. Padwa, L. E. Overman, Editorial board: D. Enders, Series editors: B. U. Maes, S. Polanc, J. Cossy
Volume 31
M. Schnürch, M. D. Mihovilovic, Vienna University of Technology, Austria (Eds)
Metalation of Azines and DiazinesM. Schlosser: Reactions of Pyridines, Benzopyri-dines and Azapyridines with Organomagnesiums and Organolithiums.- F. Chevallier • F.
Features 7 Heterocyclic chemistry is the biggest branch of chemistry covering two-third of the chemical lite-rature 7 The series covers hot topics of frontier research summarized by reputed scientists in the field 7 Our review series is topic related Online version available on SpringerLink.com
Contents Reactions of Pyridines, Benzopyridines and Aza-pyridines with Organomagnesiums and Organoli-thiums.- -Lithiations and Magnesiations on Qui-noline and Isoquinoline.- -Metalation Reactions of Pyridines, Quino-lines and Isoquinolines with ate Bases and their Alkali Metal Salt-Modified Congeners.- Lithiations and Grignard Reactions on Pyrimidine and Quinazoline.- Other stoichi-ometric metalation reactions on Pyrimidine and Quinazoline - Borylation, Stannylation, Zincation, Silylation, etc..- Metalation of Pyrazine and Quin-oxaline.- Metalation of Pyridazine, Cinnoline, and Phtalazine.
Fields of interestOrganic Chemistry; Organometallic Chemistry
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryReviews
Due December 2012
2013 . X, 250 p . Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 203,25 | € (A) 208,94 | sFr 272,507 approx. € 189,95 | £171.00ISBN 978-3-642-35021-4
9<HTOGPC=dfacbe>
Chemistry springer.com/NEWSonline
44
N. Vogel, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, USA
Surface Patterning with Colloidal MonolayersHow can the two dimensional crystallization of colloids be used to form highly ordered colloidal monolayers on solid substrates? What application does this have in generating arrays of nanostruc-tures? These questions are addressed in Nicolas Vogel‘s thesis. Vogel describes a simple preparati-on method for the formation of uniform colloidal crystals over large areas, which he refines to yield more complex binary and non-close-packed ar-rangements. These monolayers can be applied to a process termed colloidal lithography which is used to prepare high quality metallic nanostructures with tailored properties defined to suit a variety of applications. Moreover, the author describes a me-thod used to create metallic nanodot arrays with a resolution unprecedented for colloidal lithography methods.
Features 7 Nominated by the Max-Planck Institute for Polymer Research as an outstanding PhD thesis 7 Describes a method used to embed nanoparticle arrays into the substrate, which is developed and used to design robust, re-usable biosensor platforms and nanoscale patterns of biomimetic lipid bilayer membranes 7 Forms the basis of a large number of publications in internationally renowned journals
Contents Introduction.- Motivation and Outline.- The-ory.- Characterization Methods.- Results and Discussion.- Experimental Section.- Summary and Outlook.
Fields of interestPolymer Sciences; Nanotechnology; Nanoscale Science and Technology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XVI, 250 p . 128 illus ., 75 in color . (Springer Theses) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-35132-7
9<HTOGPC=dfbdch>
News 12/2012 Engineering
45
G. F. Abdelal, Queen‘s University Belfast, UK; N. Abuelfoutouh, Cairo University, Egypt; A. H. Gad, NARSS, Cairo, Egypt
Finite Element Analysis for Satellite StructuresApplications to Their Design, Manufacture and Testing
Features 7 Provides the guidelines to use finite elements in each phase of designing a satellite structure, but also includes practical examples and illustrations to explain how they can be applied 7 Introdu-ces an approach which applies stochastic finite element method in analysis of satellite structure and uses finite element method in manufacturing simulation to reduce cost across three different manufacturing processes 7 Explains how to practically use manufacturing simulations to improve design and reduce project cost, how to prepare static and dynamic test specifications, and how to use finite element method to investigate in more details any component that may fail during testing
Contents 1.Literature Review.- 2.Satellite Configuration Design.- 3.Satellite Structural Design.- 4.Strength.- 5.Stochastic Finite Element and Satellite Structure Design.- 6.Qualification Testing phase of Satellite Structure.- 7.Manufacturing Simulation using Fi-nite Element.- App.A Satellite Mechanical Loads.- App.B. Load Analysis for Base-Driven Random Vibrations.
Fields of interestAerospace Technology and Astronautics; Ma-chinery and Machine Elements; Computational Science and Engineering
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due November 2012
2013 . X, 334 p . 199 illus ., 86 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-4471-4636-0
9<HTMEPH=begdga>
A. Abdelgawad, M. Bayoumi, University of Louisiana at Lafayette, LA, USA
Resource-Aware Data Fusion Algorithms for Wireless Sensor NetworksThis book introduces resource-aware data fusion algorithms to gather and combine data from multiple sources (e.g., sensors) in order to achieve inferences. These techniques can be used in centralized and distributed systems to overcome sensor failure, technological limitation, and spatial and temporal coverage problems. The algorithms described in this book are evaluated with simu-lation and experimental results to show they will maintain data integrity and make data useful and informative.
Features 7 Describes techniques to overcome real prob-lems posed by wireless sensor networks deplo-yed in circumstances that might interfere with measurements provided, such as strong variations of pressure, temperature, radiation, and electro-magnetic noise 7 Uses simulation and experi-mental results to evaluate algorithms presented and includes real test-bed 7 Includes case study implementing data fusion algorithms on a remote monitoring framework for sand production in oil pipelines
Contents Introduction to wireless sensor networks.- Data fusion in wireless sensor networks.- Centralized data fusion algorithms.- Introduction to Kalman filters.- Proposed distributed Kalman filter.- Simu-lation and experimental results.
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Signal,Image and Speech Processing; Algorithms
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XV, 140 p . 48 illus . (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering, Volume 118) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1349-3
9<HTMERB=ebdejd>
R. Aliev, Azerbaijan State Oil Academy, Baku, Azerbaijan
Fundamentals of the Fuzzy Logic-Based Generalized Theory of DecisionsEvery day decision making and decision making in complex human-centric systems are characte-rized by imperfect decision-relevant information. Main drawback of the existing decision theories is namely incapability to deal with imperfect infor-mation and modeling vague preferences. Actually, a paradigm of non-numerical probabilities in decision making has a long history and arose also in Keynes’s analysis of uncertainty. There is a need for further generalization – a move to decision theories with perception-based imperfect information described in NL. The languages of new decision models for human-centric systems should be not languages based on binary logic but human-centric computational schemes able to operate on NL-described information.
Features 7 State-of-the-art research in fuzzy decision theory 7 Recent advances in fuzzy econo-mics 7 Written by a leading expert in the field
Contents Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic.- Brief Review of Theories of Decision Making.- Uncertain Pre-ferences and Imperfect information in Decision Making.- A Generalized Fuzzy Logic-Based De-cision theory.- Extention to Behavioral Decision Making.- Decision Making on the Basis of Fuzzy Geometry.- Fuzzy Logic Based Generalized Theo-ry of Stability.- Experiments and Applications.
Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Game Theory/Ma-thematical Methods; Game Theory, Economics, Social and Behav. Sciences
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XII, 320 p . (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft Computing, Volume 293) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-34894-5
9<HTOGPC=deijef>
Engineering springer.com/NEWSonline
46
N. (. Antoniades, The College of Staten Island, NY, USA; G. Ellinas, University of Cyprus, Nicosia, Cyprus; I. Roudas, University of Patras, Rio, Greece (Eds)
WDM Systems and NetworksModeling, Simulation, Design and Engineering
Contents 1. Modeling, Simulation, Design and Engineering of WDM Systems and Networks: An Inroduction.- 2. Computer Modeling of Transport Layer Effects.- 3. State of the Art in Device and Network Element Level Modeling.- 4. Semianalytical Models for Network Performance Evaluation.- 5. Commeri-cal Optical Communication Software Simulation Tools.- 6. Optical Interconnects.- 7. Short Range (in building) Systems and Networks: A Chance for Plastic Optical Fibers.- 8. WDM Phase-Modulated Millimeter-Wave Fiber Systems.- 9. Fiber to the Home Through Passive Optical Networks.- 10. Coherent Optical Communication Systems.- 11. Design Process for Terrestrial & Undersea DWDM Network Upgrades.- 12. Impairment-Aware Optical Networking: A Survey.- 13. Provisioning and Survivability in Multi-Domain Optical Networks.- 14. Future Directions in WDM Systems and Networks.
Fields of interestMicrowaves, RF and Optical Engineering; Com-munications Engineering, Networks; Signal,Image and Speech Processing
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XVI, 532 p . 195 illus ., 19 in color . (Optical Networks) Hardcover7 * € (D) 181,85 | € (A) 186,94 | sFr 226,507 € 169,95 | £153.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1092-8
9<HTMERB=ebajci>
S. I. Ao, International Association of Engineers, Hong Kong, China; O. Castillo, Tijuana Institute of Technology, Mexico; H. Huang, University of Canberra, ACT, Australia (Eds)
Intelligent Control and Innovative ComputingContents Reciprocally Convex Approach for the Stability of Networked Control Systems.- Space Robot Con-trol for Unknown Target Handling.- Multi-Sensor Architectures.- Five-axis Curve Machining for Computer Control Machine Tools.- Approximate Linear Quadratic Regulator Problems and its Ap-plication to Optimal Control in Discrete-time LTI Systems.- Structured Robust Control for MIMO Systems Using Artificial Intelligent Techniques.- Fuzzy Robust Trajectory Tracking Control of WMRS.- Balanced Performance/Robustness PID Design.- Hybrid Genetic Algorithm Optimization of Distributing Networks – A Comparative Study.- Cooking-step Scheduling Algorithm for Simul-taneous Cooking of Multiple Dishes.- Estimation of Distributed Generation Using Complex-valued Network Inversion with Regularization.- A New Method of Cooperative PSO: Multiple Particle Swarm Optimizers with Inertia Weight with Diversive Curiosity.- A New Design Method for Train Marshaling Evaluating the Transfer Distance of Locomotive.- Cost-adjusted MIQ: A New Tool for Measuring Intelligence Value of Systems.- Harmony Search Algorithm with Vari-ous Evolutionary Elements for Fuzzy Aggregate Production Planning.- A Compression Technique for XML Element Retrieval.- Words-of-Wisdom Search Based on User’s Sentiment.- Configurable Application Designed for Mining XML Document Collections.- Integrated Approach for Privacy Pre-serving Itemset Mining.- Mining General Fuzzy Sequences Based on Fuzzy Ontology. [...]
Fields of interestControl; Computing Methodologies; Electrical Engineering
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . IX, 436 p . 186 illus . (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering, Volume 110) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1694-4
9<HTMERB=ebgjee>
M. Arora, Freescale Semiconductor, Faridabad, India
The Art of Hardware ArchitectureDesign Methods and Techniques for Digital Circuits
This book highlights the complex issues, tasks and skills that must be mastered by an IP designer, in order to design an optimized and robust digital circuit to solve a problem. The techniques and methodologies described can serve as a bridge between specifications that are known to the desi-gner and RTL code that is final outcome, reducing significantly the time it takes to convert initial ideas and concepts into right-first-time silicon. Coverage focuses on real problems rather than theoretical concepts, with an emphasis on design techniques across various aspects of chip-design.
Features 7 Describes techniques to help IP designers get it right the first time, creating designs optimized in terms of power, area and performance 7 Focuses on practical aspects of chip design and minimizes theory 7 Covers chip design in a consistent way, starting with basics and gradually developing advanced concepts, such as electromagnetic com-patibility (EMC) design techniques and low-power design techniques such as dynamic voltage and frequency scaling (DVFS)
Contents The World of Metastability.- Clocks and Reset.- Handling Multiple Clocks.- Clock Dividers.- Low Power Design.- The Art of Pipelining.- Handling Endianess.- Debouncing Techniques.- Design Guidelines for EMC Performance.- References.
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Electronics and Microelect-ronics, Instrumentation; Processor Architectures
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XV, 221 p . 205 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 143,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0396-8
9<HTMERB=eadjgi>
News 12/2012 Engineering
47
S. Bagga, W. A. Serdijn, J. R. Long, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands
Ultra-Wideband Transceiver Circuits and SystemsWideband radio technology is not a new concept in the field of RF technology. Decades of research in the area of wideband systems has lead us to new possibilities in the design of low-power, low complexity radios. Ultra-wideband is a direct offspring, which takes the initiative a step further by presenting novel wideband techniques for RF technology. The US FCC position on UWB for commercial usage changed after agreeing to adopt the First Report and Order on February 14, 2002. Unlicensing several gigahertz of frequency spectrum allowed companies to manufacture and market products incorporating UWB technology.
Features 7 Explores different narrowband mitigation techniques for pulse-based UWB systems 7 In-corporates an adaptive design (at circuit and system level) philosophy to minimize the effect of narrowband interference 7 Presents basic fundamentals and definitions related to impulse-radio UWB 7 Covers topics such as modulation formats and signaling schemes, wavelet synthesis and various receiver architectures 7 Introduces design aspects of wideband antennas and the cha-racterization of UWB radio channel models
Contents Ultra-Wideband Fundamentals.- Receiver Architectures.- High Frequency Time Delays.- Transmitter Architecture and Design.- State-Space Orthonormal Filters: Synthesis and Design.- Broadband Low-Noise Amplifier Design.
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Solid State Physics; Spectro-scopy and Microscopy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due April 2013
2013 . Approx . 200 p . (Analog Circuits and Signal Processing) Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 155,507 approx. € 99,95 | £80.00ISBN 978-94-007-3951-2
9<HTUELA=hdjfbc>
N. Bessis, University of Derby, Derby, UK; F. Xhafa, Universitat Politècnica De Catalunya, Barcelona, Spain; D. Varvarigou, National Technical University Of Athens, Greece; R. Hill, University of Derby, Derby, UK; M. Li, Brunel University, Uxbridge, UK (Eds)
Internet of Things and Inter-cooperative Computational Technologies for Collective IntelligenceOver the past two decades, we have witnessed unprecedented innovations in the development of miniaturized electromechanical devices and low-power wireless communication making practical the embedding of networked computational devices into a rapidly widening range of materi-al entities. This trend has enabled the coupling of physical objects and digital information into cyber-physical systems and it is widely expected to revolutionize the way resource computational consumption and provision will occur. Specifi-cally, one of the core ingredients of this vision, the so-called Internet of Things (IoT), demands the provision of networked services to support interaction between conventional IT systems with both physical and artificial objects.
Features 7 Discusses the theories, practices and concepts of utilising inter-operable and inter-coopera-tive next generation computational techno-logies 7 Includes mobile and the emerging e-infrastructures of Web 2.0, SOA, P2P, Grids and Clouds 7 Written by leading experts in the field
Contents State-of-the-art Critical Reviews.- Advanced Mo-dels and Architectures.- Advanced Applications and Future Trends.
Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Multimedia Information Systems
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XII, 462 p . (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 460) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-34951-5
9<HTOGPC=dejfbf>
F. Boden, J. Kompenhans, Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt e .V ., Göttingen, Germany; N. Lawson, Cranfield University, Beds, UK; H. W. Jentink, National Aerospace Laboratory NLR, Amsterdam, The Netherlands (Eds)
Advanced In-Flight Measurement TechniquesThe book presents a synopsis of the main results achieved during the 3 year EU-project „Advanced Inflight Measurement Techniques (AIM)“ which applied advanced image based measurement techniques to industrial flight testing. The book is intended to be not only an overview on the AIM activities but also a guide on the application of advanced optical measurement techniques for future flight testing. Furthermore it is a useful guide for engineers in the field of experimental methods and flight testing who face the challenge of a future requirement for the development of highly accurate non-intrusive in-flight measure-ment techniques.
Features 7 Explains in detail up-to-date inflight measure-ment techniques 7 Presents the state of the art of measurements of both airplanes and helicop-ters 7 Discusses topics of wing deformation, propeller strength, air flow, heat, vortex and air pressure
Contents Part I – Introduction.- Part II – Wing Deforma-tion Studies.- Part III – Propeller Deformation Studies.- Part IV – Helicopter Investigations.- Part V – Flow Measurements.
Fields of interestAerospace Technology and Astronautics; Engi-neering Fluid Dynamics; Applied and Technical Physics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . XII, 344 p . 342 illus ., 42 in color . (Research Topics in Aerospace) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-34737-5
9<HTOGPC=dehdhf>
Engineering springer.com/NEWSonline
48
F. Böhle, M. Bürgermeister, Universität Augsburg, Germany; S. Porschen, ISF München e .V ., Munich, Germany (Eds)
Innovation Management by Promoting the InformalArtistic, Experience-based, Playful
This book explores new approaches to successful innovation - with all uncertainty. Its focal points are management of the informal and a new per-spective of human work: innovation work is based on artistic, experience-based and playful action.
Features 7 Includes case studies which allow for a close perspective of work practice in enterprises 7 Explores innovation from several viewpoints including management, innovation process, innovation work and innovation controlling, thereby providing a holistic perspective of innova-tion 7 Addresses limits of planning and coping with these limits
Contents Preface & Translators’ Note.- Innovati-on management – limits of planning and new challenges.- The KES-MI project.- Innovation work – artistic, experience-based, playful.- Inno-vation process – flexible, open, non-linear.- Ma-nagement of the informal by situational project management.- Management of the informal by cooperative transfer of experience.- Management of the informal by decisions within the work process.- Learning innovation work – Learning concept and framework.- Balanced innovation management accounting – Reliable evaluation and planning within the innovation process.- The Authors.- Index
Fields of interestEngineering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing; Innovation/Technology Management; Organizational Studies, Economic Sociology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIII, 229 p . 18 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-28014-6
9<HTOGPC=ciabeg>
G. Carbone, University of Cassino, Italy (Ed)
Grasping in RoboticsGrasping in Robotics contains original contri-butions in the field of grasping in robotics with a broad multidisciplinary approach. This gives the possibility of addressing all the major issues rela-ted to robotized grasping, including milestones in grasping through the centuries, mechanical design issues, control issues, modelling achievements and issues, formulations and software for simulation purposes, sensors and vision integration, appli-cations in industrial field and non-conventional applications (including service robotics and agri-culture). The contributors to this book are experts in their own diverse and wide ranging fields.
Features 7 Gives an historical background to grasping in robotics with the first achievements in this field and its evolution through the centu-ries 7 Addresses mechanical design issues for both grippers and robotic hands 7 Includes various applications, such as humanoid robots and horticulture harvesting
Contents Historical Background of Grasping.- A Survey on Different Control Techniques for Grasping.- Path Planning for Grasping Tasks.- Wrists for Enhan-cing Grasping Performance.- Industrial Grippers: State-of-Art and Main Design Characteristics.- Microgrippers: State-of-Art and Main Design Solutions.- A New Way of Grasping: ParaGrip – Robot and Gripper Rolled Into One.- Robotic Hands: State-of-Art and Low-Cost Design Solu-tions.- Hardware Control for Robotic Hands.- Fin-ger Orientation for Robotic Hands.- Using Vision in Grasping Tasks.- Integrated Grasp and Motion Planning for Humanoid Robots.- Grasping in Ag-riculture.- A Multibody Dynamics Formulation.
Fields of interestRobotics and Automation; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Control
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due November 2012
2013 . VIII, 467 p . 330 illus . (Mechanisms and Machine Science, Volume 10) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-4471-4663-6
9<HTMEPH=beggdg>
Y. Chen, L. C. Zhang, The University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW, Australia
Polishing of Diamond MaterialsMechanisms, Modeling and Implementation
Diamond has a unique combination of properties, such as the highest hardness and thermal conduc-tivity among any known material, high electrical resistivity, a large optical band gap and a high transmission, good resistance to chemical erosion, low adhesion and friction, and extremely low thermal expansion coefficient. As such, diamond has been a desirable material in a wide range of applications in mechanical, chemical, optical, thermal and electrical engineering. In many of the cases, the surface of a diamond component or element must have a superior finish, often down to a surface roughness of nanometers.
Features 7 This book uses a variety of illustrations to enable the reader to understand the properties of diamond and diamond composites, and their industrial applications 7 It explains the technical and theoretical issues involved, allowing the rea-der to develop his/her own methods for polishing different materials 7 Compares advantages and drawbacks of the principles, material removal mechanisms, possible modeling and the quality control of various polishing techniques
Contents Understanding of Material Removal Mechanisms.- Mechanical Polishing.- Chemo-mechanical Poli-shing.- Thermo-chemical Polishing.- High Energy Beam Polishing.- Electric Discharge Machining (EDM) Polishing.- Dynamic Friction Polishing.- Comparison of Various Polishing Techniques.
Fields of interestMachinery and Machine Elements; Operating Procedures, Materials Treatment; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . XIII, 227 p . 95 illus ., 1 in color . (Engineering Materials and Processes) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £89.95ISBN 978-1-84996-407-4
9<HTMIPJ=jgeahe>
News 12/2012 Engineering
49
W. C. Choy, The University of Hong Kong, China (Ed)
Organic Solar CellsMaterials and Device Physics
Organic solar cells have emerged as new promi-sing photovoltaic devices due to their potential applications in large area, printable and flexible solar panels.
Features 7 Offers updated review on topics covering the synthesis and properties of new materials for vari-ous critical roles in devices from electrodes, inter-face and carrier transport materials, to the active layer composed of donors and acceptors 7 Dis-cusses the use of novel light trapping structures and hybrid organic solar cells for realizing high efficiency solar cells 7 Addresses important de-vice physics issues of carrier and exciton dynamics and interface stability
Contents Preface.- 1.Introduction to Organic Solar Cells.- 2.Active layer materials for organic solar cells.- 3.Interface Engineering for High Perfor-mance Bulk-Heterojunction Polymeric Solar Cells.- 4.Graphene for Transparent Electrodes and Organic Electronic Devices.- 5.Exciton and Charge Dynamics in Polymer Solar Cells Studied by Transient Absorption Spectroscopy.- 6.Interface Stability of Polymer and Small-Molecule Organic Photovoltaics: Degradation Mechanisms, Charac-terization Techniques, and Improvement Approa-ches.- 7.Theoretical Studies of Plasmonic Effects in Organic Solar Cells.- 8.Experimental Studies of Plasmonic Nanoparticle Effects on Organic Solar Cells.- 9.Hybrid solar cells with polymer and inorganic nanocrystals.
Fields of interestEnergy Technology; Energy Systems; Renewable and Green Energy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . V, 272 p . 140 illus ., 49 in color . (Green Energy and Technology, Volume 9) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4471-4822-7
9<HTMEPH=beicch>
A. Clemm, R. Wolter, Cisco Systems, San Jose, CA, USA (Eds)
Network-Embedded Management and ApplicationsUnderstanding Programmable Networking Infrastructure
Contents Part I: Foundations of Network-Embedded Management and Applications.- Motivation: The Dawn of the Age of Network-Embedded Applica-tions.- A Brief History of Network Programma-bility and Related Fields.- Network-Embedded Management.- Improving Manageability through Network-Embedded Management.- Part II: Infra-structure, Case Studies, Research Areas.- On the Relevance and Adoption of Network Automation.- Embedding Operational Intelligence into Junos Devices through On-Box Scripts.- Developing In-novative Embedded Applications in the Network with the Junos SDK.- Using Embedded Scripting to Define a Protocol for High-Available Data-Center Interconnect.- Enabling IP-Based Smart Services.- Network-Embedded Social Network Protocols.- OpenFlow: A Perspective for Building Versatile Networks.- Application and Network Resource Access Control.- Protocols for Distri-buted Embedded Management.- Peer-to-Peer (P2P)-Based Network Management.- Scalable and Robust Decentralized IP Traffic Flow Collection and Analysis (SCRIPT).
Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Com-puter Systems Organization and Communication Networks
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2013 . X, 352 p . 129 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-4419-6768-8
9<HTMEPB=jghgii>
J. de Brito, N. Saikia, Universidade Técnica de Lisboa, Portugal
Recycled Aggregate in ConcreteUse of Industrial, Construction and Demolition Waste
Concrete is the most used man-made material in the world since its invention. The widespread use of this material has led to continuous develop-ments such as ultra-high strength concrete and self-compacting concrete. Recycled Aggregate in Concrete: Use of Industrial, Construction and De-molition Waste focuses on the recent development which the use of various types of recycled waste materials as aggregate in the production of various types of concrete. By drawing together informa-tion and data from various fields and sources, Recycled Aggregate in Concrete: Use of Industrial, Construction and Demolition Waste provides full coverage of this subject.
Features 7 Proposes a new approach to the prediction of the long-term properties of concrete with recycled aggregate 7 Compiles scattered data on the use of recycled aggregate in concrete production in a single volume 7 Includes numerous illustrations
Contents Preface.- 1.Sustainable Development in Concrete Production.- 2.Industrial Waste Aggregates.- 3.Construction and Demolition Waste Aggrega-tes.- 4.Use of Industrial Waste as Aggregate.- 5.Use of Construction and Demolition Waste as Aggre-gate.- 6.Methodologies for Estimating Properties of Concrete Containing.- 7.Concrete with Recyc-led Aggregates in International Codes.
Fields of interestCivil Engineering; Structural Materials; Waste Management/Waste Technology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due November 2012
2013 . XI, 445 p . 225 illus ., 21 in color . (Green Energy and Technology) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-4471-4539-4
9<HTMEPH=befdje>
Engineering springer.com/NEWSonline
50
J. M. Delgado, E. Barreira, N. M. Ramos, V. P. Freitas, University of Porto, Portugal
Hygrothermal Numerical Simulation Tools Applied to Building PhysicsThis book presents a critical review on the deve-lopment and application of hygrothermal analysis methods to simulate the coupled transport proces-ses of Heat, Air, and Moisture (HAM) transfer for one or multidimensional cases. During the past few decades there has been relevant development in this field of study and an increase in the profes-sional use of tools that simulate some of the physi-cal phenomena that are involved in Heat, Air and Moisture conditions in building components or elements. Although there is a significant amount of hygrothermal models referred in the literature, the vast majority of them are not easily available to the public outside the institutions where they were developed, which restricts the analysis of this book to only 14 hygrothermal modelling tools.
Features 7 Discusses all the topics related to numerical simulation tools in building components 7 Pre-sents some of the most important theoretical and numerical developments in building phy-sics 7 Providing a self-contained major reference
Contents Introduction.- Hygrothermal Simulation Tools.- Application Examples.- Conclusions and Recom-mendations.
Fields of interestBuilding Materials; Characterization and Evalu-ation of Materials; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due December 2012
2013 . X, 66 p . 28 illus . (SpringerBriefs in Applied Sciences and Technology / SpringerBriefs in Computational Mechanics) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-35002-3
9<HTOGPC=dfaacd>
M. Ding, H. Luo, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China
Multi-point Cooperative Communication Systems: Theory and ApplicationsMulti-point Cooperative Communication Sys-tems: Theory and Applications mainly discusses multi-point cooperative communication technolo-gies which are used to overcome the long-standing problem of limited transmission rate caused by the inter-point interference. Instead of combating the interference, recent progress in both academia and industrial standardizations has evolved to adopt the philosophy of “exploiting” the interference to improve the transmission rate by cooperating among multiple points.
Features 7 A novel framework to address the multi-point cooperative communication technologies 7 The most recent development in multi-point coopera-tive communications is detailed discussed both in theory and in application 7 Abundant simula-tion studies about different cooperative commu-nication schemes 7 Examples of the advanced LTE-A system to give readers a better illustration
Contents Introduction.- Related Work.- The Sixth Category: Antenna Selection Technologies.- The Seventh Category: Advanced Interference Coordination.- The Eighth Category: Joint Precoding with Ideal Backhaul.- The Eighth Category: Sequential and Incremental Precoding with Non-ideal Backhaul.- Coordinated Multi-Point System.- Common Feedback Framework for Downlink CoMP.- Con-clusion.
Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Signal,Image and Speech Processing
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
Jointly published with Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press, Shanghai
Distribution rights in China: Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press
2013 . X, 253 p . 114 illus ., 34 in color . (Signals and Communication Technology) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-34948-5
9<HTOGPC=dejeif>
D. Doberstein, DKD Instruments, Nipomo, CA, USA
Fundamentals of GPS ReceiversA Hardware Approach
Fundamentals of GPS receivers covers GPS recei-vers‘ theory and practice. The book begins with the basics of GPS receivers and moves onward to more advanced material.
Features 7 Explains how GPS works from the basics through operation and implementation of the GPS 100SC receiver, a custom single-channel recei-ver 7 Delivers complete details of a functional design with detailed schematics plus all CAD files 7 Offers a full chapter on the ZARLINK chip set, an open software source receiver and new material on the Turbo Rogue receiver designed by JPL
Contents Part I.- Fundamental Concepts of Distance Measurement Using Synchronized Clocks.- In-troduction to the Global Positioning System.- GPS Signal Structure and Use.- Solving for SV Position.- Solving for User Position.- Part II.- GPS Receiver Hardware Fundamentals.- Functional Implementation of a GPS Receiver.- Part III.- GPS Time and Frequency Reception.- The Zarlink 12 GPS Receiver.- Carrier Phase Measurement & Turbo Rogue Receiver.- JPL Turbo Rogue Receiver.- The L2C Signal.- Appendix A: Sliding Correlatiors, Delay Based Descriminators and Processing Gain with GPS Applications.- Appen-dix B: Pseudo Random Binary Codes and the C/A Code Generator.- Appendix C: BPSK Modulators and Demodulators.- Appendix D: Subframe For-mat.- Appendix E: Glossary.
Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Geo-physics/Geodesy; Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XVI, 329 p . 139 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 129,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0408-8
9<HTMERB=eaeaii>
News 12/2012 Engineering
51
M. Elmahdy, Qtar University, Doha, Qtar; R. Gruhn, SVOX Deutschland GmbH, Ulm, Germany; W. Minker, University of Ulm, Germany
Novel Techniques for Dialectal Arabic Speech RecognitionNovel Techniques for Dialectal Arabic Speech describes approaches to improve automatic speech recognition for dialectal Arabic. Since speech resources for dialectal Arabic speech recogni-tion are very sparse, the authors describe how existing Modern Standard Arabic (MSA) speech data can be applied to dialectal Arabic speech recognition, while assuming that MSA is always a second language for all Arabic speakers. In this book, Egyptian Colloquial Arabic (ECA) has been chosen as a typical Arabic dialect. ECA is the first ranked Arabic dialect in terms of number of spea-kers, and a high quality ECA speech corpus with accurate phonetic transcription has been collected. MSA acoustic models were trained using news broadcast speech.
Features 7 Presents novel approaches that overcome the major problems in dialectal Arabic speech recognition 7 Investigates how to benefit from existing standard Arabic speech resources to improve speech recognition accuracy for dialectal Arabic 7 Explains in detail how the proposed approaches have been evaluated against conventi-onal speech recognition techniques
Contents Fundamentals.- Speech Corpora.- Phonemic Acoustic Modeling.- Graphemic Acoustic Mo-deling.- Phonetic Transcription Using the Arabic Chat Alphabet.
Fields of interestSignal,Image and Speech Processing; Language Translation and Linguistics; Communications Engineering, Networks
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XXI, 110 p . 28 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1905-1
9<HTMERB=ebjafb>
J. Fernández-Berni, R. Carmona-Galán, Á. Rodríguez-Vázquez, Instituto de Microelectrónica de Sevilla, Spain
Low-Power Smart Imagers for Vision-Enabled Sensor NetworksThis book presents a comprehensive, systematic approach to the development of vision system architectures that employ sensory-processing concurrency and parallel processing to meet the autonomy challenges posed by a variety of safety and surveillance applications. Coverage includes a thorough analysis of resistive diffusion networks embedded within an image sensor array.
Features 7 Describes a system-level approach for desig-ning of vision devices and embedding them into vision-enabled, wireless sensor networks 7 Sur-veys state-of-the-art, vision-enabled WSN nodes 7 Includes details of specifications and challenges of vision-enabled WSNs 7 Explains architectures for low-energy CMOS vision chips with embedded, programmable spatial filtering capabilities 7 Includes considerations pertaining to the integration of vision chips into off-the-shelf WSN platforms
Contents Introduction.- Vision-enabled WSN Nodes: State of the Art.- Processing Primitives for Image Simplification.- VLSI Implementation of Linear Diffusion.- FLIP-Q: A QCIF Resolution Focal-plane Array for Low-power Image Processing.- Wi-FLIP: A Low-power Vision-enabled WSN Node.- Case Study: Early Detection of Forest Fires.
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Electronics and Microelect-ronics, Instrumentation; Signal,Image and Speech Processing
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XXIII, 156 p . 109 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-2391-1
9<HTMERB=ecdjbb>
T. Fukuda, Nagoya University, Japan; Y. Hasegawa, University of Tsukuba, Japan; K. Sekiyama, T. Aoyama, Nagoya University, Japan
Multi-Locomotion Robotic SystemsNew Concepts of Bio-inspired Robotics
Nowadays, multiple attention have been paid on a robot working in the human living environment, such as in the field of medical, welfare, entertain-ment and so on. Various types of researches are being conducted actively in a variety of fields such as artificial intelligence, cognitive engineering, sensor- technology, interfaces and motion control. In the future, it is expected to realize super high functional human-like robot by integrating technologies in various fields including these types of researches. The book represents new develop-ments and advances in the field of bio-inspired robotics research introducing the state of the art, the idea of multi-locomotion robotic system to implement the diversity of animal motion. It covers theoretical and computational aspects of Passive Dynamic Autonomous Control (PDAC), robot motion control, multi legged walking and climbing as well as brachiation focusing concrete robot systems, components and applications. In addition, gorilla type robot systems are described as hardware of Multi-Locomotion Robotic system.
Features 7 Introduction to Bio-inspired robotic systems, such as 7 walking, hoping, climbing, brachiating robots 7 Presents various locomotion modes, such as biped walking, Quad walking, ladder climbing and brachiation modes 7 Written by leading experts in the field
Fields of interestRobotics and Automation; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Control
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIV, 314 p . 244 illus . (Springer Tracts in Advanced Robotics, Volume 81) Hardcover7 * € (D) 101,60 | € (A) 104,45 | sFr 126,507 € 94,95 | £85.50ISBN 978-3-642-30134-6
9<HTOGPC=dabdeg>
Engineering springer.com/NEWSonline
52
S. Gharavi, UCLA, Los Angeles, CA, USA; B. Heydari, Stevens Institute of Technology, Hoboken, NJ, USA
Ultra High-Speed CMOS CircuitsBeyond 100 GHz
The book covers the CMOS-based millimeter wave circuits and devices and presents methods and design techniques to use CMOS technology for circuits operating beyond 100 GHz. Coverage includes a detailed description of both active and passive devices, including modeling techniques and performance optimization. Various mm-wave circuit blocks are discussed, emphasizing their design distinctions from low-frequency design methodologies. This book also covers a device-ori-ented circuit design technique that is essential for ultra high speed circuits and gives some examples of device/circuit co-design that can be used for mm-wave technology.
Features 7 Offers a detailed description of high frequency device modeling from a circuit designer perspecti-ve 7 Presents a set of techniques for optimizing the performance of CMOS for mm-wave tech-nology, including noise and low noise design for mm-wave 7 Introduces circuit/device co-design techniques
Contents Introduction.- mm-wave Device Modeling.- mm-wave Device Optimization.- mm-wave CMOS Noise Analysis.- Unilateralization.- Tera-hertz CMOS Devices, Circuits and Systems.- Ima-ging Applications.
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Enginee-ring (CAD, CAE) and Design
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . VII, 106 p . 91 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 143,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0304-3
9<HTMERB=eadaed>
F. Gullì, Milan, Italy
Pollution Under Environmental Regulation in Energy MarketsPollution Under Environmental Regulation in Energy Markets provides a study of environmental regulation when energy markets are imperfectly competitive. This theoretical treatment focuses on three relevant cases of energy markets. First, the residential space heating sector where hybrid regulation such as taxation and emissions trading together are possible. Second, the electricity mar-ket where transactions are organized in the form of multi-period auctions. Third, namely natural gas (input) and electricity (output) markets where there is combined imperfect competition in verti-cal related energy markets.
Features 7 Helps policymakers, analysts and researchers to better understand the performance of environ-mental policy 7 Enables readers to calibrate related interventions as well as to better design simulation models of performance and costs of environmental regulation 7 Verifies whether and under which conditions environmental policy leads to increasing, rather than decreasing, pollution
Contents 1.Introduction and Summary.- 2. Pollution under Hybrid Environmental Regulation: the Case of Space Heating.- 3. Pollution under Environmental Regulation within Multi-period Auctions: the Case of Electricity Markets.- 4. Pollution under Imperfect Competition in Vertical Related Energy Markets.
Fields of interestEnergy Economics; Environmental Economics; Energy Policy, Economics and Management
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . VIII, 114 p . 21 illus . (Lecture Notes in Energy, Volume 6) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4471-4726-8
9<HTMEPH=behcgi>
M. J. Jackson, Saint-Gobain High Performance Materials, Northborough, MA, USA; M. P. Hitchiner, Saint-Gobain Abrasives, Inc ., Romulus, MI, USA
High Performance Grinding and Advanced Cutting ToolsHigh Performance Grinding and Advanced Cut-ting Tools discusses the fundamentals and advan-ces in high performance grinding processes, and provides a complete overview of newly-developing areas in the field. Topics covered are grinding tool formulation and structure, grinding wheel design and conditioning and applications using high performance grinding wheels. Also included are heat treatment strategies for grinding tools, using grinding tools for high speed applications, laser-based and diamond dressing techniques, high-efficiency deep grinding, VIPER grinding, and new grinding wheels.
Feature 7 Discusses heat treatment strategies for bonding tools
Contents Abrasive Tools and Bonding Systems.- Abrasive Grain Characteristics.- Silicon Carbide.- Fused Alumina.- Alumina Zirconia.- Ceramic Sol-gel Alumina Abrasive.- Superabrasives.- Vitrified Bonding Systems and Heat Treatment.- Vitrified Bonding Systems.- Grinding Wheel Structure Du-ring Heat Treatment.- Case Study I.- Case Study II.- Conclusions.
Fields of interestManufacturing, Machines, Tools; Metallic Materi-als; Machinery and Machine Elements
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Available
2013 . VIII, 100 p . 83 illus ., 16 in color . (SpringerBriefs in Applied Sciences and Technology) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-3115-2
9<HTMERB=edbbfc>
News 12/2012 Engineering
53
C. Laoudias, C. Psychalinos, University of Patras, Rio Patras, Greece
Integrated Filters for Short Range Wireless and Biomedical ApplicationsThis book describes the design of low-voltage analog integrated filters using current mirrors, one of the most common building blocks both in ana-log and mixed-signal VLSI circuits, offering the advantages of low-voltage operation, derivation of resistorless topologies and electronic adjustment capability of their frequency characteristics.
Features 7 Provides a comprehensive study of low-voltage analog integrated filter design using current mirrors 7 Describes several design examples in detail, including universal biquadratic filter topologies, complex filters for Bluetooth/ZigBee low-IF receivers and Wavelet filters for cardiac si-gnal detection 7 Demonstrates the entire circuit design flow, from specifications to fabrication of prototypes and experimental verification of the fabricated chips
Contents Introduction.- Universe Biquads Using Current Mirrors.- Complex Filters for Short Range Wi-reless Networks.- Filters for Biomedical Applica-tions.- Electronically Adjustable Current Mirrors.- Conclusions.
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Electronics and Microelect-ronics, Instrumentation; Signal,Image and Speech Processing
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Available
2011 2012 . VIII, 103 p . 72 illus . (SpringerBriefs in Electrical and Computer Engineering) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-0259-6
9<HTMERB=eacfjg>
Z. Les, M. Les, The Queen Jadwiga Research Institute of Understanding, Toorak, VIC, Australia
Shape Understanding System – Knowledge Implementation and LearningThis book presents the selected results of research on the further development of the shape under-standing system (SUS) described in our previous book titled “Shape Understanding System: the First Steps Toward the Visual Thinking Machines”. This is the second book that presents the results of research in the area of thinking and understan-ding carried out by authors in the newly founded the Queen Jadwiga Research Institute of Under-standing. In this book, the new term knowledge implementation is introduced to denote the new method of the meaningful learning in the context of machine understanding. SUS ability to understand is related to the different categories of objects such as the category of visual objects, the category of sensory objects and the category of text objects.
Features 7 Recent research on Shape Understanding System 7 Concentrates on Knowledge Imple-mentation and Learning 7 Written by leading experts in the field
Contents Learning.- Machine Learning.- Learning – Machi-ne Learning – Knowledge Implementation.- Un-derstanding and Learning.- Shape Understanding Method.- Categories of the Visual Objects.- Un-derstanding and Learning of the Knowledge of the Different Categories of Objects.- Knowledge Implementaton.
Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2013 . XXII, 230 p . 118 illus . (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 425) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-29696-3
9<HTOGPC=cjgjgd>
J. Liu, Beijing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics, China
Radial Basis Function (RBF) Neural Network Control for Mechanical SystemsDesign, Analysis and Matlab Simulation
Radial Basis Function (RBF) Neural Network Control for Mechanical Systems is motivated by the need for systematic design approaches to stable adaptive control system design using neural network approximation-based techniques. The main objectives of the book are to introduce the concrete design methods and MATLAB simulati-on of stable adaptive RBF neural control strategies.
Features 7 Fundamental and thorough understanding in the neural network control system design 7 Ty-pical adaptive RBF neural controllers design and stability analysis are given in a concise man-ner 7 Many engineering application examples for mechanical systems are given 7 Matlab program of each controller algorithm is given in detail
Contents Introduction.- RBF Neural Network Design and Simulation.- RBF Neural Network Control Based on Gradient Descent Algorithm.- Adaptive RBF Neural Network Control.- Neural Network Sliding Mode Control.- Adaptive RBF Control Based on Global Approximation.- Adaptive Robust RBF Control Based on Local Approximation.- Back-stepping Control with RBF.- Digital RBF Neural Network Control.- Discrete Neural Network Con-trol.- Adaptive RBF Observer Design and Sliding Mode Control.
Fields of interestControl; Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control; Computational Intelligence
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
Jointly published with Tsinghua University Press, Beijing
Distribution Rights in China mainlands: Tsinghua University Press
2013 . XVIII, 334 p . 143 illus ., 1 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-34815-0
9<HTOGPC=deibfa>
Engineering springer.com/NEWSonline
54
L. Luo, University of Nantes, La Chantrerie, France (Ed)
Heat & Mass Transfer Intensification and Shape OptimizationA Multi-scale Approach
Is the heat and mass transfer intensification defi-ned as a new paradigm of process engineering, or is it just a common and old idea, renamed and gi-ven the current taste? Where might intensification occur? How to achieve intensification? How the shape optimization of thermal and fluidic devices leads to intensified heat and mass transfers?
Features 7 Answers the questions of “what is intensifica-tion?” and “how to achieve intensification?”, by clarifying the definition of the intensification and highlighting the potential role of the multi-scale structures, the transfer surface, the modes of energy supply and the temporal aspects of proces-ses 7 Reflects on the methods of process inten-sification or heat and mass transfer enhancement in multi-scale structures 7 Provides readers with a tool box of techniques and methods which are supported by literature reviews
Contents 1. General Introduction.- 2. Intensification of Adsorption Process in Porous Media.- 3. Flow Equipartition and Shape Optimization of Fluidic Channel Networks.- 4.Design of Compact Heat Exchangers for Transfer Intensification.- 5.Mass Transfer Intensification in Micro Fluidic Devices.- 6.Cellular Automaton Method for Heat and Mass Transfer Intensification.- 7.Conclusion and Perspectives.
Fields of interestEngineering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer; Thermodynamics; Structural Mechanics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due November 2012
2013 . XII, 184 p . 103 illus ., 25 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4471-4741-1
9<HTMEPH=behebb>
P.-I. Mak, R. P. Martins, University of Macau, Taipa, Macao, China
High-/Mixed-Voltage Analog and RF Circuit Techniques for Nanoscale CMOSThis book presents high-/mixed-voltage analog and radio frequency (RF) circuit techniques for developing low-cost multistandard wireless recei-vers in nm-length CMOS processes. Key benefits of high-/mixed-voltage RF and analog CMOS circuits are explained, state-of-the-art examples are studied, and circuit solutions before and after voltage-conscious design are compared. Three real design examples are included, which demonst-rate the feasibility of high-/mixed-voltage circuit techniques.
Features 7 Provides a valuable summary and real case stu-dies of the state-of-the-art in high-/mixed-voltage circuits and systems 7 Includes novel high-/mixed-voltage analog and RF circuit techniques – from concept to practice 7 Describes the first high-voltage-enabled mobile-TVRF front-end in 90nm CMOS and the first mixed-voltage full-band mobile-TV Receiver in 65nm 7 CMOS Demons-trates the feasibility of high-/mixed-voltage circuit techniques with real design examples
Contents High‐/Mixed‐Voltage RF and Analog CMOS Circuits.- A Full‐Band Mobile‐TV LNA with Mixed‐Voltage ESD Protection in 90‐nm CMOS.- A High‐Voltage‐Enabled Mobile‐TV RF Front‐End in 90‐nm CMOS.- A Mixed‐Voltage Receiver Front‐End for Full‐Band Mobile TV in 65‐nm CMOS.
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Signal,Image and Speech Processing; Microwaves, RF and Optical Enginee-ring
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XVII, 145 p . 124 illus . (Analog Circuits and Signal Processing) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9538-4
9<HTMEPB=jjfdie>
A. Neustein, Linguistic Technology Systems, Fort Lee, NJ, USA; J. A. Markowitz, J . Markowitz Consultants, Chicago, IL, USA (Eds)
Mobile Speech and Advanced Natural Language SolutionsContents Preface.- Beyond Siri: Exploring Spoken Language in Warehouse Operations, Offender Monitoring and Robotics.- Speech’s Evolving Role in Con-sumer Electronics…From Toys to Mobile.- The Personal-Assistant Model: Unifying the Techno-logy Experience.- Natural Language Processing: Past, Present and Future.- Sequence Package Ana-lysis: A New Natural Language Method for Mining User-Generated Content for Mobile Uses.- Getting Past the Language Gap: Innovations in Machine Translation.- Natural Language Technology in Mobile Devices: Two Grounding Frameworks.- Empirical Exploration of Language Modeling for the google.com Query Stream as Applied to Mobi-le Voice Search.- Information Extraction: Robust Mention Detection Systems.- A Name is Worth a Thousand Pictures: Referential Practice in Human Interactions with Internet Search Engines.- Sum-marizing Opinion-Related Information for Mobile Devices.- Mobile Speech and the Armed Services: Making a Case for Adding Siri-like Features to VAMTA (Voice-Activated Medical Tracking Application).- Revisiting TTS – New Directions for Better Synthesis.- “Super- Natural” Language Dialogues: In Search of Integration.- Editors’ biographies.
Fields of interestSignal,Image and Speech Processing; Computatio-nal Linguistics; Machinery and Machine Elements
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Due December 2012
2013 . X, 322 p . 86 illus ., 43 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-6017-6
9<HTMERB=egabhg>
News 12/2012 Engineering
55
H. Nguyen-Schäfer, Bosch Mahle Turbo Systems GmbH & Co . KG, Stuttgart, Germany
Aero and Vibroacoustics of Automotive TurbochargersAero and Vibroacoustics of Automotive Tur-bochargers is a topic involving aspects from the working fields of thermodynamics of turboma-chinery, aerodynamics, rotordynamics, and noise propagation computation. In this broadly interdis-ciplinary subject, thermodynamics of turboma-chinery is used to design the turbocharger and to determine its operating conditions. Aerodynamics is needed to study the compressor flow dynamics and flow instabilities of rotating stall and surge, which can produce growling and whining-type noises. Rotordynamics is necessary to study rotor unbalance and self-excited oil-whirl instabilities, which lead to whistling and constant tone-type noises in rotating floating oil-film type bearings. For the special case of turbochargers using ball bearings, some high-order harmonic and wear noises also manifest in the rotor operating range.
Features 7 First book about the aeroacoustics of auto-motive turbochargers 7 Author of the book "Rotordynamics of Automotive Turbochargers", Springer, 2012 7 Written by an R&D expert in the turbocharger industry
Contents Introduction to Turbocharging.- Induced Noise Types.- Acoustic Propagation Theory.- Analyzing Root Causes of Noise.- Computational Nonlinear Rotordynamics of Turbochargers.- Subsynchro-nous Constant Tone.- Eigenfrequency Modifica-tions to Reduce Constant Tone Level.
Fields of interestAutomotive Engineering; Engineering Acoustics; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . Approx . 140 p . 64 illus ., 4 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-35069-6
9<HTOGPC=dfagjg>
Y. Ohsawa, The University of Tokyo, Japan; A. Abe, NTT Communication Science Laboratories, Atsugi, Japan (Eds)
Advances in Chance DiscoveryExtended Selection from International Workshops
Contents Cognition and Communication toward Chance Discovery.- Curation and Communication in Chance Discovery.- Turning Down a Chance: An Argument From Simplicity.- A Chance Favors a Prepared Mind: Chance Discovery from Cognitive Psychology.- Data Visualization as Chance Cu-ration.- Chance Discovery with Self-Organizing Maps: Discovering Imbalances in Financial Networks.- Map Interface for a Text Data Set by Recursive Clustering.- Multimodal Discussion Analysis based on Temporal Sequence.- Frame-work of early adopters roaming among tribes for discovering innovative creation.- Data-Driven Innovation Technologies for Smarter Business from Innovators’ Market Game to iChance Creati-vity Support System.- Computational and Logical Cutting Edges for Analysis and Synthesis of Data.- Paired Evaluators Method to Track Concept Drift: An Application in Finance.- Efficient Service Discovery Among Heterogeneous Agents Using a Novel Agent Ranking Algorithm.- Discovering Chances for Health Problems and Falls in the Elderly using Data Mining Approach.- Temporal Logics Modeling Logical Uncertainty, Local and Global Chance Discovery.- Discovering Probabi-listic Models of Pilot Behavior from Aircraft Te-lemetry Data.- Constructing Feature Set by using Temporal Clustering of Term Usages in Document Categorization.- Finding Rare Patterns with Weak Correlation Constraint: Progress in Indicative and Chance Patterns.
Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2013 . XIV, 250 p . 92 illus . (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 423) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-30113-1
9<HTOGPC=dabbdb>
S. Preradovic, Nitero, Parkville, VIC, Australia; N. C. Karmakar, Monash University, Melbourne, VIC, Australia
Multiresonator-Based Chipless RFIDBarcode of the Future
This vital new resource offers engineers and re-searchers a window on important new technology that will supersede the barcode and is destined to change the face of logistics and product data handling. In the last two decades, radio-frequency identification has grown fast, with accelerated take-up of RFID into the mainstream through its adoption by key users such as Wal-Mart, K-Mart and the US Department of Defense. RFID has many potential applications due to its flexibility, capability to operate out of line of sight, and its high data-carrying capacity.
Features 7 Focuses on chipless RFID and the detailed design of a chipless RFID system with a compre-hensive overview of other chipless RFID systems as well 7 Discusses the multiresonator based chipless RFID system which was developed and patented for anti-counterfeiting applica-tions 7 Examines RFID technology that is on the market but also prototyped by research institu-tions around the world
Contents Low Cost Chipless RFID Systems.- Spiral Resona-tors.- Ultra Wideband Antennas.- Chipless RFID Tag.- Transceiver Design for RFID Tag Reader.- Chipless RFID Tag-Reader System.- Conclusions and Future Works.
Fields of interestElectronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentati-on; Signal,Image and Speech Processing; Informa-tion and Communication, Circuits
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIX, 170 p . 189 illus ., 29 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-2094-1
9<HTMERB=ecajeb>
Engineering springer.com/NEWSonline
56
A. Rajan, T. Wahl, University of Oxford, UK (Eds)
CESAR - Cost-efficient Methods and Processes for Safety-relevant Embedded SystemsThe book summarizes the findings and contribu-tions of the European ARTEMIS project, CESAR, for improving and enabling interoperability of me-thods, tools, and processes to meet the demands in embedded systems development across four domains - avionics, automotive, automation, and rail. The contributions give insight to an improved engineering and safety process life-cycle for the development of safety critical systems. They pre-sent new concept of engineering tools integration platform to improve the development of safety critical embedded systems and illustrate capacity of this framework for end-user instantiation to specific domain needs and processes.
Features 7 Provides insight to an improved engineering and safety process life-cycle of the development of safety critical systems 7 Describes indus-try relevant evaluated processes and methods especially designed for the embedded systems sector 7 New concept of engineering tools integration platform to improve the development of safety critical embedded systems
Contents The CESAR concept.- The system design life cycle.- Requirements engineering.- Architecture exploration.- Component-based development.- Interoperability.- The reference technology platform.- Implementation of the RTP.- Interope-rability.- Evaluation of CESAR: pilot applications.- CESAR results.
Fields of interestIndustrial and Production Engineering; Mechani-cal Engineering; Circuits and Systems
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 818 p . 148 illus ., 1 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-7091-1386-8
9<HTOHLJ=bbdigi>
T. Robertazzi, Stony Brook University, NY, USA
Basics of Computer NetworkingSpringer Brief Basics of Computer Networking provides a non-mathematical introduction to the world of networks. This book covers both techno-logy for wired and wireless networks. Coverage includes transmission media, local area net-works, wide area networks, and network security. Written in a very accessible style for the interested layman by the author of a widely used textbook with many years of experience explaining concepts to the beginner.
Feature 7 Covers non-mathematical introduction to networks in their most common forms today
Contents Introduction to Networks.- Ethernet.- InfiniBand.- Wireless Networks.- Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM).- Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS).- SONET and WDM.- Grid and Cloud Computing.- Data Centers.- Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).
Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Compu-ter Communication Networks; Signal,Image and Speech Processing
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Available
2012 . XI, 84 p . 28 illus . (SpringerBriefs in Electrical and Computer Engineering) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-2103-0
9<HTMERB=ecbada>
M. Sarkar, IIT Delhi, India; A. Theuwissen, Bree, Belgium
A Biologically Inspired CMOS Image SensorBiological systems are a source of inspiration in the development of small autonomous sensor no-des. The two major types of optical vision systems found in nature are the single aperture human eye and the compound eye of insects. The latter are among the most compact and smallest vision sensors. The eye is a compound of individual lenses with their own photoreceptor arrays. The visual system of insects allows them to fly with a limited intelligence and brain processing power. A CMOS image sensor replicating the perception of vision in insects is discussed and designed in this book for industrial (machine vision) and medical applications. The CMOS metal layer is used to create an embedded micro-polarizer able to sense polarization information. This polarization infor-mation is shown to be useful in applications like real time material classification and autonomous agent navigation.
Features 7 Latest research on Polarization Vision Detec-tion using a CMOS Image Sensor 7 Presents an example of a Biologically Inspired CMOS Image Sensor 7 Written by leading experts in the field
Contents Natural and artificial compound eye.- Design of a CMOS image sensor.- Design of a CMOS polariza-tion sensor.- Material classification using CMOS polarization sensor.- Navigation using CMOS polarization sensor.- Motion detection and digital polarization.- Future works.
Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Image Processing and Computer Vision; Signal,Image and Speech Processing
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XII, 300 p . (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 461) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-34900-3
9<HTOGPC=dejaad>
News 12/2012 Engineering
57
M. Sayed-Mouchaweh, Ecoles des Mines de Douai, France; E. Lughofer, Unversity of Linz, Austria (Eds)
Learning in Non-Stationary EnvironmentsMethods and Applications
Contents Prologue.- Part I: Dynamic Methods for Unsuper-vised Learning Problems.- Incremental Statistical Measures.- A Granular Description of Data: A Study in Evolvable Systems.- Incremental Spectral Clustering.- Part II: Dynamic Methods for Super-vised Classification Problems.- Semi-Supervised Dynamic Fuzzy K-Nearest Neighbors.- Making Early Predictions of the Accuracy of Machine Learning Classifiers.- Incremental Classifier Fusi-on and its Applications in Industrial Monotiroing and Diagnostics.- Instance-Based Classification and Regression on Data Streams.- Part III: Dyna-mic Methods for Supervised Regression Prob-lems.- Flexible Evolving Fuzzy Inference Systems from Data Streams (FLEXFIS++).- Sequential Adaptive Fuzzy Inference System for Function Approximation Problems.- Interval Approach for Evolving Granular System Modeling.- Part IV: Applications of Learning in Non-Stationary Environments.- Dynamic Learning in Multiple Time-Series in a Non-Stationary Environmenty.- Optimizing Feature Calculation in Adaptive Machine Vision Systems.- On-line Quality Contol with Flexible Evolving Fuzzy Systems.- Identifica-tion of a Class of Hybrid Dynamic Systems.
Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery; Pattern Recognition
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XII, 440 p . 158 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-4419-8019-9
9<HTMEPB=jiabjj>
D. Soudris, National Technical University of Athens, Athens, Greece; A. Jantsch, Royal Institute of Technology, Kista, Sweden (Eds)
Scalable Multi-core ArchitecturesDesign Methodologies and Tools
As Moore’s law continues to unfold, two important trends have recently emerged. First, the growth of chip capacity is translated into a correspon-ding increase of number of cores. Second, the parallelization of the computation and 3D integ-ration technologies lead to distributed memory architectures.
Features 7 Describes trends towards distributed memory architectures and distributed power management Integrates Network on Chip with distributed, shared memory architectures 7 Demonstrates novel design methodologies and frameworks for multi-core design space exploration 7 Shows how midlleware services (dynamic data manage-ment) can be integrated into and support by the platform
Contents Part I: HS/SW/ Building Blocks: Architecture, Methods, and Techniques.- 1. Memory Architec-ture and Management in an NoC Platform.- 2. Application-Specific Multi-Threaded Dynamic Memory Management.- 3. Power Management Architecture in McNoC.- 4. ASIP Exploration and Design.- Part II: System-level Exploration.- 5. System Exploration.- 6. MPA: Parallelization Made Easy.- Part III: Industrial Applications.- 7. MPSoC Architecture Performance Analysis for Agile SDR Radio Applications.- 8. Application of the MOS-ART Flow on the WiMAX (802.16e) PHY.
Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Enginee-ring (CAD, CAE) and Design
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIV, 223 p . 109 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 129,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4419-6777-0
9<HTMEPB=jghhha>
H. Su, Huazhong University of Science and Technology, Wuhan, China; X. Wang, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China
Pinning Control of Complex Networked SystemsSynchronization, Consensus and Flocking of Networked Systems via Pinning
Synchronization, consensus and flocking are ubiquitous requirements in networked systems. Pinning Control of Complex Networked Systems investigates these requirements by using the pinning control strategy, which aims to control the whole dynamical network with huge numbers of nodes by imposing controllers for only a fraction of the nodes.
Features 7 First book on the pinning control of complex networked systems 7 Investigates the synchro-nization, consensus and flocking problems via pinning control strategy 7 Have engineering application in mobile sensor or robot net-works 7 Helps readers to better understand the mechanisms of natural collective phenomena
Contents Overview.- Pinning control for complete synchro-nization of complex dynamical networks.- Pinning control for cluster synchronization of complex dynamical networks.- Distributed pinning-controlled second-order consensus of multi-agent systems.- Distributed pinning-controlled consen-sus in a heterogeneous influence network.- Distri-buted pinning-controlled flocking with a virtual leader.- Distributed pinning-controlled flocking with preserved network connectivity.
Fields of interestControl; Systems Theory, Control; Artificial Intel-ligence (incl. Robotics)
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
Jointly published with Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press, Shanghai
Distribution rights in China: Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press
2013 . XII, 164 p . 53 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-34577-7
9<HTOGPC=defhhh>
Engineering springer.com/NEWSonline
58
N. Sultana, Universiti Teknologi Malaysia, Johor, Malaysia
Biodegradable Polymer-Based Scaffolds for Bone Tissue EngineeringThis book addresses the principles, methods and applications of biodegradable polymer based scaffolds for bone tissue engineering. The general principle of bone tissue engineering is revie-wed and the traditional and novel scaffolding materials, their properties and scaffold fabrication techniques are explored. By acting as temporary synthetic extracellular matrices for cell accommo-dation, proliferation, and differentiation, scaffolds play a pivotal role in tissue engineering. This book does not only provide the comprehensive summa-ry of the current trends in scaffolding design but also presents the new trends and directions for scaffold development for the ever expanding tissue engineering applications.
Features 7 Presents a comprehensive summary of the cur-rent trends in scaffolding design 7 Provides new trends and directions for scaffold development
Contents Introduction.- Requirements for scaffolds for bone tissue engineering.- Candidate biomaterials for tissue engineering scaffolds.- Scaffold fabrication techniques.- Biodegradable polymer based scaf-folds for bone tissue engineering.- Conclusion.
Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Biomaterials; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due December 2012
2013 . X, 64 p . 21 illus ., 5 in color . (SpringerBriefs in Applied Sciences and Technology) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-34801-3
9<HTOGPC=deiabd>
J.-Q. Sun, University of California, Merced, CA, USA; A. C. Luo, Southern Illinois University Edwardsville, IL, USA (Eds)
Global Analysis of Nonlinear DynamicsGlobal Analysis of Nonlinear Dynamics collects chapters on recent developments in global analysis of non-linear dynamical systems with a particular emphasis on cell mapping methods developed by Professor C.S. Hsu of the University of California, Berkeley. This collection of contributions prepared by a diverse group of internationally recognized researchers is intended to stimulate interests in global analysis of complex and high-dimensional nonlinear dynamical systems, whose global pro-perties are largely unexplored at this time.
Features 7 Presents recent developments in global analysis of non-linear dynamical systems 7 Provides in-depth consideration of cell mapping methods developed by Professor C.S. Hsu 7 Adopts an inclusive style accessible to non-specialists and graduate students 7 Includes 125 illustrations
Contents Global Analysis of Periodic Solutions for Flexible Feedback Systems.- Cell Mapping Techniques for Tuning Dynamical Systems.- Iterative Digraph Cell Mapping Method.- Crises in Chaotic Sys-tems.- A Two Scaled Method of Point Mapping.- Unstable Invariant Sets in Nonlinear Dynamical Systems.- Fuzzy Cell Mapping.- Stability and Response Bounds for Structures under Dynamic Loads.- Hamiltonian Chaos in Nonlinear Parame-tric Systems.- Multilevel Subdivision Techniques for Scalar Optimization Problems.- Stochastic Control.
Fields of interestVibration, Dynamical Systems, Control; Energy Technology; Cell Physiology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due March 2013
2012 . XIV, 287 p . 128 illus ., 50 in color . (Nonlinear Systems and Complexity, Volume 2) Softcover7 approx. * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 127,507 approx. € 99,95 | £86.50ISBN 978-1-4614-6197-5
9<HTMERB=egbjhf>
M. Wältermann, TU Berlin, Germany
Dimension-based Quality Modeling of Transmitted SpeechIn this book, speech transmission quality is modeled on the basis of perceptual dimensions. The author presents a new analytical assessment method that allows the dimensions to be rated by non-expert listeners in a direct way. Due to the efficiency of the test method, a relatively large number of stimuli can be assessed in auditory tests. The test method is applied in two auditory experiments. The book gives the evidence that this test method provides meaningful and reliable re-sults. The resulting dimension scores together with respective overall quality ratings form the basis for a new parametric model for the quality estimation of transmitted speech based on the perceptual dimensions. In a two-step model approach, inst-rumental dimension models estimate dimension impairment factors in a first step.
Features 7 Models speech transmission on the basis of perceptual dimensions 7 Introduces a general research scenario basically consisting in the tech-nical elements e perceptual assumptions relevant for the quality forming process 7 Develops a parametric instrumental speech quality model
Contents A Dimension-based Approach to Mouth-to-ear Speech Transmission Quality.- Quality Feature Space of Transmitted Speech.- Direct Scaling of Speech Quality Dimensions.- Instrumental Dimension-based Speech Quality Modeling.
Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Infor-mation Systems and Communication Service; Acoustics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XI, 210 p . 38 illus . (T-Labs Series in Telecommunication Services) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-35018-4
9<HTOGPC=dfabie>
News 12/2012 Engineering
59
W. Wasylkiwskyj, The George Washington University, Bethesda, MD, USA
Signals and Transforms in Linear Systems AnalysisSignals and Transforms in Linear Systems Analysis covers the subject of signals and transforms, particularly in the context of linear systems theory. Chapter 2 provides the theoretical background for the remainder of the text. Chapter 3 treats Fourier series and integrals. Particular attention is paid to convergence properties at step discontinuities. This includes the Gibbs phenomenon and its amelioration via the Fejer summation techniques. Special topics include modulation and analytic signal representation, Fourier transforms and analytic function theory, time-frequency analysis and frequency dispersion.
Features 7 Discusses Fourier series Fourier Integrals Laplace and z transforms and their application to electric circuits 7 Presents a new perspective as it relates to presenting linear transforms (conti-nuous and discrete) from the least mean square (LMS) approximation standpoint 7 Examines functions of a complex variable such as differentia-tion and integration
Contents Signals and Their Representations.- Fourier Series and Integrals with Applications to Signal Analysis.- Linear Systems.- Laplace Transforms.- Bandlimited Functions Sampling and the Discrete Fourier Transform.- The Z-Transform and Discrete Signals.- Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable.
Fields of interestSignal,Image and Speech Processing; Computer Systems Organization and Communication Net-works; Communications Engineering, Networks
Target groupsUpper undergraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 376 p . 157 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 80,20 | € (A) 82,45 | sFr 100,007 € 74,95 | £67.99ISBN 978-1-4614-3286-9
9<HTMERB=edcigj>
R. R. Yager, Machine Intelligence Institute, New Rochelle, NY, USA; A. M. Abbasov, Ministry of Communications and Information Technologies of the Republic of Azerbaijan, Baku, Azerbaijan; M. Z. Reformat, University of Alberta, Edmonton, AB, Canada; S. N. Shahbazova, Azerbaijan Technical University, Baku, Azerbaijan (Eds)
Soft Computing: State of the Art Theory and Novel ApplicationsThis book is a tribute to Lotfi A. Zadeh, the father of fuzzy logic, on the occasion of his 90th Birth-day. The book gathers original scientific contribu-tions written by top scientists and presenting the latest theories, applications and new trends in the fascinating and challenging field of soft compu-ting.
Features 7 The book aims to collect state of art theory and novel applications of soft computing 7 The book is an homage for Lotfi Zadeh´s 90th anniversa-ry 7 Written by leading experts in the field
Contents From the Contents: Future Novel Directions.- Fuzzy Sets and Relations.- Rules Construction and Analysis.- Learning and Databases.- Fuzzy Logic.- Data Analysis and Applications.
Fields of interestComputational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Computer Applications
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2013 . VI, 315 p . 86 illus . (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft Computing, Volume 291) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-34921-8
9<HTOGPC=dejcbi>
R. Yao, The University of Reading, UK (Ed)
Design and Management of Sustainable Built EnvironmentsClimate change is believed to be a great challenge to built environment professionals in design and management. An integrated approach in delive-ring a sustainable built environment is desired by the built environment professional institutions.
Features 7 Provides a sound understanding of key subjects required for the design and management of mo-dern built environments to meet carbon emission reduction targets 7 Contains numerous tables, graphs and pictures 7 Includes best practice case studies
Contents Sustainability in the built environment.- Buildings and climate change.- Low carbon sustainable ur-ban scale master-planning.- Urban microcirculati-on.- Urban microclimates and simulation.- Urban acoustic environment.- Management of urban surface water.- Urban waste management.- De-sign of the indoor environment.- Energy efficient building design.- Renewable energy for buildings.- Building simulation.- CFD simulation for sustai-nable building design.- Occupancy behaviour and building performance.- Facilities management.- Information management for sustainable building projects.- Sustainable construction materials.- Assessing the built environment.- Organizing for sustainable procurement: theories, institutions and practice.- The BRE Innovation Park: Some lessons learnt from the demonstration buildings.
Fields of interestConstruction Management; Sustainable Develop-ment; Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . XIV, 666 p . 160 illus ., 54 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 181,85 | € (A) 186,94 | sFr 226,507 € 169,95 | £153.00ISBN 978-1-4471-4780-0
9<HTMEPH=behiaa>
Engineering springer.com/NEWSonline
60
B. S. Yilbas, KFUPM, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia
Laser DrillingPractical Applications
This book introduces laser drilling processes including modelling, quality assessment of drilled holes, and laser drilling applications. It provides insights into the laser drilling process and relation among the drilling parameters pertinent to im-proved end product quality. This book is written for engineers and scientists working on laser machining, particularly laser drilling.
Features 7 Introduces laser drilling processes including quality assessment of drilled holes 7 Provides an special chapter on Practical Applications and Examples 7 Written for engineers and scientists working on laser machining
Contents From the Contents: Introduction.- Thermal Ana-lysis of Laser Drilling Process.- Quality Assess-ment of Drilled Holes.- Laser Drilling and Plasma Formation at the Surface.- Conclusing Remarks.
Fields of interestOperating Procedures, Materials Treatment; Laser Technology, Photonics; Surfaces and Interfaces, Thin Films
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due February 2013
2013 . IX, 374 p . 51 illus ., 3 in color . (SpringerBriefs in Applied Sciences and Technology / SpringerBriefs in Manufacturing and Surface Engineering) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-34981-2
9<HTOGPC=dejibc>
News 12/2012 Energy
61
H. Amaris, M. Alonso, C. Alvarez Ortega, University Carlos III of Madrid, Spain
Reactive Power Management of Power Networks with Wind GenerationAs the energy sector shifts and changes to focus on renewable technologies, the optimization of wind power becomes a key practical issue. Reactive Po-wer Management of Power Networks with Wind Generation brings into focus the development and application of advanced optimization techniques to the study, characterization, and assessment of voltage stability in power systems. Recent advan-ces on reactive power management are reviewed with particular emphasis on the analysis and control of wind energy conversion systems and FACTS devices.
Features 7 Analyzes the development and application of advanced optimization techniques to the study, characterization, and assessment of voltage stabili-ty in power systems. 7 Reviews the latest advan-ces on reactive power management with emphasis on the analysis and control of wind energy con-version systems and FACTS devices 7 Provides and insightful invoice for power system engineers, operators, planners and advanced undergraduate and graduate students in electrical and power engineering.
Contents 1.Introduction.- 2.FACTS Devices.- 3.Wind Gene-rators.- 4.Reactive Power Optimization.- 5.Voltage Stability in Power Networks with Wind Power Generation.- 6.Reactive Power Management.
Fields of interestRenewable and Green Energy; Renewable and Green Energy; Power Electronics, Electrical Ma-chines and Networks
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XII, 148 p . 72 illus . (Lecture Notes in Energy, Volume 5) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4471-4666-7
9<HTMEPH=begggh>
E. Querol, B. Gonzalez-Regueral, School of Mining Engineering, Madrid, Spain; J. L. Perez-Benedito, Technical University of Madrid, Spain
Practical Approach to Exergy and Thermoeconomic Analyses of Industrial ProcessesAlthough the exergy method has been featured as the subject of many publishing papers in scientific and engineering journals and at conferences, very few comprehensive books on this subject have been published so far. Practical Approach to Ex-ergy and Thermoeconomic Analyses of Industrial Processes details the exergetic and thermoecono-mic analyses of industrial processes using Aspen Plus and a novel Microsoft Excel Application developed by the authors which can be applied to industrial processes across the board. Employing a practical approach to an innovative and complex energy process, every chapter contains extensive explanations of a complex and real case and nu-merous examples whose solution demonstrates the application of theory to a wide range of real and practical problems. Illustrations, tables and graphs support and illustrate the new methodology to build a deep understanding of the real employ-ment of the fuel used and the cost formation and increase inside the process. Practical Approach to Exergy and Thermoeconomic Analyses of Industrial Processes provides users, students and practitioners of process analysis, power plant design and fuel use optimization, with a broad introduction and approach to computer aided pro-cess optimization.
Contents 1. Introduction.- 2. Matrix Algebra and Balances.- 3. Exergetic Costs.- 4. Thermoeconomic Costs.- 5. Thermoeconomic Optimization.
Fields of interestEnergy Policy, Economics and Management; Ener-gy Economics; Environmental Economics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due December 2012
2013 . XIV, 86 p . 19 illus . With online files/update . (SpringerBriefs in Energy) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4471-4621-6
9<HTMEPH=begcbg>
J. Rosellón, Centro de Investigación y Docencia Económicas, Mexico; T. Kristiansen, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil (Eds)
Financial Transmission RightsAnalysis, Experiences and Prospects
Features 7 Forms a comprehensive source of information on financial transmission rights 7 Includes chap-ters written by experts in financial transmission rights 7 Discusses the introduction of financial transmission rights from the perspectives of various countries
Contents 1.Financial Transmission Rights: Point-to Point Formulations.- 2.Transmission Pricing.- 3.Point to Point and Flow-based Financial Transmission Rights: Revenue Adequacy and Performance Incentives.- 4.A Joint Energy and Transmission Rights Auction on a Network with Nonline-ar Constraints: Design, Pricing and Revenue Adequacy.- 5.Generator Ownership of Financial Transmission Rights and Market Power.- 6.A Merchant Mechanism for Electricity Transmis-sion Expansion.- 7.Mechanisms for the Optimal Expansion of Electricity Transmission Networks.- 8.Long Term Financial Transportation Rights: An Experiment.- 9.FTR Properties: Advantages and Disadvantages.- 10.FTRs and Revenue Adequacy.- 11.Trading FTRs: Real Life Challenges.- 12.Parti-cipation and Efficiency in the New York Financial Transmission Rights Markets.- 13.Experience with FTRs and Related Concepts in Australia and New Zealand.- 14.Transmission Rights in the European Market Coupling System: An Analysis of Current Proposals.- 15.Incentives for Transmission In-vestment in the PJM Electricity Market: FTRs or Regulation (or both?).
Fields of interestEnergy Policy, Economics and Management; Ener-gy Economics; Industrial Organization
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 387 p . 66 illus ., 23 in color . (Lecture Notes in Energy, Volume 7) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-4471-4786-2
9<HTMEPH=behigc>
Energy springer.com/NEWSonline
62
D. Spreng, T. Flüeler, D. L. Goldblatt, ETH Zurich, Switzerland; J. Minsch, minsch sustainability affairs, Zurich, Switzerland (Eds)
Tackling Long-Term Global Energy ProblemsThe Contribution of Social Science
Contents PART I.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Energy-Related Challenges.- 3. The Indispensable Role of Social Sciences in Energy Research.- PART II: Invited Contributions.- 4. What About Social Science and Interdisciplinarity? A 10-year Content Analysis of Energy Policy.- 5. Towards an Integrative Frame-work For Energy Transitions of Households in De-veloping Countries.- 6. A Socio-Cultural Analysis of Changing Household Electricity Consumption in India.- 7. The Changing Context for Efforts to Avoid the ‘Curse of Oil’.- 8. Contributions of Eco-nomics and Ethics to an Assessment of Emissions Trading.- 9. No Smooth, Managed Pathway to Sustainable Energy Systems – Politics, Materiality and Visions For Wind Turbine and Biogas Tech-nology.- 10. Technical Fixes Under Surveillance – CCS and Lessons Learned from the Governance of Long-Term Radioactive Waste Managements.- 11. Learning From the Transdisciplinary Case Study Approach: A Functional-Dynamic Approach to Collaboration Among Diverse Actors in Applied Energy Settings.- 12. Lessons from the Invited Contributions.- 13. Synthesis: Research Perspecti-ves.- PART III.- 14. Lessons for Problem-Solving Energy Research in the Social Sciences.- Name Index.- Subject Index.
Fields of interestEnergy, general; Energy Policy, Economics and Management; Social Sciences, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XXVIII, 336 p . 45 illus ., 27 in color . (Environment & Policy, Volume 52) Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-94-007-2332-0
9<HTUELA=hcddca>
News 12/2012 Physics
63
B. Aktaş, F. Mikailzade, Gebze Institute of Technology, Turkey (Eds)
Nanostructured Materials for MagnetoelectronicsThis book provides an up-to-date review of nanometer-scale magnetism and focuses on the investigation of the basic properties of magne-tic nanostructures. It describes a wide range of physical aspects together with theoretical and experimental methods. A broad overview of the latest developments in this emerging and fasci-nating field of nanostructured materials is given with emphasis on the practical understanding and operation of submicron devices based on nanos-tructured magnetic materials.
Features 7 Combines theoretical and experimental me-thods 7 Supports practical understanding and operation of submicron magnetic devices 7 In-cludes a chapter on magnetic nanoparticle hyper-thermia treatment of tumours
Contents From Magneto- to Spin Dynamics in Magnetic Heterosystems.- Spin-Transfer Torque Effects in Single-Crystalline Nanopillars.- Origin of Ferromagnetism in Co-implanted ZnO.- Magnetic Characterization of Exchange Coupled Ultrathin Magnetic Multilayers by Ferromagnetic Resonance Technique.- Characterization of Antiferromagne-tic/Ferromagnetic Perovskite Oxide Superlattices.- Half-Metallic and Magnetic Silicon Nanowires Functionalized by Transition Metal Atoms.- Ma-gnetic and Magneto-Resistive Properties of Thin Films Patterned by Self-Assembling Polystyrene Nanospheres.- Magnetic Nanoparticle Hyperther-mia Treatment of Tumours.
Fields of interestMagnetism, Magnetic Materials; Nanotechnology; Nanoscale Science and Technology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due March 2013
2013 . 210 p . 205 illus ., 35 in color . (Springer Series in Materials Science, Volume 175) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34957-7
9<HTOGPC=dejfhh>
A. Avella, F. Mancini, Università degli Studi di Salerno, Baronissi (SA), Italy (Eds)
Strongly Correlated SystemsNumerical Methods
This volume presents, for the very first time, an exhaustive collection of those modern numerical methods specifically tailored for the analysis of Strongly Correlated Systems. Many novel mate-rials, with functional properties emerging from macroscopic quantum behaviors at the frontier of modern research in physics, chemistry and ma-terial science, belong to this class of systems. Any technique is presented in great detail by its own inventor or by one of the world-wide recognized main contributors.
Features 7 First book on numerical methods for strongly correlated systems 7 Collection of modern numerical methods specifically tailored for the simulation of strongly correlated systems presen-ted 7 Didactical presentation of the numerical methods for condensed matter physics 7 Gives the numerical basis for the design of novel ma-terials with functional properties emerging from macroscopic quantum behaviors at the frontier of modern research in physics, chemistry and materials science
Contents Lanczos and Finite Temperature Lanczos.- Den-sity Matrix Renormalization Group.- Variational Monte Carlo (VMC).- Gaussian Quantum Monte Carlo.- Auxiliary Field Monte Carlo.- Stochastic Series Expansion (SSE).- Worm Algorithm.- Loop Algorithm.- Continuous Time Quantum Monte Carlo (CTQMC).- Hirsch - Fye Quantum Monte Carlo (HFQMC).
Fields of interestSolid State Physics; Spectroscopy and Microscopy; Mathematical Methods in Physics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . 250 p . 108 illus ., 6 in color . (Springer Series in Solid-State Sciences, Volume 176) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-35105-1
9<HTOGPC=dfbafb>
B. E. Baaquie, National University of Singapore, Singapore
The Theoretical Foundations of Quantum MechanicsThe Theoretical Foundations of Quantum Me-chanics addresses fundamental issues that are not discussed in most books on quantum mechanics.
Features 7 Introduces the Quantum Principle, which en-codes the entire theoretical construction of quan-tum mechanics 7 Explains the counter-intuitive construction of the nature of the mathematical techniques required to solve quantum mechanics equations 7 Clarifies the implicit meaning of the symbols and operations of quantum mechanics and leads to a deeper understanding of its foun-dations 7 A new theoretical framework based on the interplay of empirical and trans-empirical aspects of quantum mechanics is developed to explain the paradoxes of quantum mechanics 7 All the discussions are carried out at a rigorous level employing the mathematics of quantum mechanics
Contents Preface.- Acknowledgments.- 1 Synopsis.- 2 The Quantum Entity and Quantum Mechanics.- 3 Quantum Mechanics: Empirical and Trans-em-pirical.- 4 Degree of Freedom F; State space V.- 5 Operators.- 6 Density matrix; Entangled states.- 7 Quantum indeterminacy.- 8 Quantum Superpo-sition.- 9 Quantum Theory of Measurement.- 10 The Stern-Gerlach experiment.- 11 The Feynman Path Integral.- 12 Conclusions.- Glossary of Terms.- List of Symbols.- References.- Index.
Fields of interestQuantum Physics; Mathematical Physics; Quan-tum Optics
Target groupsUpper undergraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 328 p . 75 illus ., 43 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-1-4614-6223-1
9<HTMERB=egccdb>
Physics springer.com/NEWSonline
64
K. Balzer, University of Hamburg, Germany; M. Bonitz, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel, Germany
Nonequilibrium Green‘s Function Approach to Inhomogeneous SystemsThis research monograph provides a pedagogical and self-contained introduction to non-equilib-rium quantum particle dynamics for inhomoge-neous systems, up to and including a survey of recent breakthroughs pioneered by the authors and other groups. The theoretical approach is based on real-time Green’s functions (Keldysh Green’s functions), directly solving the two-time Kadanoff-Baym equations (KBE). This field has seen a rapid development over the last decade, with new applications emerging in plasma physics, semiconductor optics and transport, nuclear mat-ter and high-energy physics.
Features 7 First monographical account of this to-pic 7 Both self-contained and state-of-the art 7 Authored by leading researchers in the field
Contents Part I Introduction.- Quantum Many-Particle Systems out of Equilibrium.- Part II Theory.- Nonequilibrium Green`s Functions.- Part III Computational Methods.- Representations of the Nonequilibrium Green`s Function.- Computation of Equilibrium States and Time-Propatation.- Part IV Applications for Inhomogeneous Systems.- Lat-tice Systems.- Non-Lattics Systems.- Conclusion and Outlook.- Second Quantization.- Perturbation Expansion.- Index.
Fields of interestMathematical Methods in Physics; Quantum Phy-sics; Numerical and Computational Physics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due March 2013
2013 . 150 p . (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 867) Softcover7 approx. * € (D) 37,40 | € (A) 38,45 | sFr 47,007 approx. € 34,95 | £31.99ISBN 978-3-642-35081-8
9<HTOGPC=dfaibi>
G. Bracco, University of Genoa, Italy; B. Holst, University of Bergen, Norway (Eds)
Surface Science TechniquesThe book describes the experimental techniques employed to study surfaces and interfaces. The emphasis is on the experimental method. Therefore all chapters start with an introduction of the scientific problem, the theory necessary to understand how the technique works and how to understand the results. Descriptions of real experi-mental setups, experimental results at different systems are given to show both the strength and the limits of the technique. In a final part the new developments and possible extensions of the techniques are presented. The included techniques provide microscopic as well as macroscopic infor-mation. They cover most of the techniques used in surface science.
Features 7 Gives a concise presentation of surface analyti-cal techniques and their applications 7 Contains also the latest developments of surface analytical techniques 7 Useful for students and newcomers in the field of surface science and nanoscience
Contents Macroscopic Techniques.- Optical Techniques.- X-ray Techniques.- Neutral Particle Techniques.- Charged Particle Techniques.- Scanning Probe Techniques.
Fields of interestSurface and Interface Science, Thin Films; Measu-rement Science and Instrumentation; Nanotech-nology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . XXII, 714 p . 326 illus ., 158 in color . (Springer Series in Surface Sciences, Volume 51) Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-3-642-34242-4
9<HTOGPC=decece>
R. J. Bushby, University of Leeds, UK; S. M. Kelly, M. O‘Neill, University of Hull, UK (Eds)
Liquid Crystalline SemiconductorsMaterials, properties and applications
This is an exciting stage in the development of organic electronics. It is no longer an area of purely academic interest as increasingly real applications are being developed, some of which are beginning to come on-stream. Areas that have already been commercially developed or which are under intensive development include organic light emitting diodes (for flat panel displays and solid state lighting), organic photovoltaic cells, organic thin film transistors (for smart tags and flat panel displays) and sensors. Within the family of organic electronic materials, liquid crystals are relative newcomers. The first electronically conducting liquid crystals were reported in 1988 but already a substantial literature has developed.
Feature 7 First book on liquid crystalline semiconductors
Contents Preface.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Charge Transport in Liquid Crystalline Semiconductors.- 3 Columnar Liquid Crystalline Semiconductors.- 4 Synthesis of Columnar Liquid Crystals.- 5 Charge Transport in Reactive Mesogens and Liquid Crystal Polymer Networks.- 6 Optical Properties of Liquid Crys-tals.- 7 Organic Light-Emitting diodes (OLEDs) and OLEDs with Polarised Emission.- 8 Liquid Crystals for Organic Photovoltaics.- 9 Liquid Crystals for Organic Field-Effect Transistors.
Fields of interestSemiconductors; Optical and Electronic Materials; Soft and Granular Matter, Complex Fluids and Microfluidics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due November 2012
Jointly published with Canopus Academic Publishing Ltd
2013 . IX, 268 p . 124 illus ., 46 in color . (Springer Series in Materials Science, Volume 169) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-90-481-2872-3
9<HTUAPI=bcihcd>
News 12/2012 Physics
65
V. Ferronsky, S. Ferronsky, Water Problems Institute RAS, Moscow, Russia
Formation of the Solar SystemA New Theory of the Creation and Decay of the Celestial Bodies
Features 7 Presents the unique physics and mechanisms of creation, separation and orbiting of the Solar Sys-tem bodies proved by observational data 7 Pro-vides evidence that because of expansion and decay of the Universe as a whole the hierarchy of celestial bodies (galaxy – star – planet satellite)was created 7 Shows that all the observed dynamical processes on Earth (earthquakes and volcanism, climate and weather change, dynamics of the atmosphere and oceans) are consequences of the continuing process of the evolution of the Earth and the Sun 7 Provides a solid basis for develop-ment of dynamical branches
Contents The nature of creation and orbiting of the planets and satellites.- Physical meaning of hydrostatic equilibrium of celestial bodies.- Physical meaning of dynamical equilibrium of an interacting body.- Jacobi’s virial equation as a basis of the theory of dynamical equilibrium of natural systems.- So-lution of Jacobi’s virial equation for conservative and dissipative systems.- Creation, separation and orbiting of the Solar System bodies.- Evolutionary processes as a consequence of dynamical effects.- The Nature of electromagnetic field of a celestial body and mechanism for its generation.- Decay and creation of a hierarchic body system at expan-sion and attraction of the force field.
Fields of interestAstronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology; Geo-physics/Geodesy; Planetology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . X, 270 p . 34 illus ., 7 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-94-007-5907-7
9<HTUELA=hfjahh>
E. Gourgoulhon, Université Paris Diderot, Meudon, France
3+1 Formalism in General RelativityBases of Numerical Relativity
This graduate-level, course-based text is devoted to the 3+1 formalism of general relativity, which also constitutes the theoretical foundations of numerical relativity. The book starts by establi-shing the mathematical background (differential geometry, hypersurfaces embedded in space-time, foliation of space-time by a family of space-like hypersurfaces), and then turns to the 3+1 de-composition of the Einstein equations, giving rise to the Cauchy problem with constraints, which constitutes the core of 3+1 formalism. The ADM Hamiltonian formulation of general relativity is also introduced at this stage.
Features 7 Introductory text based on lectures and graduate-level courses 7 Detailed derivations make this a self-contained and complete expositi-on of the subject matter 7 Authored by a leading experts in the field
Contents Basic Differential Geometry.- Geometry of Hyper-surfaces.- Geometry of Foliations.- 3+1 decom-position of Einstein Equation.- 3+1 Equations for Matter and Electromagnetic Field.- Conformal Decompositon.- Asymptotic Flatness and Global Quantities.- The Initial Data Problem.- Choice of Foliation and Spatial Coordiinates.- Evolution Schemes.- Conformal Killing Operator and Con-formal Vector Laplacian.- Sage Codes.
Fields of interestNumerical and Computational Physics; Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity Theory; Astronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XVII, 294 p . 29 illus . (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 846) Softcover7 * € (D) 48,10 | € (A) 49,45 | sFr 60,007 € 44,95 | £40.99ISBN 978-3-642-24524-4
9<HTOGPC=cefcee>
S. Gröblacher, University of Vienna, Austria
Quantum Opto-Mechanics with MicromirrorsCombining Nano-Mechanics with Quantum Optics
Quantum effects in macroscopic systems have long been a fascination for researchers. Over the past decade mechanical oscillators have emerged as a leading system of choice for many such expe-riments. The work reported in this thesis investi-gates the effects of the radiation-pressure force of light on macroscopic mechanical structures. The basic system studied is a mechanical oscillator that is highly reflective and part of an optical resonator. It interacts with the optical cavity mode via the radiation-pressure force. Both the dynamics of the mechanical oscillation and the properties of the light field are modified through this interaction.
Features 7 Nominated as an outstanding contribution by the University of Vienna 7 A world-class contri-bution from the Zeilinger Institute 7 A well written stand-alone exposition giving access to a rapidly expanding research field 7 Contains extensive introduction to both theory and experiment 7 Includes several "first-timers" that have significantly influenced the field of optomechanics
Contents Preamble.- Introduction and Basic Theory.- Expe-rimental Techniques.- High-Reflectivity, High-Q Mechanical Resonators.- Mechanical Laser Cooling in Cryogenic Cavities.- Opto-Mechanics in the Strong Coupling Regime.- Optomechanical Down-Conversion.
Fields of interestQuantum Optics; Quantum Physics; Quantum Information Technology, Spintronics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . XI, 144 p . 48 illus ., 32 in color . (Springer Theses) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34954-6
9<HTOGPC=dejfeg>
Physics springer.com/NEWSonline
66
K. Hashimoto, Kyoto University, Japan
Non-Universal Superconducting Gap Structure in Iron-Pnictides Revealed by Magnetic Penetration Depth MeasurementsThe Author has revealed that the superconducting gap structure in the iron-based superconductors, which exhibit high transition temperature super-conductivity up to 55 K, depends on the detailed electronic structure via high-precision magnetic penetration depth measurements.
Features 7 Studies on the superconducting gap structure in the recent discovered iron-based supercon-ductors 7 Provides a detailed description of experimental principles and methods for the magnetic penetration measurements including the tunnel diode oscillator and microwave cavity perturbation techniques 7 Investigates non-universal superconducting gap structure with and without nodes in iron-pnictides 7 Nominated as an outstanding Ph.D thesis by Kyoto University’s Physics Department in 2011
Contents Iron-based Superconductors.- Experimental Setup.- Superconducting Gap Structure and Quantum Critical Point Beneath the Supercon-ducting Dome of BaFe2(As1-xPx)2.- Evidence for Superconducting Gap Nodes in the Zone-centered Hole Bands of KFe2As2.- Nodeless vs. Nodal Or-der Parameter in Stoichiometric Superconducting LiFeAs and LiFeP.
Fields of interestStrongly Correlated Systems, Superconductivity; Quantum Physics; Magnetism, Magnetic Materials
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . 154 p . 67 illus ., 40 in color . (Springer Theses) Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 approx. € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-4-431-54293-3
9<HTPEOB=fecjdd>
M. Khlopov, Virtual Institute of Astroparticle Physics, Paris, France
Fundamentals of Cosmic Particle PhysicsThis current updated and expanded text reflects the large number of scientific advances, both theoretically and experimentally, within the discipline of cosmoparticle physics in the last 10 years. Some of the topics that have been added, updated include but are not limited to; HND or CMD+HND scenarios being implemented into sterile neutrino scenarios, the ramifications of extending the forms of dark matter with respect to our view of neutrinos, the origin of baryon matter and the need for non-baryonic matter in current theories, problems the existence of dark matters raises with respect to cosmoparticle physics and the relationship with (meta) stable (super) weakly interacting particles predicted by the extension of the standard model, restrictions on baryon and lepton photons, as well as problems associated with cosmological expansion just to name a few. These and many other topics are readdressed in light of recent both experimental and theoretical developments. Other areas of that will be of inte-rest to the reader include the puzzles presented by direct and indirect effects of dark matter (e.
Contents Introduction.- Hidden sector of particle physics.- Hidden parameters of modern cosmology.- Cos-moarcheology of early Universe.- Relic particles in the period of Big Bang nucleosynthesis.- Antipro-tons in the Universe after Big Bang nucleosynthe-sis.- Non-equilibrium effects as a test of new phy-sics.- New physics in formation of the large-scale structure.- Physical nature of dark matter of the Universe.- Mirror world in the Universe.- Cosmo-particle physics of horizontal unification.
Fields of interestAstronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology; Astro-physics and Astroparticles
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XI, 431 p . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-907343-48-3
9<HTMJLH=dedeid>
Landolt-Börnstein: Numerical Data and Functional Relationships in Science and Technology – New SeriesEditor-in-chief: W. Martienssen
Physical ChemistrySubvolume 12B
F. Predel, MPI, Stuttgart, Germany B. Predel (Ed)
B-Ac...Cu-ZrSupplement to IV/5B
Volume 12 of group IV presents phase diagrams, crystallographic and thermodynamic data of binary alloy systems. The subvolume B contains systems from B-Ba to C-Zr. Volume 12 forms a supplement to volume 5.
Features 7 Standard reference book with selected and easily retrievable data from the fields of physics and chemistry collected by acknowledged interna-tional scientists 7 Also available online in www.springermaterials.com
Fields of interestPhysics, general; Physical Chemistry; Thermody-namics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryReference work
Available
2012 . 500 p . / Physical Chemistry, Subvolume 12B) Hardcover7 * € (D) 4055,30 | € (A) 4169,00 | sFr 5045,507 € 3790,00 | £3411.00ISBN 978-3-540-44753-5
9<HTOFPA=eehfdf>
News 12/2012 Physics
67
L. Macdonald, University of Cambridge, UK
How to Observe the Sun Safely„How to Observe the Sun Safely, 2nd Edition“ gives all the basic information and advice the ama-teur astronomer needs to get started in observing our own ever-fascinating star. Unlike many other astronomical objects, you do not need a large telescope or expensive equipment to observe the Sun. And it is possible to take excellent pictures of the Sun with today‘s low-cost digital cameras! This title concentrates on providing practical, on-the-spot advice to the amateur astronomer who is in-terested in observing the Sun, using commercially available equipment. This book surveys what is visible on the Sun, before describing how to record solar features and measure solar activity levels.
Features 7 This new edition provides updated advice to amateur astronomers on how to observe the Sun using digital vs. film cameras 7 Includes more than twice the illustrations and many of them new that explain and illustrate solar phenomena in detail 7 Describes advances in image processing since the first edition was published
Contents Preface.- Chapter 1: Our Sun.- Chapter 2: Equip-ment for Observing the Sun.- Chapter 3: What Can We See on the Sun?.- Chapter 4: Solar Posi-tion Measurements.- Chapter 5: Measuring Solar Activity.- Chapter 6: Observing the Chromos-phere.- Chapter 7: Imaging the Sun with a Digital Camera.- Chapter 8: Webcam Imaging and Image Processing.- Appendix A: Building a Solar Pro-jectin Box.- Appendix B: Equipment Suppliers.- Appendix C: Solar Observing Organizations.- Ap-pendix D: Further Reading.- Index.
Fields of interestAstronomy, Observations and Techniques; Popular Science in Astronomy; Astrophysics and Astroparticles
Target groupsPopular/general
Product categoryPopular science
Available
2nd ed . 2012 . XXV, 214 p . 87 illus ., 55 in color . (Patrick Moore‘s Practical Astronomy Series) Softcover7 * € (D) 37,40 | € (A) 38,45 | sFr 47,007 € 34,95 | £31.99ISBN 978-1-4614-3824-3
9<HTMERB=ediced>
M. C. March, University of Sussex, Brighton, UK
Advanced Statistical Methods for Astrophysical Probes of CosmologyThis thesis explores advanced Bayesian statisti-cal methods for extracting key information for cosmological model selection, parameter inference and forecasting from astrophysical observations. Bayesian model selection provides a measure of how good models in a set are relative to each other - but what if the best model is missing and not in-cluded in the set? Bayesian Doubt is an approach which addresses this problem and seeks to deliver an absolute rather than a relative measure of how good a model is.
Features 7 Nominated by the astrophysics group of Imperial College, London as best dissertation of 2011 7 The work presented in this thesis constitutes a major leap forward in the field of supernova cosmology 7 Opens the way to more accurate and robust constraints on dark energy properties 7 Stands out for the sophistication of the statistical approach adopted
Contents Introduction.- Cosmology background.- Dark energy and apparent late time acceleration.- Su-pernovae Ia.- Statistical techniques.- Bayesian Doubt: Should we doubt the Cosmological Con-stant?.- Bayesian parameter inference for SNeIa data.- Robustness to Systematic Error for Future Dark Energy Probes.- Summary and Conclusi-ons.- Index.
Fields of interestCosmology; Astronomy, Observations and Techniques; Statistics for Engineering, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryPh.D. Thesis
Due February 2013
2013 . XVIII, 191 p . 46 illus ., 11 in color . (Springer Theses) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-35059-7
9<HTOGPC=dfafjh>
D. Möhl, CERN, Geneva, Switzerland
Stochastic Cooling of Particle BeamsThis lecture note describes the main analytical approaches to stochastic cooling. The first is the time domain picture, in which the beam is rapidly sampled and a statistical analysis is used to describe the cooling behaviour. The second is the frequency domain picture, which is particularly useful since the observations made on the beam are mainly in this domain. This second picture is developed in detail to assess key components of modern cooling theory like mixing and signal shielding and to illustrate some of the diagnostic methods. Finally the use of a distribution function and the Fokker-Plank equation, which offer the most complete description of the beam during the cooling, are discussed.
Features 7 First topical monograph on this subject mat-ter 7 Provides conceptual and theoretical intro-duction 7 Introduces modern cooling schemes
Contents Foreword.- Introduction.- Simplified Theory, Time-domain Picture.- Pickup and Kicker Im-pedance.- Frequency-domain Picture.- A More Detailed Derivation of Betatron and Filter Cooling (Frequency-Domain Picture).- Feedback via the Beam and Signal Shielding.- The Distribution Function and Fokker-Planck Equations.- Some Special Applications.- References.- Glossary.
Fields of interestParticle Acceleration and Detection, Beam Phy-sics; Measurement Science and Instrumentation; Electrical Engineering
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due March 2013
2013 . 120 p . (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 866) Softcover7 approx. * € (D) 37,40 | € (A) 38,45 | sFr 50,507 approx. € 34,95 | £31.99ISBN 978-3-642-34978-2
9<HTOGPC=dejhic>
Physics springer.com/NEWSonline
68
V. A. Smirnov, Moscow State University, Russia
Analytic Tools for Feynman IntegralsThe goal of this book is to describe the most pow-erful methods for evaluating multiloop Feynman integrals that are currently used in practice. This book supersedes the author’s previous Springer book “Evaluating Feynman Integrals” and its textbook version “Feynman Integral Calculus.” Since the publication of these two books, powerful new methods have arisen and conventional methods have been improved on in essential ways. A further qualitative change is the fact that most of the methods and the corresponding algorithms have now been implemented in computer codes which are often public. In comparison to the two previous books, three new chapters have been added: One is on sector decomposition, while the second describes a new method by Lee.
Features 7 Most powerful methods of evaluating Feynman integrals are presented 7 Reader will be able to apply them in practice 7 Contains numerous examples
Contents Introduction.- Feynman Integrals: Basic De-finitions and Tools.-Evaluating by Alpha and Feynman Parameters.- Sector Decompositions.- Evaluating by Mellin-Barnes Representation.- Integration by Parts and Reduction to Master Integrals.- Evaluation by Differential Equations.- Evaluating Master Integrals by Dimensional Recurrence and Analyticity.- Asymptotic Expan-sions in Momenta and Masses.- Tables.- Some Special Functions- Summation Formulae.- Table of MB Integrals.- A Brief Review of Some Other Methods.
Fields of interestParticle and Nuclear Physics; Quantum Physics; Field Theory and Polynomials
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . IX, 288 p . 63 illus . (Springer Tracts in Modern Physics, Volume 250) Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-3-642-34885-3
9<HTOGPC=deiifd>
J. D. Wells, CERN, Geneva, Switzerland
Effective Theories in PhysicsFrom Planetary Orbits to Elementary Particle Masses
There is significant interest in the Philosophy of Science community to understand the role that „effective theories“ have in the work of forefront science. The ideas of effective theories have been implicit in science for a long time, but have only been articulated well in the last few decades. Since Wilson‘s renormalization group revolution in the early 1970‘s, the science community has come to more fully understand its power, and by the mid-1990‘s it had gained its apotheosis. It is still one of the most powerful concepts in science, which has direct impact in how one thinks about and formulates theories of nature. It is this power that this Brief sets out to emphasize through historical analysis and current examples.
Contents The Utility of Effective Theories.- Harmonic Oscillator as an Effective Theory.- Effective The-ories of Classical Gravity.- Effective Theories and Elementary Particle Masses.- Effective Theories and Theory Choice.
Fields of interestTheoretical, Mathematical and Computational Physics; History and Philosophical Foundations of Physics; Philosophy of Science
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryBrief
Due December 2012
2013 . X, 80 p . (SpringerBriefs in Physics) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-34891-4
9<HTOGPC=deijbe>
Y. Zeng, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC, USA
Colloidal Dispersions under Slit-Pore ConfinementThis dissertation contributes to the understanding of fundamental issues in the highly interdiscip-linary field of colloidal science. Beyond colloid science, the system also serves as a model for studying interactions in biological matter. This work quantitatively investigated the scaling laws of the characteristic lengths of the structuring of colloidal dispersions and tested the generality of these laws, thereby explaining and resolving some long-standing contradictions in literature. It revealed the effect of confinement on the struc-turing, independently of specific properties of the confining interfaces. In addition, it resolved the influence of roughness and charge of the confining interfaces on the structuring and as well providing a method to measure the effect of surface deform-ability on colloidal structuring.
Features 7 Winner of the German Physical Society's 2012 Dissertation Prize in Condensed Mat-ter 7 Presents results that resolve longstanding disagreements in the literature 7 This work has important practical applications in colloidal science and technology
Contents Scientific background.- Experimental Section.- Structuring of nanoparticle suspensions confined between two smooth solid surfaces.- Structuring of nanoparticles between modified solid surfaces.- Structuring of nanoparticles confined between a silica microsphere and an air bubble.- Structuring of nonionic surfactant micelles.
Fields of interestSoft and Granular Matter, Complex Fluids and Mi-crofluidics; Physical Chemistry; Nanotechnology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . XIV, 140 p . 62 illus ., 14 in color . (Springer Theses) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34990-4
9<HTOGPC=dejjae>
News 12/2012 Materials Science
69
H. Altenbach, Martin-Luther-Universität, Germany; S. Kruch, ONERA, Chatillon Cedex, France (Eds)
Advanced Materials Modeling for StructuresContents Micromechanical Modelling of Void Healing.- Surface Viscoelasticity and Effective Properties of Materials and Structures.- High-temperature inelastic behavior of the austenitic steel AISI type 316.- Finite Element Modelling of the Thermo‐Mechanical Behaviour of a 9Cr Martensitic Steel.- Enhanced Global Digital Image Correlation for accurate measurement of microbeam bending.- An Investigation of the Mechanical Properties of Open Cell Aluminium Foam Struts: Microtensile Testing and Modelling.- Multiscale Optimization of Joints of Dissimilar Materials in Nature and Lessons for Engineering Applications.- Some consequences of stress range dependent constituti-ve models in creep.- Micro-mechanical numerical studies on the stress state dependence of ductile damage.- Characterization of load sensitive fatigue crack initiation in Ti-alloys using crystal plasticity based FE simulations.- Creep Crack Growth Modelling in 316H Stainless Steel.- On the non saturation of cyclic plasticity law: a power law for kinematic hardening.- Micromechanical studies of deformation, stress and crack nucleation in polycrystal materials.- Modeling of coupled dissi-pative phenomena in engineering materials.- Da-mage Deactivation of Engineering Materials and Structures.- Effect of orientation and overaging on the creep and creep crack growth properties of 2xxx aluminium alloy forgings.- Dislocation-Induced Internal Stresses.- A strain rate sensitive formulation to account for the effect of γ’ rafting on the high temperature mechanical properties of Ni-based single crystal superalloys.
Fields of interestCharacterization and Evaluation of Materials; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materi-als; Computational Science and Engineering
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . XVIII, 317 p . 193 illus ., 75 in color . (Advanced Structured Materials, Volume 19) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-35166-2
9<HTOGPC=dfbggc>
L. Priester, University of Paris South 11, France
Grain BoundariesFrom Theory to Engineering
Grain boundaries are a main feature of crystalline materials. They play a key role in determining the properties of materials, especially when grain size decreases and even more so with the current improvements of processing tools and methods that allow us to control various elements in a polycrystal.
Features 7 Written by an expert in the field 7 Offers the first complete overview of grain boundari-es 7 Leads researchers working on macroscopic aspects, closely related to materials properties, to approach the scale of description of grain boundaries 7 Explores opportunities emerging through "grain boundary engineering" to control of morphological and crystallographic features
Contents From the Contents: Part 1: From intergranular order to disorder.- Introduction: brief history of the intergranular order concept.- Geometrical order.- Mechanical stress order.- Atomic order.- Order or disorder at high temperature.- Grain boundary order and energy.- Grain boundary order or disorder: what conclusion?.- Part 2: From the ideal grain boundary to the real grain boundary.- Defects in the grain boundary struc-ture.- Intergranular segregation.- Precipitation at grain boundaries.- Interactions between dislo-cations and grain boundaries.- Relaxation of the intergranular stresses.- Part 3: From the free grain boundary to the constrained grain boundary.- The triple junction.- Grain boundary network - grain boundary texture.
Fields of interestSurfaces and Interfaces, Thin Films; Crystallogra-phy; Physical Chemistry
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XXII, 441 p . 314 illus . (Springer Series in Materials Science, Volume 172) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-94-007-4968-9
9<HTUELA=hejgij>
G. F. Tavadze, Tbilisi, Georgia; A. S. Shteinberg, Berkeley, CA, USA
Production of Advanced Materials by Methods of Self-Propagating High-Temperature SynthesisThis translation from the original Russian book outlines the production of a variety of materials by methods of self-propagating high-temperature synthesis (SHS). The types of materials discussed include: hard, refractory, corrosion and wear-resistant materials, as well as other advanced and specialty materials. The authors address the issue of optimal parameters for SHS reactions occur-ring during processes involving a preliminary metallothermic reduction stage, and they calculate these using thermodynamic approaches. In order to confirm the effectiveness of this approach, the authors describe experiments focusing on the synthesis of elemental crystalline boron, boron carbides and nitrides.
Features 7 Outlines the production of a unique composite material (Ti - TiB) 7 Describes a new method of synthesis of elemental boron and refractory borides
Contents Synthesis of elemental boron and its refractory compounds by self-propagating high-temperature synthesis with metallothermic reduction.- Hard titanium and zirconium boride alloys and items manufactured from them by SHS-compaction.- Production and analysis of TiB2-based hard alloys.- Macrokinetics of degassing during SHS.- Macrokinetics of SHS compaction.
Fields of interestStructural Materials; Industrial Chemistry/Chemi-cal Engineering; Inorganic Chemistry
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due January 2013
2013 . XIV, 131 p . 106 illus . (SpringerBriefs in Materials) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-35204-1
9<HTOGPC=dfcaeb>
Earth Sciences springer.com/NEWSonline
70
New SeriesEnvironmental Earth SciencesSeries editor: J. W. LaMoreaux
The Environmental Earth Sciences encompass mulitdisciplinary studies of the Earth‘s atmos-phere, biosphere, hydrosphere, lithosphere and pedosphere and humanity‘s interaction with them. This book series aims to provide a forum for this diverse range of studies, reporting on the very latest results and documenting our emerging understanding of the Earth‘s system and our place in it. The type of material published traditionally includes: •proceedings that are peer-reviewed and published in association with a conference; •post-proceedings consisting of thoroughly revised final papers; and •research monographs that may be based on individual research projects . The Environmental Earth Sciences series also includes various other publications, including: •tutorials or collections of lectures for advanced courses; •con-temporary surveys that offer an objective sum-mary of a current topic of interest; and •emerging areas of research directed at a broad community of practitioners.
B. Andreo, University of Malaga, Spain (Ed)
Water Resources and EnvironmentContents MODULE I Water and the hydrological cycle.- Surface water.- Groundwater.- Chemical, isotopic and microbiological, composition of waterCase examples Practical activities.- MODULE II EX-PLORING AND MONITORING WATER.- Data monitoring and recording.- Hydrological and environmental mappingCase examples Practical activities.- MODULE III WATER RESOURCES IN DIFFERENT GEOLOGICAL MEDIA.- Wa-ter resources in hard rocks.- Water resources in detritic materials.- Water resources in karstifiable rocks.- Coastal aquifersCase examples Practical activities.- MODULE IV WATER QUALITY, CONTAMINATION AND PROTECTION OFWATER.- Natural quality of water.- Water contamination.- Preventing contamination and protecting groundwaterCase examples Practical activities.- MODULE V WATER AND ENVI-RONMENT.- Hydrologic research in wetlands.- Water in protected natural spacesCase examples Practical activities.- MODULE VI WATER RESOURCES AND SUSTAINABLE MANAGE-MENT.- Managing water resources.- Extracting groundwaterCase examples Practical activities.- MODULE VII PROJECTS AND STUDIES ON WATER RESOURCES ANDENVIRONMENT.- Creating and managing projects on water resour-ces and the environment.- Water in evaluation and environmental impact studies.- Projects on geothermal resources and geological storage within aquifersCase examples Practical activities.- MODULE VIII LAWS AND ECONOMY OF WATER.- Laws on water.- Water economicsCase examples Practical activities.
Fields of interestHydrogeology; Monitoring/Environmental Analy-sis; Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 1000 p . 800 illus ., 600 in color . (Environmental Earth Sciences, Volume 1) Hardcover7 * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 86,007 € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-3-642-17434-6
9<HTOGPC=bhedeg>
R. Bose, The City University of New York, NY, USA
Devonian Paleoenvironments of OhioCarbonate depositional systems in the Paleozoic geologic time represent fewer studies in paleoeco-logical interactions than the siliciclastic systems. To evaluate this difference, the paleontology of the Middle Devonian Dundee Formation in Ohio has been explored. This geologic formation represents an important environment in the Michigan Basin of North America. Understanding biotic relation-ships such as mutualism, commensalism, parasi-tism and predation in an ecological community is important in unraveling the mystery of the fossil record. This research has contributed a large field collection which will be useful in documenting the fossil content of this unit for future workers.
Features 7 Foreword by Prof. David A. T. Harper (Pre-sident, International Palaeontological Associa-tion) 7 Traces the biodiversity loss and makes appropriate estimates for the present day biodi-versity to help with predicting future biodiversi-ties 7 Studies ecological interactions between host shells and episkeletobionts 7 Deals with the impact of the Phanerozoic mass extinctions
Contents Research Objectives.- Geological Background.- Paleoenvironmental Interpretation of the Dundee Formation (Whitehouse Quarry).- Previous Paleontological Faunal List from the Dundee Formation.- Materials and Methods.- Results – Paleontological Analysis.- Taphonomy of Shells.- Trace Types.- Nature and Position of Traces on Rhipidomella Shells.- Encrustation of Trace-Ma-kers.- Discussion.- Epizoan-Host Relationships.- Four Possible Causes for Rare Encrustation in the Dundee Formation.
Fields of interestPaleontology; Geology; Biodiversity
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due February 2013
2013 . XI, 106 p . 44 illus ., 38 in color . (SpringerBriefs in Earth Sciences) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-34853-2
9<HTOGPC=deifdc>
News 12/2012 Earth Sciences
71
J. C. Carracedo, University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Spain; V. Troll, University of Uppsala, Sweden (Eds)
Teide VolcanoGeology and Eruptions of a Highly Differentiated Oceanic Stratovolcano
Features 7 The book represents the first compilati-on of scientific research on Teide volcano in English 7 It provides useful information for scientific groups working on Teide volcano or in comparable geological settings 7 The numerous illustrations of this spectacular volcano, visited by 3 million persons annually, enable a better understanding of the scientific results presented in this book
Contents From Myth to Science: The Contribution of Mount Teide to the Advancement of Geology and Volca-nology.- Geological and Geodynamic Context.- The Teide Volcanic Complex (TVC): Physical En-vironment and Geomorphology.- Structural and Geological Elements: Rift-Zones and Gravitational Collapses.- Precursors of the TVC: The Northeast Rift Zone (NERZ).- Dating the Teide Volcano: Radiometric Ages and Paleomagnetism.- Volcanic History: Geochronology and Stratigraphy of the TVC.- The Latest 2 Ky of Eruption Activity of the TVC: Features and Trends.- Timing and Distribu-tion of the Petrological Evolution of the Teide-Pico Viejo Volcanic System.- Magmatic Differentiation in the Teide-Pico Viejo Succession - Isotope Ana-lysis as Key to Decipher Crustal Assimilation in the Origin of Phonolite Magma.- Magma mixing in the 1100 AD Montana Reventada composite lava flow: Interaction of rift zone dykes and central volcano magma chambers.- Eruptive Mechanism at the TVC.- Geophysics.- Geological hazards in the TVC.
Fields of interestGeology; Geochemistry; Geophysics/Geodesy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . XV, 382 p . 234 illus ., 222 in color . (Active Volcanoes of the World) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-25892-3
9<HTOGPC=cfijcd>
O. Edenhofer, B. Knopf, H. Lotze-Campen, Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research (PIK), Germany; J. Wallacher, M. Reder, J. Müller, Munich School of Philosophy, Germany (Eds)
Climate Change, Justice and SustainabilityLinking Climate and Development Policy
Contents Preface.-Introduction.- PART I: Climate Impacts and Vulnerability.- 1. Vulnerability to Climate Change and Poverty.- 2. Climate Change and Wa-ter Supply.- 3. Food Security in a Changing Clima-te.- 4. Vulnerability of Coastal Populations.- PART II: Human Rights, Justice And Development.- 5. Climate Change and Human Rights.- 6. Triangle of Justice.- 7. Development as Enhancement of Life Chances.- 8. Criteria for Compatibility of Climate and Development Policies.- 9. Regulatory Policy: Guiding Social Principles and Individual Responsibility.- 10. Cultures and Religions.- PART III: Climate Change Mitigation Options: Chal-lenges and Costs.- 11. The 2°C Target Reconsi-dered.- 12. Climate Change Mitigation: Options, Costs and Risks.- 13. Land Use Management for Greenhouse Gas Mitigation.- PART IV: Climate Change Adaptation Options: Challenges And Costs.- 14. Adaptation in Water Management.- 15. Agricultural Adaptation Options: Production Technology, Insurance, Trade.- 16. The Role Of Ecosystem Services in Increasing the Adaptive Capacity of the Poor.- PART V: Case Studies on Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation.- 17. Adaptation Options to Climate-Induced Glacier Retreat in Bolivia. [...]
Fields of interestClimate Change; Climate Change; Philosophy (general)
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XXI, 380 p . 29 illus ., 25 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-94-007-4539-1
9<HTUELA=hefdjb>
K. Kulinski, J. Pempkowiak, Polish Academy of Sciences, Sopot, Poland
Carbon Cycling in the Baltic SeaThe Baltic Sea is an area extensively explored by the oceanographers. Hence it is one of the most often described marine areas in the scientific literature. However, there are still several fields which are poorly investigated and reported by scientists. One of them is the carbon cycle of the Baltic Sea. Although it is believed the shelf seas are responsible for about 20% of all marine carbon dioxide uptake, while they constitute only 7% of the whole sea surface, still a scientific debate exists on the role of the Baltic Sea in the global carbon cycle. “Carbon cycle of the Baltic Sea” is intended to be a comprehensive presentation and discus-sion of state of the art research by biogeochemists involved in the Baltic Sea carbon cycle research. This work presents both qualitative and quantita-tive descriptions of the main carbon flows in the Baltic Sea as well as their possible shifts induced by climatic and global change.
Features 7 The first comprehensive description of the Baltic Sea carbon cycle including all important carbon fluxes 7 Presents the role of the Baltic Sea in the global carbon dioxide cycle and in the climate change 7 Describes possible shifts in local carbon cycle induced by the climate change
Fields of interestOceanography; Geoecology/Natural Processes; Geochemistry
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIV, 129 p . 36 illus ., 33 in color . (GeoPlanet: Earth and Planetary Sciences) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-19387-3
9<HTOGPC=bjdihd>
Earth Sciences springer.com/NEWSonline
72
Y. Matsuoka, M. Yoshida, Kyoto University, Japan (Eds)
Challenges for Human Security EngineeringEver since mankind first appeared on Earth, people have confronted a variety of threats caused by global environmental changes and catastrophic natural disasters. In recent years, there has been a huge necessity to attempt the complementary co-evolution among technologies, city management, and policy design by putting greater emphasis on local orientation while fully utilizing academic traditions of civil engineering, architecture, en-vironmental engineering and disaster prevention research. ‚This book seeks to meet the challenge of defining the new concept “Human Security Engineering” via the implementation of such applicable technologies in Asian megacities.
Features 7 Discusses human security from engineer's point of view 7 Introduces educational system of such engineering through case studies 7 Can be used as a textbook for newcomers in the field
Contents Guidance for “Human Security Engineering”.- Community and Urban Design for Human Security.- Forms of Social Capital to Support for Human Security.- Development of Environmental Infrastructures for Globalized Human Security.- Urban Infrastructure Management in Change of Global Infrastructure.- Roles of Human Security Engineering in the Era of Catastrophic Disaster Risk.- Development of Human Security Engi-neering as Implementation Science.- Educational System of Human Security Engineering.
Fields of interestEnvironmental Science and Engineering; Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning; Civil Engineering
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryMonograph
Due March 2013
2013 . 270 p . (Environmental Science and Engineering) Softcover7 approx. * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 approx. € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-4-431-54287-2
9<HTPEOB=fecihc>
A. Nowacki, University of Bristol, UK
Plate Deformation from Cradle to GraveSeismic Anisotropy and Deformation at Mid-Ocean Ridges and in the Lowermost Mantle
The Earth‘s rocky mantle convects to lose heat, which comes from the liquid iron core below. The mantle‘s interfaces - the core-mantle boundary, and the lithosphere - may hold the key to under-standing mantle motion because of the seismic anisotropy present in these parts of the Earth. In this thesis, Andy Nowacki presents a precise but comprehensive review of the current state of the art in studying flow with anisotropy, mineral physics and geodynamics.
Features 7 Outstanding doctoral thesis nominated for a Springer Theses Prize by the University of Bristol, United Kingdom 7 A comprehensive explanati-on of seismic anisotropy in the lowermost mantle gives the reader a clear but full picture of the state of understanding of the core-mantle bounda-ry 7 Several novel methods for the modeling and interpretation of shear wave splitting are described, giving the reader a set of tools for their own analyses 7 Over 50 high-quality figures, about half in colour, succinctly present the back-ground knowledge in the field alongside novel results, serving as a useful leaning aid for students or teachers of seismology
Contents Seismic anisotropy and deformation in the lowermost mantle.- Mantle anisotropy beneath the Earth’s mid-ocean ridges.- Deformation of the lowermost mantle from seismic anisotropy.- Pre-dicting lowermost mantle anisotropy using models of mantle flow.
Fields of interestGeology; Geophysics/Geodesy; Mineralogy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . XVI, 162 p . 70 illus ., 61 in color . (Springer Theses) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34841-9
9<HTOGPC=deiebj>
F. Pedrotti, University of Camerino, Italy
Plant and Vegetation MappingThe book is concerned principally with geobota-nical mapping. Geobotany is a broad science that deals with the study of species and of vegetation communities in relation to the environment; it includes other, perhaps more familiar scien-ces, such as plant geography, plant ecology, and chorology, and phytosociology (plant sociology). Geobotanical cartography is a field of thematic cartography that deals with the interpretation and representation, in the form of maps, of those spa-tial and temporal phenomena that pertain to flora, vegetation, vegetated landscapes, vegetation zones, and phytogeographical units. The production of a geobotanical map represents the last stage in a cognitive process that begins with observations in the field and continues with the collection of sample data, interpretation of the phenomena observed, and their appropriate cartographic representation; geobotanical cartography is closely tied to the concepts and scope of geobotany in general
Features 7 First title in the new series 7 Concerned with geobotanical mapping 7 Provides fundamental concepts in geobotanical cartography
Contents Geobotanical Mapping and its Levels of Study.- Mapping Populations.- Mapping Synusiae.- Cho-rological Maps.- Mapping Vegetation.- Types of Vegetation Maps.- Examples of Vegetation Maps.- Mapping Systems of Dynamically Related Communities.- Phytogeographical Mapping.- Mapping Vegetation Zones and Belts.- Mapping Plant Biodiversity.- Applied Geobotanical Map-ping.- Geobotanical Mapping in Italy.- Mapping Environments.
Fields of interestBiogeosciences; Physical Geography; Plant Eco-logy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2013 . XIII, 294 p . 239 illus ., 122 in color . (Geobotany Studies) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-30234-3
9<HTOGPC=dacded>
News 12/2012 Earth Sciences
73
K. E. Reed, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ, USA; J. G. Fleagle, Stony Brook University, NY, USA; R. E. Leakey, Stony Brook Universiy, NY, USA (Eds)
The Paleobiology of AustralopithecusAustralopithecus species have been the topic of much debate in palaeoanthropology since Ray-mond Dart described the first species, Australopi-thecus africanus, in 1925. This volume synthesizes the geological and paleontological context of the species in East and South Africa; covers indivi-dual sites, such as Dikika, Hadar, Sterkfontein, and Malapa; debates the alpha taxonomy of some of the species; and addresses questions regar-ding the movements of the species across the continent. Additional chapters discuss the genus in terms of sexual dimorphism, diet reconstruc-tion using microwear and isotopic methodologies, postural and locomotor behavior, and ontogeny.
Features 7 Focuses on understanding the palaeoanth-ropology of a particular genus, Australopithe-cus 7 Synthesizes information on the genus Australopithecus 7 Discusses alpha taxonomy, adaptive radiations, adaptations, phylogeny, bio-geography, and paleoecology of the various species
Contents Part 1: Geological and Paleontological Context.- Part 2: Sites and Species.- Part 3: Biogeography.- Part 4: Paleobiology.
Fields of interestPaleontology; Anatomy; Evolutionary Biology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . XVI, 695 p . 92 illus ., 69 in color . (Vertebrate Paleobiology and Paleoanthropology) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-94-007-5918-3
9<HTUELA=hfjbid>
A. Schmidt, University of Leeds, UK
Modelling Tropospheric Volcanic AerosolFrom Aerosol Microphysical Processes to Earth System Impacts
Anja Schmidt‘s thesis is a unique and compre-hensive evaluation of the impacts of tropospheric volcanic aerosol on the atmosphere, climate, air quality and human health. Using a state-of-the-art global microphysics model, the thesis describes and quantifies the impact of volcanic sulphur emissions on global aerosol, clouds and the radia-tive forcing of climate.
Features 7 Outstanding Ph.D. thesis nominated for a Springer Theses Prize by the University of Leeds, United Kingdom 7 Innovative model enables the first ever estimate of the impact of volcanic emissi-ons on aerosol microphysical properties 7 Comprehensive introductory material and explanations of specialist terms are presented to be accessible to a wide scientific audience
Contents Motivation and background.- GLOMAP-mode overview.- The role of time-averaged volcanic sulphur emissions in the pre-industrial Era.- Im-pact of the 1783–1784AD Laki eruption on global aerosol formation processes and cloud conden-sation nuclei.- Impact of the 1783–1784 AD Laki eruption on cloud drop number concentrations and the first aerosol indirect effect.- What if a Laki-style eruption were to happen tomorrow?.
Fields of interestNatural Hazards; Earth System Sciences; Atmos-pheric Sciences
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . XIII, 178 p . 44 illus ., 41 in color . (Springer Theses) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34838-9
9<HTOGPC=deidij>
E. A. Sharkov, Russian Academy of Science, Moscow, Russia
Global Tropical CyclogenesisCyclogenesis research is a central issue of mete-orology and climatology. This book gives a deep specific view and fundamentally and effectively contributes to the discussion of the problem. It treats cyclogenisis as a stochastic process in a very fundamental way. Since the publication of the first edition of Global Tropical Cyclogenesis in 2001, a number of important scientific results has been obtained using methods and techniques proposed in that first edition. There is therefore a great need for a revised 2nd edition of this book.
Features 7 Provides important and valuable insights into the genesis of tropical cyclones 7 Highlights the role of tropical cyclones in regional and global climats 7 Offers unique treatment on the basis of stochastic theory and techniques
Contents Preface to 2nd Edition,- Preface to 1st Edition,- Chapter 1 Introduction: scientific and applied rationales for study of the tropical cyclogenesis,-Chapter 2 Global tropical cyclogenesis as a stochastic process,- Chapter 3 Regional tropi-cal cyclogenesis,- Chapter 4 Global TDropical Cyclogenesis and Global Change,- Chapter 5 The Sun and tropical cyclones activity,- Chapter 6 Io-nosphere and tropical cyclones activity,- Chapter 7 Physical models and simulations of global tropical cyclogenesis,- Chapter 8 Databases of global tropical cyclogenesis,- Chapter 9 Remote sensing activity for cyclogenesis studies,- Conclusion
Fields of interestGeophysics/Geodesy; Meteorology/Climatology; Geography (general)
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2nd ed . 2012 . XLI, 604 p . 157 illus ., 10 in color . (Springer Praxis Books / Environmental Sciences) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 186,507 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-13295-7
9<HTOGPC=bdcjfh>
Geography springer.com/NEWSonline
74
B. D. Hennig, University of Sheffield, UK
Rediscovering the WorldMap Transformations of Human and Physical Space
‘We need new maps’ is the central claim made in this book. In a world increasingly influenced by human action and interaction, we still rely heavily on mapping techniques that were invented to discover unknown places and explore our physical environment. Although the traditional concept of a map is currently being revived in digital environ-ments, the underlying mapping approaches are not capable of making the complexity of human-environment relationships fully comprehensible. Starting from how people can be put on the map in new ways, this book outlines the development of a novel technique that stretches a map accor-ding to quantitative data, such as population. The new maps are called gridded cartograms as the method is based on a grid onto which a density-equalising cartogram technique is applied. The underlying grid ensures the preservation of an accurate geographic reference to the real world.
Features 7 Outstanding doctoral thesis nominated for a Springer Theses Prize by the University of Sheffield, United Kingdom 7 Contains a large number of innovative, full-color maps that change our understanding of the world 7 This thesis has won the 2012 Germany Study Award by the Körber-Stiftung
Contents Introduction.- Cartography and globalization.- Creating gridded cartograms.- The human shape of the planet.- Towards a gridded cartogram.- Ap-plications for gridded cartograms.
Fields of interestGeographical Information Systems/Cartography; Computer Imaging, Vision, Pattern Recognition and Graphics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . XIII, 260 p . 104 illus ., 94 in color . (Springer Theses) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34847-1
9<HTOGPC=deiehb>
Institute for Mobility Research (if, Institute for Mobility Research (ifmo), Munich, Germany (Ed)
Megacity Mobility CultureHow Cities Move on in a Diverse World
What determines how cities move on? The ever-increasing challenges to urban mobility come in many forms, and approaches to address them range from the technically ingenious to attempts to change travel behaviour. Key amongst factors essential to the success of any such approach is whether the urban environment proves to be fertile ground for the desired progress. Another vital determinant of success is how well individual measures to engineer the transport system interact with other developments. This leads to the princi-pal subject of Megacity Mobility Culture: the basic principles that determine the paths along which cities move. This book demonstrates that the con-cept of ‘mobility culture’ provides a framework for understanding the development of urban trans-port which transcends the boundaries between academic disciplines. Based on a discussion of the diversity of megacities worldwide, it provides help in navigating the complexity of megacity mobility culture.
Features 7 Presents issues and peculiarities of urban transport systems including concrete examp-les 7 Bridges engineering and social sciences by addressing topics related to mobility cul-ture 7 Provides decision makers with expert knowledge
Contents Setting the Context.- The Reader’s Guide to Mobility Culture.- Stories from the Megacity.- Per-spectives for Megacities on the Move.- the Seven Mobility Culture Temperaments of Cities.
Fields of interestLandscape/Regional and Urban Planning; Civil Engineering; Regional/Spatial Science
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XXI, 251 p . 57 illus . (Lecture Notes in Mobility) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34734-4
9<HTOGPC=dehdee>
X. Luo, KIT, Karlsruhe, Germany
GPS Stochastic ModellingSignal Quality Measures and ARMA Processes
Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS), such as GPS, have become an efficient, reliable and standard tool for a wide range of applica-tions. However, when processing GNSS data, the stochastic model characterising the precision of observations and the correlations between them is usually simplified and incomplete, leading to overly optimistic accuracy estimates.
Features 7 Outstanding doctoral thesis nominated for a Springer Theses Prize by Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, Germany 7 This work is a key step towards a realistic GNSS stochastic model, and provides good examples of statistical verification and physical interpretation of results 7 This the-sis gives an up-to-date overview of the GNSS error effects and a comprehensive description of the mathematical models 7 Various statistical tests and methods of time series analysis are included, which can be applied in other research fields
Contents Introduction.- Mathematical Background.- Ma-thematical Models for GPS Positioning.- Data and GPS Processing Strategies.- Observation Weigh-ting Using Signal Quality Measures.- Results of SNR-based Observation Weighting.- Residual-based Temporal Correlation Modelling.- Results of Residual-based Temporal Correlation Modelling.- Conclusions and Recommendations.- Quantiles of Test Statistics.- Derivations of Equations.- Additi-onal Graphs.- Additional Tables.
Fields of interestRemote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Mathematical Applications in the Physical Sciences; Signal,Image and Speech Processing
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . Approx . 280 p . (Springer Theses) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34835-8
9<HTOGPC=deidfi>
News 12/2012 Geography
75
S. Zlatanova, Delft University of Technology, Netherlands; R. Peters, Public safety & Health Region Kennemerla, Haarlem, Netherlands; A. Dilo, H. Scholten, University of Twente, Enschede, Netherlands (Eds)
Intelligent Systems for Crisis ManagementGeo-information for Disaster Management (Gi4DM) 2012
Contents Multi-agents Evacuation Simulation Data Model with Social Considerations for Disaster Manage-ment Context.- An A*-based search approach for navigation among moving obstacles.- A Two-level Path-finding Strategy for Indoor Naviga-tion.- An Approach to Qualitative Emergency Management.- Smoke plume modelling in crisis management.- Simulation System of Tsunami Eva-cuation Behavior during an Earthquake around Osaka Station Area.- Interactive Simulation and Visualisation of Realistic Flooding Scenarios.- Identification of Earthquake Disaster Hot Spots with Crowd Sourced Data.- Remote sensing based post-disaster damage mapping with collaborative methods.- Automatic Determination of Optimal Regularization Parameter in Rational Polynomial Coefficients Derivation.- Granular Computing and Dempster-Shafer Integration in Seismic Vulnera-bility Assessment.- Managing Satellite Precipitati-on Data (PERSIANN) through Web GeoServices: A Case Study in North Vietnam.- Applying GIS in seismic hazard assessment and data integration for disaster management.- Methodology for landslide susceptibility and hazard mapping using GIS and SDI.- Transport network vulnerability assessment methodology, based on the cost-distance method and GIS integration.
Field of interestGeographical Information Systems/Cartography
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XI, 399 p . 178 illus ., 131 in color . (Lecture Notes in Geoinformation and Cartography) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-33217-3
9<HTOGPC=ddcbhd>
Environmental Sciences springer.com/NEWSonline
76
J. L. Awange, Curtin University, Bentley, WA, Australia
Environmental Monitoring using GNSSGlobal Navigation Satellite Systems
Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) are revolutionizing the world in a way their original developers never envisaged. From being military “war” tools, GNSS satellites are rapidly becoming “peace” tools that play a potentially critical role in enabling changing environmental phenomenon that do not permit direct measurements to be remotely observed via their all-weather, highly ac-curate and continuously updatable positional time series. This is evident, for example, in their use in emerging environmental monitoring methods that are considered in this book. These include: GPS-based radio telemetry, which is enhancing ecologi-cal and conservation monitoring by more accura-tely mapping animal movements, their behaviours, and their impact on the environment; GNSS-meteorology, which is contributing to weather and climate change studies; GNSS-remote sensing, which, for example, allows the rapid monitoring of changes in fresh water resources and cryosphere; Geosensor network techniques, which are earning a crucial role in disaster response management; Epidemiology, for improved efficiency in tracking and studying the spread of infectious diseases and climate change effects on vector-borne diseases; and Economics, to provide data for the economet-ric modelling of casual impact of policies.
Feature 7 Presents the concepts of GPS and its applica-tion to Environment in a simplified way
Fields of interestEnvironmental Management; Waste Water Tech-nology / Water Pollution Control / Water Manage-ment / Aquatic Pollution; Nature Conservation
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XVIII, 382 p . 157 illus ., 151 in color . (Environmental Science and Engineering / Environmental Science) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-540-88255-8
9<HTOFPA=iicffi>
F. Bašić, University of Zagreb, Croatia
The Soils of CroatiaThe Soils of Croatia is a six-chapter book detailing all aspects of Croatian soils. The book presents, in a reader friendly way, the lively history of pedolo-gy in Croatia. It explains soils as natural resources for this country and offers a detailed view on the different agricultural regions referenced in Croatia. The Soils of Croatia also contains useful information regarding the different factors of soil genesis in the different regions as well as on soil taxonomy and it gives a very detailed classifica-tion of different Croatian Soils. Overall, this book contains everything that pedologists, students and anyone else interested in Croatian soils should know about.
Features 7 Contains a comprehensive source of data on Croatian pedosphere 7 Discusses soils in relation to climate change and as a source of glass-house gasses and as an indicator of desertifica-tion 7 Presents an overview on soil degradation and soil protection following DPSIR concept and stepwise approach: Inventory – Monitoring – Soil information system
Contents Acknowledgments.- Preface.- Introduction.- Soil as a natural resource of Croatia.- Agricultural regions of Croatia.- Factors of soil genesis.- Soil taxonomy in Croatia.- Pedosphere of Croatia.
Field of interestSoil Science & Conservation
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . XII, 240 p . 165 illus ., 164 in color . (World Soils Book Series) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-94-007-5814-8
9<HTUELA=hfibei>
E. A. Costantini, CRA-ABP Centro di ricerca per l’agrobiologia e la pedologia, Florence, Italy; C. Dazzi, Università degli studi di Palermo, Italy (Eds)
The Soils of ItalyThe Soils of Italy is the first comprehensive book on Italian pedology in seventy years. Taking advantage of the authors’ large experience and of the most up-to-date information and technology, this book treats the main soil types of Italy, their diffusion, their functions, ecological use, and the threats to which they are subjected during centuries of intensive management. It also deals with future scenarios of the relationships between soil science and other disciplines, such as urban development, medicine, economics, sociology, and archaeology. The description of the soils is accompanied by a complete set of data, pictures and maps, including benchmark profiles. Factors of soil formation are also treated, making use of new, unpublished data and elaborations. The book also includes a history of pedological research in Italy, spanning over a century.
Features 7 Presents a complete and updated information about the soils of Italy 7 The cutting edge state of the art about the soil information of Italy 7 Dis-cusses issues on Italian soil resources: functions and threats
Contents Introduction.- Research in pedology: an historical perspective.- Climate.- Geology and geomor-phology.- Vegetation and land use.- Time as a soil-forming factor in Italy.- Pedodiversity.- Soil function and ecological services.- Soil threats.- Soil management.- Soils, humans and industry.- Future soil issues.
Field of interestSoil Science & Conservation
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . X, 957 p . 248 illus ., 187 in color . (World Soils Book Series) Hardcover7 * € (D) 181,85 | € (A) 186,94 | sFr 226,507 € 169,95 | £153.00ISBN 978-94-007-5641-0
9<HTUELA=hfgeba>
News 12/2012 Environmental Sciences
77
P. Krasilnikov, Karelian Research Center of Russian Academy of Sciences, Petrozavodsk, Russia; M. d. Gutiérrez Castorena, Colegio de Posgraduados, Montecillo, Mexico; R. J. Ahrens, United States Department of Agriculture, Lincoln, NE, USA; C. O. Cruz-Gaistardo, National Institute of Statistics and Geography, Aguascalientes, Mexico; S. Sedov, E. Solleiro-Rebolledo, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México, Mexico
The Soils of MexicoMexico is an extensive country with an extremely complex mosaic of landscapes. The soils of Mexico have still not been completely studied, and there are few publications available on this subject. This book provides a state-of-the-art view on Mexican soils, their geographical distribution, their use and degradation. This is a first attempt to give a systematized characteristic of the soil resources of Mexico. Land resources of the second-biggest eco-nomy in Latin America are critical for its sustaina-ble development, and a demand for adequate soil information is high. The information contained within can be used for any soil-related research done in Mexico and in neighboring countries.
Features 7 Presents a comprehensive overview of the soil resources of Mexico 7 A desk reference for any soil-related information in Mexico 7 Includes detailed characteristics of soils of all the physio-graphic regions of Mexico 7 The text is suppor-ted by numerous maps, photos and explanative schemes
Contents Preface.- Introduction.- Soil research and soil mapping history.- Factors of soil formation.- Ma-jor soil types and their classification.- Geographi-cal Regionalization of the Mexican Territory.- Soil Degradation.- Soil and humans throughout the history.- Paleosols of Mexico.
Field of interestSoil Science & Conservation
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . X, 357 p . 110 illus ., 104 in color . (World Soils Book Series) Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 approx. € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-94-007-5659-5
9<HTUELA=hfgfjf>
J. MacDonald Gibson, A. Brammer, C. Davidson, T. Folley, Gillings School of Global Public Health, Chapel Hill, NC, USA; F. Launay, Environment Agency Abu Dhabi, Saudi Arabia; J. Thomsen, Health Authority Abu Dhabi, Saudi Arabia
Environmental Burden of Disease AssessmentFeatures 7 Represents a sophisticated method for quantifying the burden of disease on a national level 7 First study ever using computer-based model to estimate national burden of disease for a wide range of environmental health risks 7 In-novative model allows officials to explore which measures for controlling environmental pollu-tion will lead to the greatest improvements in public 7 Model helps design optimal programs for reducing the environmental burden of disease Fully documents comprehensive, national-level environmental burden of disease assessment
Contents 1. Introduction.- 2. Prioritizing Environmental Risks to Health- 3. Assessing the Environmental Burden of Disease: Method Overview.- 4: Burden of Disease from Outdoor Air Pollution.- 5. Burden of Disease from Indoor Air Pollution.- 6. Burden of Disease from Occupational Exposures.- 7. Burden of Disease from Climate.- Change.- 8. Burden of Disease from Drinking Water Con-tamination.- 9. Burden of Disease from Coastal Water Pollution.- 10. Burden of Disease from Soil and Groundwater Contamination.- 11. Burden of Disease from Produce and Seafood Contami-nation.- 12: Applying Environmental Burden of Disease Predictions.
Fields of interestEnvironmental Health; Public Health/Gesund-heitswesen; Pollution, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . XV, 469 p . 86 illus ., 24 in color . (Environmental Science and Technology Library, Volume 24) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-94-007-5924-4
9<HTUELA=hfjcee>
G. Seliger, Technical University Berlin, Germany (Ed)
Sustainable ManufacturingShaping Global Value Creation
The annual series Global Conferences on Sustai-nable Manufacturing (GCSM) sponsored by the International Academy for Production Enginee-ring (CIRP) is committed to excellence in the creation of sustainable products and processes that conserve energy and natural resources, have mini-mal negative impacts upon the natural environ-ment and society, and adhere to the core principle of sustainability by considering the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. To promote this noble goal, there is a great need for increased awareness in education and training, including the dissemination of new findings on principles and practices of sustainability applied to manufactu-ring. The series Global Conferences on Sustainable Manufacturing offers international colleagues the opportunity to network, expand their knowledge, and improve practice globally.
Features 7 Deals with principles and practices of sustai-nability applied to manufacturing 7 Written by international experts 7 Comprehsive in scope
Fields of interestEnvironmental Engineering/Biotechnology; Sus-tainable Development; Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIII, 400 p . 231 illus ., 148 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-27289-9
9<HTOGPC=chcijj>
Environmental Sciences springer.com/NEWSonline
78
D. Senghaas, University of Bremen, Germany
Dieter SenghaasPioneer of Peace and Development Research
Dieter Senghaas, professor emeritus of interna-tional relations, University of Bremen, was one of most innovative contemporary German social scientists, with major contributions on peace and development research and on music and peace. He was awarded many prizes: the International Peace Research Award (1987), Göttingen Peace Prize (1999), Culture and Peace Prize of the Villa Ichon in Bremen (2006), and the Leopold-Kohr Prize of the Austrian Ministry of Science and Research (2010). In addition to his autobiographic notes and his selected bibliography, this book offers a global audience five key texts by D.
Features 7 Helps specialized readers and the general public to better understand the implications of important current events 7 Links local level phenomena with international concerns 7 Uses an interdisciplinary approach to arrive at a deeper analysis of international policies 7 Offers the author’s key texts on peace research and develop-ment studies
Contents The Author’s Biographical Notes.- The Author’s Relevant Publications: A Selective Bibliography.- Towards an Analysis of Threat Policy in Internati-onal Relations (1974).- Friedrich List and the Ba-sic Problems of Development (1989).- Developing the Definitions of Perpetual Peace (‘para pacem’): Through What and How is Peace Constituted Today? (2004/2007).- Sounds of Peace: On Peace Fantasies and Peace Offerings in Classical Music (2005).- Enhancing Human Rights: A Contributi-on to Viable Peace (2009).
Fields of interestEnvironmental Law/Policy/Ecojustice; History of Science; International Relations
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due December 2012
2013 . VII, 130 p . 17 illus ., 8 in color . (SpringerBriefs on Pioneers in Science and Practice, Volume 6) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-34113-7
9<HTOGPC=debbdh>
R. Stavenhagen, The School of Mexico, Mexico
Pioneer on Indigenous RightsOn the occasion of the 80th birthday of Rodolfo Stavenhagen, a distinguished Mexican sociologist and professor emeritus of El Colegio de Mexico, Úrsula Oswald Spring (UNAM/CRIM, Mexico) introduces him as a Pioneer on Indigenous Rights due to his research on human rights issues, espe-cially when he served as United Nations Special Rapporteur on the rights of indigenous peoples. First, in a retrospective Stavenhagen reviews his scientific and political work for the rights of indi-genous peoples. Seven of his classic texts address Seven Fallacies about Latin America (1965); Decolonializing Applied Social Sciences (1971); Ethnodevelopment: A Neglected Dimension in Development Thinking (1986); Human Rights and Wrongs: A Place for Anthropologists?
Features 7 Helps specialist readers as well as the general public to better understand the implications of important current events 7 Links local-level phenomena with international concerns 7 Uses an interdisciplinary approach for a deeper analysis of social and cultural policies
Contents Part I Rodolfo Stavenhagen.- A Personal Retros-pective.- The Author’s Relevant Papers: A Selective Bibliography.- Part II The Author’s Key Texts.- Se-ven Fallacies about Latin America.- Decolonializi-ng Applied Social Sciences.- Ethnodevelopment: a Neglected Dimension in Development Thinking.- Human Rights and Wrongs: A Place for Anth-ropologists?.- Indigenous Peoples and the State in Latin America: an Ongoing Debate.- Building Intercultural Citizenship through Education: a Human Rights Approach.- Making the Declarati-on Work.
Fields of interestEnvironmental Law/Policy/Ecojustice; History of Science; Human Rights
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due November 2012
2013 . XXI, 163 p . 15 illus ., 14 in color . (SpringerBriefs on Pioneers in Science and Practice, Volume 2) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-34149-6
9<HTOGPC=debejg>
C. Tortajada, D. Altinbilek, A. K. Biswas (Eds)
Impacts of Large Dams: A Global AssessmentOne of the most controversial issues of the water sector in recent years has been the impacts of large dams. Proponents have claimed that such struc-tures are essential to meet the increasing water demands of the world and that their overall socie-tal benefits far outweight the costs. In contrast, the opponents claim that social and environmental costs of large dams far exceed their benefits, and that the era of construction of large dams is over. A major reason as to why there is no consensus on the overall benefits of large dams is because objective, authoritative and comprehensive evalua-tions of their impacts, especially ten or more years after their construction, are conspicuous by their absence. This book debates impartially, compre-hensively and objectively, the positive and negative impacts of large dams based on facts, figures and authoritative analyses.
Features 7 This is the first definitive book which examines critically, objectively and comprehensively the benefits and costs of large dams which have been operational for more than ten years, as well as the nature of the beneficiaries of such projects (who benefits and who pays the costs directly or indi-rectly) 7 These type of analyses are not available at present 7 The contributors to this volume are all well-known international and national experts from different disciplines, and they discuss their experiences from different perspectives, which include academia, government, international agencies, non-governmental organizations and private sector
Fields of interestEnvironment, general; Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning; Environmental Management
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XIV, 407 p . 44 illus . (Water Resources Development and Management) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-23570-2
9<HTOGPC=cdfhac>
News 12/2012 Life Sciences
79
M. J. Alcaraz, University of Valencia, Spain; O. Gualillo, Santiago University Clinical Hospital, Santiago de Compostela, Spain; O. Sánchez-Pernaute, Autonoma University, Madrid, Spain (Eds)
Studies on Arthritis and Joint DisordersContents Biomarkers of oxidative stress in joint diseases.- Regulation of T-cell functions by oxidative stress.- Nitric oxide and the respiratory chain in synovial cells and chondrocytes.- Adipokines, molecular players at the crossroad between inflammation and oxidative stress. Role in arthropathies.- Re-gulation of cartilage and bone metabolism by oxidative stress.- Role of oxidative stress in bone aging.- Genetic Component of Oxidative Stress in Rheumatoid Arthritis.- Oxidative stress in rheu-matoid arthritis.- Oxidative stress and premature atherosclerosis in RA.- Role of Oxidative Stress and Reactive Oxygen Radicals in the Pathogenesis of Systemic Sclerosis.- Antioxidant and anti-in-flammatory properties of heme oxygenase-1 in os-teoarthritic articular cells.- Oxidative stress at the crossroads between osteoarthritis and metabolic syndrome.- Metabolic syndrome and gout.- Natu-ral Antioxidants in the pharmacological treatment of rheumatic immune and inflammatory diseases.- Antioxidants in the treatment of osteoarthritis and bone mineral loss.- Anti-cytokine agents to combat oxidative stress.- Oxidative Conditioning and treatment for Osteoarthritis.- The role of sirtuins in arthritis.- MicroRNA molecules, master regulators, biomarkers and potential therapies.- Estrogen-dependent transcriptional activity, a protection against ROS in osteoarthritis.
Fields of interestOxidative Stress; Cell Biology; Rheumatology
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 683 p . 45 illus ., 14 in color . (Oxidative Stress in Applied Basic Research and Clinical Practice) Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-1-4614-6165-4
9<HTMERB=egbgfe>
D. K. Arora, National Bureau of Agriculturally Important Microorganisms, Maunath Bhanjan, UP, India; S. Das, National Institute of Technology, Rourkela, Orissa, India; M. Sukumar, National Bureau of Agriculturally Important Microorganisms, Maunath Bhanjan, UP, India (Eds)
Analyzing MicrobesManual of Molecular Biology Techniques
Features 7 Provides step-by-step instructions for immedi-ate use in the laboratory 7 With flow charts of all experiments 7 Includes suppliers list and recipes of solutions and media
Contents Microbial DNA extraction, purification and quan-titation.- Fluorescent based detection, quantitation and expression of wviral gene by qRT-PCR.- Re-striction enzymes and their role in microbio-logy.- Genetic fingerprinting techniques for molecular characterization of microbes.- Agarose gel electrophoresis and Polyacrylamide agarose gel electrophoresis: Methods and principles.- Mo-lecular identification of microbes.- Preservation and maintenance of microbial cultures.- Microbes from extreme environment: Molecular identifi-cation procedures.- ELISA based identification and detection of microbes.- Analysis of micro-bial diversity and construction of metagenomic library.- Bioinformatics tools for interpretation of data used in molecular identification.- Molecular phylogenetics of microbes.- Microarray techno-logy: Basic concept, protocols and applications.- Microarray analysis of different functional genes of microorganisms.- DNA cloning and sequenci-ng.- Biological sequence analysis: Algorithms and statistical methods.
Fields of interestMicrobiology; Medical Microbiology; Bioche-mistry, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryLaboratory book
Due January 2013
2013 . X, 350 p . 92 illus ., 9 in color . (Springer Protocols Handbooks) Hardcover7 * € (D) 117,65 | € (A) 120,95 | sFr 146,507 € 109,95 | £99.00ISBN 978-3-642-34409-1
9<HTOGPC=deeajb>
G. Boniolo, IFOM-IEO Campus, Milan, Italy
The Art of DeliberatingDemocracy, Deliberation and the Life Sciences between History and Theory
How many citizens take part in moral and political decisions concerning the results obtained by the contemporary life sciences? Should they blindly follow skilled demagogues or false and deceptive leaders? Should they adhere to the voice of the majority, or should they take a different decisional path? Deliberative democracy answers these ques-tions, but what is deliberative democracy? Can we really deliberate if we are completely ignorant of the relevant issue? What about ethical or political expertise, is it strictly necessary? Finally, and most significantly, can a deliberative process take place if we ignore the techniques governing it; that is, the techniques required to be minimally skilled in rational argumentation?
Features 7 The book discuss in a critical manner the role of common people in the discussion of bioethic topics and the more general theme of deliberati-ve democracy 7 Addresses to academic areas (philosophy of politics, philosophy of science, bioethics, decision making) and non academic areas (politics, policy makers, citizens interested in democratic procedures) 7 Written by a leading expert in the field
Contents Deliberation and democracy.- Plato was not so far wrong: recalling Athenian democracy.- A reappraisal of the Medieval approach will lead to excellent deliberators.- Beware of those who think they possess the truth!.- Let us learn how to deliberate before deliberating! Between ethics and biomedicine.
Fields of interestLife Sciences, general; Theory of Medicine/Bio-ethics; Philosophy of Science
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XVIII, 186 p . 5 illus . (Studies in Applied Philosophy, Epistemology and Rational Ethics, Volume 6) Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-3-642-31953-2
9<HTOGPC=dbjfdc>
Life Sciences springer.com/NEWSonline
80
C. O. Delang, W. M. Li, Hong Kong Baptist University, Kowloon Tong, China
Ecological Succession on Fallowed Shifting Cultivation FieldsA Review of the Literature
The book reviews the literature on the ecological succession of plants on fallowed swiddens in tropical forests. Patterns of ecological succession in tropical forests are insufficiently understood, partly because results are scattered through a large number of case studies reported in acade-mic articles. So far, no publication has attempted to bring these different case studies together to identify common patters and trends. The goal of the book is to review the different case studies, and identify common patterns of ecological succession in fallowed swiddens, as well as to pinpoint the factors that cause ecological succession in some areas to differ from those in other areas. The book is organised in four different sections: forest structure, forest diversity, species composition, and the factors that contribute to differences in forest recovery rates (the number of times the field was burned, the length of fallow period, the type of soil, and the type of forest).
Feature 7 It provides a comprehensive literature review of the ecological succession in fallowed swiddens (in tropical countries), something that is lacking at present
Contents 1. Introduction.- 2. Forest structure.- 3. Species richness and diversity.- 4. Species composition.- 5. Factors contributing to differences in forest reco-very rates.- 6. Conclusions.
Fields of interestPlant Ecology; Biodiversity; Forestry
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due December 2012
2013 . V, 156 p . 41 illus . (SpringerBriefs in Ecology) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-94-007-5820-9
9<HTUELA=hficaj>
V. K. Gupta, M. G. Tuohy, National University of Ireland, Galway, Ireland (Eds)
Biofuel TechnologiesRecent Developments
Features 7 Written by experts 7 Richly illustrated 7 Of interest to both experienced researchers and beginners in the field
Contents Second Generation Bio-ethanol and Renewable Chemicals from Lignocellulosics.- Potential Bio-resources as Future Sources of Biofuels Produc-tion: An Overview.- The Role of Fungal Enzymes in Global Biofuel Production and Biorefinery.- Progress in Physical and Chemical Pretreatment of Lignocellulosic Biomass.- Acid Pretreatment Technologies and SEM Analysis of Treated Grass Biomass in Biofuel Processing.- Progress on En-zymatic Saccharification Technologies for Biofuels Production.- Fermentative Bio-hydrogen Produc-tion using Microbial Consortia.- Bio-hydrogen As Biofuel: Future Prospects and Avenues for Improvements.- Biohydrogen Production From Microalgae.- Microbial Glycoside Hydrolases for Biomass Utilization in Biofuels Applications.- Mi-crobial Fuel Cells for Sustainable Bioenergy Gene-ration: Principles and Perspective Applications.- Biomethanation Potential of Biological and Other Wastes.- Production of Bioethanol from Biomass: An Overview.- Biobutanol Production from Biomass.- Developing Cellulolytic Organisms for Consolidated Bioprocessing of Lignocellulosics.- Life-cycle Environmental Impacts of Biofuels and Co-products.- Sustainability Assessment of Palm Biodiesel Production in Thailand.- The Principle and Applications of Bioelectrochemical Sys-tems.- Fermentable Sugars from Ligno-cellulosic Biomass: Technical Challenges.
Fields of interestMicrobiology; Applied Microbiology; Renewable and Green Energy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due January 2013
2013 . XVI, 471 p . 93 illus ., 44 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-3-642-34518-0
9<HTOGPC=defbia>
F. Huettmann (Ed)
Protection of the Three PolesThe Arctic, the Antarctic, and the Hindu Kush-Himalayas form a trio of terrains sometimes called “the three poles”. Mainly composed of rock, snow, and ice, these precious regions, which are home to many unique species such as the polar bear, the emperor penguin, and the snow leopard, contain the primary water resource of this planet and directly shape our climate. This book presents a first-ever global assessment and progressive review of the three poles and demonstrates the urgent need for their protection. Sins of the past have irrevocably harmed and threatened many of the unique qualities of these regions, and the future looks bleak with the global population forecast to reach 9 billion by 2060, and with climate change on the rise. Presented here is a wide-reaching and coherent overview of the three poles’ biodiversity, habitats, and ongoing destruction. Failed protec-tion and social targets set by the United Nations and other bodies are exposed while economic growth, unconstrained or inappropriate develop-ment, and urban sprawl are promoted unabated. Polar regions play a major role in the global agenda as they are rich in oil and other resources, marking them for contamination, overfishing, and further degradation. Tourism in the Antarctic has benefited from enlightened self-regulation, but there are signs that this is changing, too.
Features 7 Includes a synthesis from many world experts on the protection status from 3 poles never done before 7 Exposes flaws and presents latest infor-mation re. Polar Protection 7 Includes tundra, high altitude, alpine and marine ecosystems setting a global role model for protection
Fields of interestBiodiversity; Nature Conservation; Animal Ecology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XX, 337 p . 41 illus ., 22 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 201,007 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-4-431-54005-2
9<HTPEOB=feaafc>
News 12/2012 Life Sciences
81
M. Kawakami, Z.-j. Shen, Kanazawa University, Japan; J.-t. Pai, Chengchi University, Taipei, Taiwan; X.-l. Gao, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing, China; M. Zhang, University of Texas at Austin, TX, USA (Eds)
Spatial Planning and Sustainable DevelopmentApproaches for achieving sustainable urban form in Asian cities
Features 7 Focuses on the role of public actors in im-plementing spatial planning 7 Features case studies based on existing concepts of sustainable urban form in the planning practice of various Asian countries 7 Discusses a matrix of practice examples from a multidisciplinary perspecti-ve 7 Uses particular methods such as statisti-cal- and geospatial analysis and urban models Policy measures in planning and design are taken as important tools to achieve sustainable urban form 7 Documents Asian planning experiences from a multidisciplinary viewpoint
Contents Part 1 Urbanization and Sustainable Society - Sec-tion Urbanization and planning approach.- Part 2 Urbanization and Sustainable Society - Section Housing and Transportation.- Part 3 Landscape and Ecological System, Sustainable Development - Section Green design and landscape.- Part 4 Landscape and Ecological System, Sustainable Development - Section Agriculture and ecological system.- Part 5 Landscape and Ecological System, Sustainable Development - Section Vulnerability of urban system.
Fields of interestLandscape Ecology; Sustainable Development; Human Geography
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . XXV, 427 p . 156 illus ., 79 in color . (Strategies for Sustainability) Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-94-007-5921-3
9<HTUELA=hfjcbd>
K. Kitayama, Kyoto University, Japan (Ed)
Co-benefits of Sustainable ForestryEcological Studies of a Certified Bornean Rain Forest
Contents 1. Management history of the model site, the Deramakot and Tangkulap Forest Reserves.- by Robert C. Ong, Forest Research Centre, Malaysia and Andreas Langner, Kyoto University, Japan.- 2. The application of satellite remote sensing for classifying forest degradation and deriving above-ground biomass estimates.- by Andreas Langner, Kyoto University, Japan and Kanehiro Ki-tayama, Kyoto University, Japan.- 3. Management effects on tree species diversity and dipterocarp regeneration.- by Nobuo Imai, Kyoto University, Japan, Tatsuyuki Seino, Tsukuba University, Japan, Shin-Ichiro Aiba, Kagoshima University, Japan, Masaaki Takyu, Tokyo University of Agriculture, Japan, Jupiri Titin, Forest Research Centre, Ma-laysia and Kanehiro Kitayama, Kyoto University, Japan.- 4. Effects of reduced-impact logging on decomposers in the Deramakot Forest Reserve in Borneo.- by Motohiro Hasegawa, Forestry and Forest Products Research Institute, Japan, Arthur Y. C. Chung, Forest Research Centre, Malaysia, Tomohiro Yoshida, Tokyo University of Agricul-ture and Technology, Japan, Tsutomu Hattori, Forestry and Forest Products Research Institute, Japan, Masahiro Sueyoshi, Forestry and Forest Products Research Institute, Japan, Masamichi T. Ito, Surugadai University, Japan and Satoshi Kita, Kyoto University, Japan.- 5. Co-benefits of sustainable forest management for mammalian biodiversity. [...]
Fields of interestForestry Management; Ecosystems; Conservation Biology/Ecology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2013 . XII, 161 p . 55 illus ., 34 in color . (Ecological Research Monographs) Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-4-431-54140-0
9<HTPEOB=febeaa>
R. C. Kuhad, University of Delhi, New Delhi, India; A. Singh, Lystek International Incorporation, Toronto, ON, Canada (Eds)
Biotechnology for Environmental Management and Resource RecoveryContents 1.Microorganisms and enzymes involved in lignin degradation vis-à-vis production of nutritionally rich animal feed: An Overview.- 2.Solid-state bioconversion and animal feed production – present status and future prospects.- 3.Rhizo-bacteria in Management of Agro-ecosystem.-4.Sustainable enzyme technology for environment: biosensors for monitoring of pollutants and toxic compounds.- 5.Enzymatic retting: A revolution in the handmade papermaking from Calotropis procera.- 6.Cellulases and their biotechnogical applications.- 7.Microbial pectinases and their applications.- 8.Biofuels: the environment friendly energy carriers.- 9.The Interface Between Applied Biocatalysis And Environmental Management.- 10.Metagenomics- Mining Environmental Geno-mes.- 11.Genetically Modified Microorganisms (GMOs) For Bioremediation.- 12.Ligninolytic enzymes in environmental management.- 13.Mi-crobial phytases in skirmishing and management of environmental phosphorus pollution.- 14.Bio-remediation Concepts for Treatment of Distillery Effluent.- 15.Application of natural dyes: An emer-ging environment friendly solution to handmade paper industry.- 16.Patenting trends in bioremedi-ation technologies for oil contaminated sites.
Fields of interestBiotechnology; Ecology; Environmental Enginee-ring/Biotechnology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . IX, 358 p . 37 illus ., 22 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-81-322-0875-4
9<HTTBOC=caihfe>
Life Sciences springer.com/NEWSonline
82
A. Malik, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, India; E. Grohmann, University Medical Center Freiburg, Germany; M. Alves, University of Minho, Braga, Portugal (Eds)
Management of Microbial Resources in the EnvironmentContents 1. Management of Microbial Resources in the Environment: A Broad Perspective.- 2. Recent development in the methods of studying microbial diversity.- 3. Microbial resource centres towards harnessing microbial diversity for human welfare.- 4. Fungal Biodiversity: A potential tool in plant disease management.- 5. Polyphasic identification and preservation of fungal diversity: concepts and applications.- 6. Bioinformatics approaches in studying microbial diversity.- 7. Recent advan-tages in metagenomic studies of soil microbial communities.- 8. Mobile genetic elements (MGEs) carrying catabolic genes.- 9. Conjugative plasmids in anthropogenic soils.- 10. Potential eco-friendly soil microorganisms: Road towards green and sustainable agriculture.- 11. Current Aspects of Metal Resistant Bacteria in Bioremediation: From Genes to Ecosystem.- 12. Anaerobic Digestion of the Organic Fraction of Municipal Solid Was-te.- 13. Microbial Insecticides: Food Security and Human Health.- 14. Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR): Microbes in Sustainable Agriculture.- 15. Antibiotic resistance gene pool and Bacterial adaptation to Xenobiotics in the Environment.- 16. Synthetic lethal genetic interac-tion network and its utility for anticancer therapy.- 17. Adaptation of Candida albicans for growth within the host.- 18. Microbial biotechnology in marine biosystems.- 19. Bacteriocins: natural wea-pons for control of food pathogens.- 20. Anaerobic degradation of lindane and related compounds.
Fields of interestMicrobial Ecology; Biotechnology; Applied Microbiology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . XIV, 558 p . 29 illus ., 18 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-94-007-5930-5
9<HTUELA=hfjdaf>
K. Martin, J. Sauerborn, University of Hohenheim, Germany
AgroecologyThis book represents an interdisciplinary approach to the relevant aspects of agricultural produc-tion related to the interactions between natural processes, human activities and the environ-ment. It provides condensed and comprehensive knowledge on the functions of various agroeco-systems at the field, landscape and global scale. Understanding and integrating complex ecological processes into field production, land management and food systems is essential in order to deal with the challenges of modern crop and livestock pro-duction: the need for food security for the growing human population, and the necessity to combat the detrimental effects of food production on the environment. The book provides the scientific basis required by students and scientists involved in the development of sustainable agroecosystems and contributes to a range of disciplines inclu-ding Agriculture, Biology, Geography, Landscape Ecology, Organic Farming, Biological Control, and Global Change Ecology.
Features 7 A condensed, interdisciplinary and up to date knowledge of all relevant processes related to agroecology 7 Topics and aspects designed to understand and to integrate complex interac-tions 7 More than 200 illustrations and quick overview sections for easy reference
Contents 1. Introduction.- 2. Origin and development of agriculture.- 3. Patterns and processes in ecosystems.- 4. Crops and their environment.- 5. Management of unwanted organisms.- 6. Produc-tion and management of livestock resources.- 7. Climate zones and land use.- 8. Agroecological aspects of global change.
Fields of interestAgriculture; Ecology; Ecosystems
Target groupsUpper undergraduate
Product categoryUndergraduate textbook
Due March 2013
2013 . Approx . 400 p . 201 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-94-007-5916-9
9<HTUELA=hfjbgj>
I. R. Phillips, University of London, UK; E. A. Shephard, University College London, UK; P. R. Ortiz de Montellano, University of California, San Francisco, CA, USA (Eds)
Cytochrome P450 ProtocolsContents Bioluminescent Assays for Cytochrome P450 Enzymes. In Vitro Drug-Drug Interaction Assay.- High-Throughput Mass Spectrometric Cytochro-me P450 Inhibition Screening.- The Synthesis, Characterization and Application of 13C-Methyl Isocyanide as an NMR Probe of Heme Protein Active Sites.- High-Throughput Fluorescence Assay for Cytochrome P450 Mechanism-Based Inactivators.- Identification of Endogenous Substrates of Orphan Cytochrome P450 Enzymes Through the Use of Untargeted Metabolomics Ap-proaches.- Genetic and Mass Spectrometric Tools for Elucidating the Physiological Function(s) of Cytochrome P450 Enzymes from Mycobacterium Tuberculosis.- An Escherichia coli Expression-Based Approach for Porphyrin Substitution in Heme Proteins.- Expression in Escherichia coli of a Cytochrome P450 Enzyme with a Cobalt Proto-porphyrin IX Prosthetic Group.- Nanodiscs in the Studies of Membrane-Bound Cytochrome P450 Enzymes.- Rapid LC-MS Drug Metabolite Pro-filing Using Bioreactor Particles.- Fluorescence-Based Screening of cytochrome P450 activities in Intact Cells.- Screening for Cytochrome P450 Reactivity with a Reporter Enzyme.- High-Throughput Fluorescence Assay of Cytochrome P450 3A4.- Targeted Protein Capture for Analysis of Electrophile-Protein Adducts.- DNA Shuffling of Cytochrome P450 Enzymes.- Measurement of P450 Difference Spectra Using Intact Cells.- DNA Shuffling of Cytochromes P450 for Indigoid Pig-ment Production. [...]
Fields of interestProtein Science; Protein-Ligand Interactions
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
3rd ed . 2013 . 310 p . 53 illus ., 10 in color . (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 987) Hardcover7 * € (D) 117,65 | € (A) 120,95 | sFr 146,507 € 109,95 | £99.00ISBN 978-1-62703-320-6
9<HTMGNH=addcag>
News 12/2012 Life Sciences
83
H. C. Singh, Indian Council of Agricultural Research, New Delhi, India; N. S. Rao, K. S. Shivashankar, Indian Institute of Horticultural Research, Karnataka, India (Eds)
Climate-resilient horticulture: adaptation and mitigation strategiesContents 1.Adaptation and Mitigation Strategies for Climate Resilient Horticulture.- 2.Impacts of climate change on horticulture across India.- 3.Modeling climate change impacts, adaptation strategies and mitigation potential in horticultural crops.- 4.Impact of abiotic stresses on horticulture and strategies for mitigation in North Eastern India.- 5.Impact, adaptation and mitigation strategies for climate resilient banana production.- 6.Har-monious phenological data: A basic need for understanding the impact of climate change on mango.- 7.Effect of Climate Change on Grape and its Value Added Products.- 8.Climate resilient ad-aptation strategies for litchi production.- 9.Impact of Climate Change on Mountain Horticulture.- 10.Development of Vegetable Hybrids for Climate Change Scenarios.- 11.Genetic enhancement of Tomato crop for abiotic stress tolerance.- 12.Im-pact of climate change on potato.- 13.Adaptation options for sustainable production of cucurbi-taceous vegetable under climate change situati-on.- 14.Phenotyping horticultural crops for abiotic stress tolerance.- 15.Significance of Grafting in Improving Tolerance to Abiotic Stresses in Vegetable Crops Under Climate Change Scenario.- 16. Plantation crops response to climate change: coconut perspective.- 17.Impact of climate change on cashew and adaptation strategies.- 18.Adapta-tion and mitigation strategies for climate resilient oil palm. [...]
Fields of interestAgriculture; Plant Genetics & Genomics; Plant Pathology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . XIX, 394 p . 30 illus ., 22 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-81-322-0973-7
9<HTTBOC=cajhdh>
X. Wang, Fudan University, Shanghai, China (Ed)
Bioinformatics of Human Proteomics“Bioinformatics of Human Proteomics” discusses the development of methods, techniques and applications in the field of protein bioinformatics, an important direction in bioinformatics.
Features 7 Provides practical and useful designs and methodologies 7 Reports the viewpoints of internationally distinguished scholars in the field 7 Conclusions are based on rigorous data analysis
Contents Clinical Bioinformatics in Human Proteomics Research.- Proteomics defines protein interac-tion.- Protein Function Microarrays: Design, Use and Bioinformatic Analysis in Cancer Biomarker Discovery and Quantitation.- Proteomics and Cancer Research.- Towards development of novel peptide-based cancer therapeutics: computational design and experimental evaluation.- Advances of proteomic methods.- Clinical and Biomedical Mass Spectrometry – New Frontiers in Drug De-velopments and Diagnosis.- Disease biomarkers: Modeling MR spectroscopy and clinical applica-tions.- Processing of mass spectrometry data in clinical applications.- Bioinformatics approach for finding target protein in infectious disease.- Identification of network biomarkers for cancer diagnosis.- Software development for quantitative proteomics using stable isotope labeling.- Clinical translation of protein biomarkers integrated with bioinformatics.- Proteomic approaches for urine biomarker discovery in bladder cancer.- Antibody microarray and multiplexing.
Fields of interestBioinformatics; Computational Biology/Bioinfor-matics; Molecular Medicine
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due November 2012
2013 . X, 366 p . 86 illus ., 78 in color . (Translational Bioinformatics, Volume 3) Hardcover7 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 200,007 € 149,95 | £135.00ISBN 978-94-007-5810-0
9<HTUELA=hfibaa>
W. B. Whitman, Bergey‘s Manual Trust, Athens, GA, USA; M. Goodfellow, University of Newcastle, Newcastle upon Tyne, UK; P. Kämpfer, Justus-Liebig-Universität Gießen, Gießen, Germany; H.-J. Busse, University of Veterinary Medicine Vienna, Vienna, Austria; M. E. Trujillo, Universidad de Salamanca, Salamanca, Spain; W. Ludwig, TU München, Freising, Germany; K.-i. Suzuki, National Institute of Techonology and Evaluation, Chiba, Japan (Eds)
Bergey‘s Manual of Systematic BacteriologyVolume 5: The Actinobacteria
Managing editor: A. Parte, Bergey‘s Manual Trust, Athens, GA, USA
Includes a revised taxonomic outline for the Actinobacteria or the high G+C Gram positi-ves is based upon the SILVA project as well as a description of greater than 200 genera in 49 families. Includes many medically and industrially important taxa.
Features 7 This is the final volume in the best-selling series 7 Features descriptions of over 200 genera in 49 families 7 Includes a revised taxonomic outline for the Actinobacteria
Fields of interestLife Sciences, general; Biomedicine general; Medi-cal Microbiology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryReference work
Available
Originally published by Williams & Wilkins, 1984
2nd ed . 2012 . 1750 p . 297 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 266,43 | € (A) 273,90 | sFr 331,507 € 249,00 | £224.50ISBN 978-0-387-95043-3
9<HTLDTH=jfaedd>
Life Sciences springer.com/NEWSonline
84
R. H. Yahner, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA, USA
Wildlife Behavior and ConservationBegins with in-depth coverage of wildlife behavior concepts as they relate to conservation prob-lems. Topics will focus principally on discussion, critique, and development of behavioral concepts, with particular attention given to published studies on various topics in wildlife behavioral concepts as related to conservation and natural history. He will include an extensive list of refe-rences.
Features 7 Begins with an in-depth coverage of wildlife behavior concepts as they relate to conservation problems 7 Topics focus principally on dis-cussion, critique, and development of behavioral concepts 7 Particular attention is given to published studies on various topics in wildlife behavioral concepts as related to conservation and natural history
Fields of interestAnimal Ecology; Nature Conservation; Behaviou-ral Sciences
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XXI, 173 p . 39 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 186,507 € 139,95 | £126.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1515-2
9<HTMERB=ebfbfc>
News 12/2012 Economics/Management Science
85
A. Anari, J. W. Kolari, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX, USA
Excel-Based Business AnalysisForecasting Key Business Trends
“The trend is your friend”is a practical principle often used by business managers, who seek to forecast future sales, expenditures, and profi-tability in order to make production and other operational decisions. The problem is how best to identify and discover business trends and utilize trend information for attaining objectives of firms.This book contains an Excel-based solution to this problem, applying principles of the authors’ “profit system model” of the firm that enables forecasts of trends in sales, expenditures, profits and other business variables. The program, called FIRM, which runs on Windows with Microsoft Excel 2010, useshistorical time series of total sales, total costs, and total assets of the firm from its financial statements (income statements and balance sheets), estimates relationships among these variables, and then employs the estimated relationships to forecasts trends in these vital business variables. Featuring step-by-step case examples, the goal is to equip business managers and students with easy-to-use tools for understan-ding and forecasting trends in important business variables, thereby empowering them to make better business decisions.
Field of interestBusiness/Management Science, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Available
2012 . XV, 44 p . 43 illus ., 32 in color . (SpringerBriefs in Business) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-2049-1
9<HTMERB=ecaejb>
D. Armbruster, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ, USA; K. G. Kempf, Intel Corporation, Chandler, AZ, USA (Eds)
Decision Policies for Production NetworksFeatures 7 Offers an overview of the state of the art of selection and development of dynamic decision policies in production systems 7 Contributors will be recruited from academia, but with a special focus on the semiconductor industry 7 Contains numerous figures
Contents 1.An Overview of Decision Policies for Produc-tion Networks.- 2.Modeling and Control of Ma-nufacturing Systems.- 3.The Ongoing Challenge for a Responsive Demand Supply Network: The Final Frontier—Controlling the Factory.- 4.WIP-Oriented Dispatching in Complex Manufacturing Facilities.- 5.Controlling a Re-entrant Manu-facturing Line via the Push–Pull Point.- 6.JEDI: Just-in-Time Execution and Distribution Infor-mation Support System for Automotive Stamping Operations.-7. A Control Theoretic Evaluation of Schedule Nervousness Suppression Techniques for Master Production Scheduling.- 8.Chance-Constraint-Based Heuristics for Production Planning in the Face of Stochastic Demand and Workload-Dependent Lead Times.- 9.Traffic Flow Models and Service Rules for Complex Production System.- 10.Autonomous Decision Policies for Networks of Production Systems.- 11.Optimal Order and Distribution Strategies in Production Networks.- 12.The Production Planning Problem: Clearing Functions, Variable Lead Times, Delay Equations and Partial Differential Equations.
Fields of interestOperation Research/Decision Theory; Engi-neering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing; Mathematical Modeling and Industrial Mathematics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIV, 302 p . 107 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £99.95ISBN 978-0-85729-643-6
9<HTLIQH=cjgedg>
D. G. Assimakopoulos, Grenoble Ecole de Management, Grenoble, France; E. G. Carayannis, George Washington University, Washington, DC, USA; R. Dossani, Stanford University, Stanford, CA, USA (Eds)
Knowledge Perspectives of New Product DevelopmentA Comparative Approach
Contents How Path Dependency Affects Innovative Beha-vior of Firms.- Factors Affecting the Performance of New Product Development Teams: Some European Evidence.- Knowledge Flows in an NPD Team from the Semiconductor Industry.- Strate-gies for Fostering Local New Service Development Teams in CapGemini and the MINALOGIC Cluster in Grenoble.- Regional Embeddedness of Multinational Enterprises in European Regions.- Competencies for the “Technological Europe” of Tomorrow: A New Model and an Emerging Concept of Inter-organizational Competence.- The Leader-Member Relationship at the Core of Innovation Development: Member Perceptions, Positions and Expectations.- A Stepwise, Actor-based Approach to the Establishment of Science-Industry Co-operations.- Turning from Laggard to Leader in National Radical Innovation and Bey-ond.- Japanese Firms’ Innovation Strategies in the 21st Century: An Institutional View.- Preparing India’s Workforce for the Knowledge Economy...
Fields of interestR & D/Technology Policy; Innovation/Technology Management; Economic Policy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XVII, 330 p . 65 illus ., 20 in color . (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 143,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0247-3
9<HTMERB=eacehd>
Economics/Management Science springer.com/NEWSonline
86
I. Atiyas, Sabanci University, Istanbul, Turkey; T. Cetin, Yildiz Technical University, Istanbul, Turkey; G. Gulen, Gürcan Gülen, University of Texas at Austin, Houston, TX, USA
Reforming Turkish Energy MarketsPolitical Economy, Regulation and Competition in the Search for Energy Policy
Turkey has been reforming its energy markets since the 1980s, culminating in two major bills in the early 2000s. The country has restructured elec-tricity and natural gas markets, establishing an in-dependent regulatory agency (EMRA) and passed legislation on renewable and nuclear energy. With these regulatory reforms, Turkey, as a candidate country for accession to the European Union (EU), has aimed to direct the energy markets to a more competitive environment in parallel with EU energy directives. This book contains an analysis of regulatory reforms in Turkish energy markets (electricity, natural gas, renewable and nuclear energy), the impact of these reforms on country’s energy portfolio and role in global energy trade, especially between the EU, the Caspian, Caucasus, and Central Asia. Finally, the book concludes with recommendations for Turkish energy policy.
Features 7 Fills the gap in the record of the exemplary history of Turkey’s energy sector restructuring journey 7 Places Turkish energy market reform in a regional (Central Asia) and European (EU) context 7 Written by expert scholars of Turkish regulatory reform and energy markets
Fields of interestEconomics/Management Science, general; Energy Policy, Economics and Management; Industrial Organization
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . IX, 179 p . 50 illus ., 41 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0289-3
9<HTMERB=eacijd>
N. Aydogan-Duda, Thunderbird School of Global Management, Glendale, AZ, USA (Ed)
Making It to the ForefrontNanotechnology—A Developing Country Perspective
Nanotechnology, as shortly described as the study of manipulating matter on an atomic and molecular scale, is one of the most dynamic and promising industries, receiving a great deal of attention from researchers, business leaders, investors, and policymakers around the world. In Making It to the Forefront, Nesli Aydogan-Duda has assembled a distinguished group of authors to analyze the particular challenges and opportuni-ties of nanotechnology emergence and manage-ment in the developing world. In so doing, they address the issues from several angles, ranging from cultural issues to capital markets, industrial clusters to government policy and legal structure. Drawing from in-depth research and case studies in Turkey, Latin America, India, China, and Iran, and a comparison with the development of the industry in the United states, the authors present a cross-cultural approach, with particular emphasis on the strategic nature of the nanotechnology industry for economic development, consumer welfare, and homeland security.
Features 7 Features an international group of au-thors 7 Analyzes the particular challenges and opportunities of nanotechnology emergence and management in the developing world 7 Con-tains case studies from Turkey, Latin America, India, China, and Iran, and a comparison with the development of the industry in the United states
Fields of interestEconomics general; Nanotechnology and Micro-engineering
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XVII, 164 p . 19 illus ., 15 in color . (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management, Volume 14) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1544-2
9<HTMERB=ebfeec>
J. G. Backhaus, Erfurt, Germany (Ed)
Handbook of the History of Economic ThoughtInsights on the Founders of Modern Economics
Contents Introduction.- The Tradition of Economic Thought in the Mediterranean World from the Ancient Classical Times Through the Hellenistic Times until the Byzantine Times and Arab-Islamic World.- Mercantilism.- The Cameralists: Fertile Sources for a New Science of Public Finance.- The Physiocrats, Lluis Argemí d‘Abadal.- Adam Smith: Theory and Policy.-Life and work of David Ricardo (1772-1823).- John Stuart Mill’s Road to Leviathan: Early Life and Influences.- John Stuart Mill’s Road to Leviathan: The Principles of Political Economy.- Jeremy Bentham (1748-1832).- Johann Heinrich von Thünen – a Founder of Modern Economy.- The legacy of Karl Marx.- Friedrich List striving for Economic Integration and Development.- The Entwicklung according to Gossen.- Gustav Schmoller as a Scientist of Political Economy.- The Empirical and Inductivist Economics of Professor Menger.- Antoine Au-gustin Cournot.- Léon Walras: What cutes know and what they should know.- Knut Wicksell and Contemporary Political Economy.- The Scientific Contributions of Heinrich von Stackelberg.- Joseph Alois Schumpeter: The Economist of Rhetoric.- Against rigid rules - Keynes’s Economic Theory.- Keynes’s “long struggle of escape,”.- John Maynard Keynes and the Theory of the Monetary Economy.- James Steuart and the Theory of the Monetary Economy.- Friedrich August Hayek (1899-1992)
Fields of interestMethodology and the History of Economic Thought; Economic Theory; Political Science, general
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryHandbook
Available
2012 . XII, 728 p . 19 illus . (The European Heritage in Economics and the Social Sciences, Volume 11) Hardcover7 * € (D) 181,85 | € (A) 186,94 | sFr 244,007 € 169,95 | £153.00ISBN 978-1-4419-8335-0
9<HTMEPB=jiddfa>
News 12/2012 Economics/Management Science
87
B. Beham, Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany; C. Straub, Ecole de Management, Grenoble, France; J. Schwalbach, Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin, Germany (Eds)
Managing Diversity in OrganizationsDiversity management has recently attracted a lot of attention in both academia and practice. Glo-balization, migration, demographic changes, low fertility rates, a scarce pool of qualified labor, and women entering the workforce in large scales have led to an increasingly heterogeneous workforce in the past twenty years. In response to those ongo-ing changes, organizations have started to create work environments which address the needs and respond to the opportunities of a diverse work-force. The implementation of diversity policies and practices and the creation of an organizational culture that values heterogeneity have been the focus of recent organizational initiatives.
Features 7 Creation of an organizational culture 7 Organizational initiatives 7 Theoretical and empirical contributions
Contents Diversity Research: What Do We Currently Know About How To Manage Diverse Organizational Units?.- Getting Tuned in to Those Who Are Different: The Role of Empathy as Mediator between Diversity and Performance.- Managing Demographic Change and Diversity in Organiza-tions: How Feedback from Coworkers Moderates the Relationship between Age and Innovative Work Behavior.- Gender and nationality pay gaps in light of organisational theories: A large-scale analysis within German establishments.- Women on German Management Boards: How Ownership Structure affects Management Board Diversity.
Field of interestEconomics/Management Science, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categorySpecial Issue
Available
2012 . (ZfB Special Issue) Softcover7 * € (D) 49,95 | € (A) 51,35 | sFr 62,507 € 46,68 | £42.99ISBN 978-3-8349-3455-0
9<HTOIOE=jdeffa>
A. Bøllingtoft, Aarhus University, Denmark; L. Donaldson, University of New South Wales, NSW, Sydney, Australia; G. P. Huber, The University of Texas, Austin, TX, USA; D. D. Håkonsson, Aarhus University, Denmark; C. C. Snow, Penn State University, PA, USA (Eds)
Collaborative Communities of FirmsPurpose, Process, and Design
Faced with the ever-accelerating pace of techno-logical change and the restructuring of markets, many firms have been questioning the appropri-ateness of their own organizational structure and effectiveness. Consequently, we have witnessed much organizational experimentation and the development of new forms of organizing over the last decade. Firms are more dependent than ever on the need for continuous and radical innova-tions – and often innovations that go beyond their existing businesses. This challenges firms in terms of knowledge and idea sharing, and often neces-sitates the need to expand beyond the boundaries of the single firm for multi-party collaboration to meet serious challenges and develop creative solutions.
Features 7 Fourth in a series of books emerging from ongoing workshops on the state of the art in organization design 7 International coverage, with authors from the U.S., Europe, and Austra-lia 7 Includes examples of innovative practices in different types of organizations and networks of organizations
Field of interestIndustrial Organization
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . VIII, 148 p . 10 illus . (Information and Organization Design Series, Volume 9) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1283-0
9<HTMERB=ebcida>
W. Breuer, C. Nadler, RWTH Aachen, Germany (Eds)
Real Estate FinanceThis special issue offers an interesting overview of the status quo of (German) research in real estate finance. It might also contribute to real estate research moving from a research niche closer to the center of academic interest.
Features 7 Overview in real estate finance 7 Status quo of (German) research 7 Managing real estate
Contents Real Estate and Real Estate Finance as a Research Field.- The NetAssetValue and Stock Prices of European Real Estate Companies.- The Liquidity Crisis of German Open-end Real Estate Funds and their Impact on Optimal Asset Allocation in Retirement.- Detecting and Explaining Systemic Risks of Mortgage Banks.
Field of interestFinance/Investment/Banking
Target groupsResearch
Product categorySpecial Issue
Available
2012 . 132 p . (ZfB Special Issue) Softcover7 * € (D) 49,95 | € (A) 51,35 | sFr 62,507 € 46,68 | £42.99ISBN 978-3-8349-3449-9
9<HTOIOE=jdeejj>
Economics/Management Science springer.com/NEWSonline
88
E. G. Carayannis, George Washington University, Washington, DC, USA; U. Varblane, University of Tartu, Estonia; T. Roolaht, University of Tartu , Estonia (Eds)
Innovation Systems in Small Catching-Up EconomiesNew Perspectives on Practice and Policy
In several parts of the world, countries are under-going economic, social, and political transitions, enhanced and accelerated by the forces of glo-balization. These transition economies can serve as laboratories for understanding the innovation process. This volume features original theoretical and empirical research. It offers the first compre-hensive view of innovation system development in the context of small catching-up economies. Smallness, path dependency, and latecomer status of such economies create some inherent limi-tations for their innovation systems, but these special characteristics can offer advantages as well. For example, smallness is often related with incre-ased flexibility and shorter reaction times, while latecomers can benefit from earlier experiences of their more advanced neighbors. Path-dependency highlights the fact that the innovation system de-velopment processes are considerably influenced by the past experience of a particular country or region. By incorporating these features into an integrated analysis, the authors address such questions as: · What special features characte-rize the innovation system development in small catching-up economies?
Features 7 Unique focus on small, transitional economies to explore the dynamics 7 of innovation and globalization 7 Includes coverage of Eastern Europe, Latin America, and Asia 7 Comparative empirical results, with in-depth case studies
Field of interestEconomics/Management Science, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XXXII, 395 p . 26 illus . (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management, Volume 15) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1547-3
9<HTMERB=ebfehd>
E. G. Carayannis, George Washington University, Washington, DC, USA; A. Pirzadeh, Independent Consultant, Washington, DC, USA; D. Popescu, World Bank Group, Washington, DC, USA
Institutional Learning and Knowledge Transfer Across Epistemic CommunitiesNew Tools of Global Governance
Over the past several decades, as the pace of globalization has accelerated, operational issues of international coordination have often been overlooked. For example, the global financial crisis that began in 2007 is attributed, in part, to a lack of regulatory oversight. As a result, suprana-tional organizations, such as the G-20, the World Bank, and the International Monetary Fund, have prioritized strengthening of the international financial architecture and providing opportunities for dialogue on national policies, international co-operation, and international financial institutions. Prevailing characteristics of the global economic systems, such as the increasing power of financial institutions, changes in the structure of global production, decline in the authority of nation-states over their national economy, and creation of global institutional setting, e.g.
Features 7 Applies a new perspective to issues of financial regulation and governance in the globalized world, with an emphasis on knowledge transfer 7 Inclu-des in-depth cases studies of successful initiatives around the world, including Kazakhstan, the West Indies, and Latin America 7 Appropriate for graduate-level courses in knowledge management, financial regulation and governance, public policy, political economy, and international relations
Fields of interestEconomic Policy; Development Economics; Finance/Investment/Banking
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XII, 220 p . 1 illus . (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management, Volume 13) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1550-3
9<HTMERB=ebffad>
E. G. Carayannis, George Washington University, Washington, DC, USA; D. F. Campbell, University of Applied Arts, Vienna, Austria
Mode 3 Knowledge Production in Quadruple Helix Innovation Systems21st-Century Democracy, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship for Development
Developed and developing economies alike face increased resource scarcity and competitive rival-ry. In this context, science and technology appear as an essential source of competitive and sustaina-ble advantage at national and regional levels. How-ever, the key determinant of their efficacy is the quality and quantity of entrepreneurship-enabled innovation that unlocks and captures the benefits of the science enterprise in the form of private, public or hybrid goods. Linking basic and applied research with the market, via technology transfer and commercialization mechanisms, including government-university-industry partnerships and capital investments, constitutes the essential trigger mechanism and driving force of sustaina-ble competitive advantage and prosperity. In this volume, the authors define the terms and princip-les of knowledge creation, diffusion, and use, and establish a theoretical framework for their study. In particular, they focus on the “Quadruple Helix” model, through which government, academia, industry, and civil society are seen as key actors promoting a democratic approach to innovation through which strategy development and decision making are exposed to feedback from key stake-holders, resulting in socially accountable policies and practices.
Field of interestBusiness/Management Science, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Available
2012 . VI, 63 p . 13 illus . (SpringerBriefs in Business) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-2061-3
9<HTMERB=ecagbd>
News 12/2012 Economics/Management Science
89
A. CARSRUD, Ryerson University, Toronto, ON, Canada; M. Brännback, Åbo Akademi University, Turku, Finland (Eds)
Understanding Family BusinessesUndiscovered Approaches, Unique Perspectives, and Neglected Topics
Contents Chapter 1 Where Have We Been and Where We Should Be Going in Family Business Research.- Chapter 2 Family Business: A Global Perspective from the Panel Study of Entrepreneurial Dynamics and the Global Entrepreneurship Monitor.- Chap-ter 3 Intentions in the Family Business: The Role of Family Norms.- Chapter 4 Identity Dynamics in the Family Business Context: A Novel(’s) Perspec-tive Björn Kjellander, Mattias Nordqvist and Frie-derike Welter.- Chapter 5 Love, Hate and Desire: The Role of Emotional Messiness in the Business Family.- Chapter 6 What’s Love Got to Do With It? Marriage and Divorce in Family Business.- Chapter 7 The Bad Seed’s Poisonous Harvest: How Offspring Sow and Reap Deviant and Dysfunctio-nal Behavior in the Family Business.- Chapter 8 Double Roles, Double Binds? Double Bind Theory and Family Business Research.- Chapter 9 Power and Learning in the Dynamics of Family Business Development.- Chapter 10 How to Create Trust in Family Firms and Rebuild It When It’s Lost: Implications for Practice and Research.- Chapter 11 Entrepreneurial Leadership and the Family Business.- Chapter 12 Do Family Councils Really Work? The Need for Empirical Study.- Chapter 13 Transferring Strategy Research to the Family Firm Context: A Fit Perspective on Performance in Family Firms.- Chapter 14 Follow the Capital: Benefits of Tracking Family Capital across Family and Business Systems. [...]
Fields of interestEntrepreneurship; Management/Business for Professionals; Sociology, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XI, 327 p . 18 illus . (International Studies in Entrepreneurship, Volume 15) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0910-6
9<HTMERB=eajbag>
P. Chaudhry, Villanova University, PA, USA; A. Zimmerman, CUNY, College of Staten Island, NY, USA
Protecting Your Intellectual Property RightsUnderstanding the Role of Management, Governments, Consumers and Pirates
Counterfeit products represent a growing problem for a wide range of industries.
Features 7 Establishes the full environmental aspects of the piracy dilemma 7 Describes successful anti-counterfeiting actions and prescribe measures IPR owners should take to protect their intellectual property 7 Offers pragmatic recommendations for protecting intellectual property given the recent trends global protection of the intellectual property rights environment
Contents Dedication.- Acknowledgments.- Preface.- In-troduction.- The global growth of counterfeit trade.- The supply of counterfeit trade: the problem countries.- Modeling the intellectual property rights environment.- The demand for counterfeit trade: consumer complicity.- The use of anti-piracy marketing techniques to educate the consumer.- Changing Trade Policy: The EU and US Bolster Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.- Government and Industry Led Opera-tions to Curb Counterfeit Trade.- The special case of China.- Internet Piracy: The Virtual Market-place for Counterfeit Goods.- Managerial coun-terattack: traditional and novel anti-counterfeiting strategies.- The future: will the piracy paradox persist?.- References.
Fields of interestEconomics general; Management/Business for Professionals; Law, general
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Due December 2012
2013 . XV, 299 p . 64 illus ., 56 in color . (Management for Professionals) Hardcover7 * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 80,007 € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-1-4614-5567-7
9<HTMERB=effghh>
X. Chen, N. R. Swanson (Eds)
Recent Advances and Future Directions in Causality, Prediction, and Specification AnalysisEssays in Honor of Halbert L. White Jr
This book is a collection of articles that present the most recent cutting edge results on specifica-tion and estimation of economic models written by a number of the world’s foremost leaders in the fields of theoretical and methodological econometrics. Recent advances in asymptotic approximation theory, including the use of higher order asymptotics for things like estimator bias correction, and the use of various expansion and other theoretical tools for the development of bootstrap techniques designed for implementation when carrying out inference are at the forefront of theoretical development in the field of econome-trics.
Features 7 Contains previously unpublished chapters writ-ten by the foremost academics in their respective areas of theoretical, methodological, and applied econometrics 7 Presents new theoretical results on estimation and inference by including careful development and discussion of new empiri-cal methodology, worked empirical examples, and carefully carried out Monte Carlo experi-ments 7 Pays particular emphasis on carefully outlining how to empirically implement all of the latest advances in econometrics when the objecti-ve is to build economic models for the purpose of prediction, causality, and policy analysis
Fields of interestEconomic Theory; Economic Policy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2013 . XXXIII, 560 p . 65 illus ., 28 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1652-4
9<HTMERB=ebgfce>
Economics/Management Science springer.com/NEWSonline
90
L. Christiaans, Düsseldorf; Germany
International Employer Brand ManagementA Multilevel Analysis and Segmentation of Students‘ Preferences
The increasing globalization of business activities forces companies to recruit highly skilled emplo-yees all over the world. In order to attract these talents, employers have to differentiate themselves through a unique employer brand, appealing to di-verse target audiences. However, in the absence of research on international students‘ preferences for employer characteristics, it is difficult for multina-tional companies to decide on a feasible degree of employer brand standardization. Lena Christians investigates the impact of between-country dif-ferences, such as in national culture or economic wealth, on students‘ preferences in relation to individual differences of students within the same country. In combination with a segmentation of the European graduate market, the results provide readers with inside on which elements of the em-ployer value proposition are suitable for standardi-zation in which target groups.
Features 7 Publication in the field of economic sciences
Contents Introduction.- Theoretical Background and Literature Review.- Conceptual Framework and Deduction of Hypotheses.- Research Methodology and Data Basis.- Empirical Analysis and Hypothe-sis Testing.- Discussion of Empirical Findings.
Fields of interestMarketing; Economics/Management Science, general; Entrepreneurship
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XVIII, 265 p . 16 illus . Softcover7 * € (D) 59,95 | € (A) 61,63 | sFr 75,007 € 56,03 | £50.99ISBN 978-3-658-00455-2
9<HTOGQI=aaeffc>
M. Del Giudice, Second University of Naples, Italy; E. G. Carayannis, George Washington University, Washington, DC, USA; M. R. Della Peruta, Second University of Naples, Italy
Cross-Cultural Knowledge ManagementFostering Innovation and Collaboration Inside the Multicultural Enterprise
Cross-cultural knowledge management, an elusive yet consequential phenomenon, is becoming an increasingly essential factor in organizational practice and policy in the era of globalization.
Features 7 Examines how culture affects both managers and decision-makers in situations involving the cross-cultural transfer of knowledge, value, and experiences 7 Demonstrates the ways culture can impact the implantation of cooperative strate-gies 7 Takes from a variety of fields to open the discussion about issues regarding the influence of cultural differences and diversity in the manage-ment of organizations
Contents Cross Cultural Knowledge Management: Definiti-on, Nature, and Significance Professional identities and organisational evolution: paradoxes of new individualism Culture, personality and patterns of behavior in multicultural teams The different aspects and the development of intercultural competence Inter-/cross-cultural issues in interna-tional business Global shifts in values and norms National differences in knowledge management Managing cultural diversity Improving cultural fit Reflections on the dynamics of the field and challenges for the future
Fields of interestEntrepreneurship; Innovation/Technology Ma-nagement; Economic Growth
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . VI, 172 p . 27 illus ., 13 in color . (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management, Volume 11) Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 120,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4614-2088-0
9<HTMERB=ecaiia>
B. Doepfer, Katholische Universität Eichstätt-Ingolstadt, Germany
Co-Innovation CompetenceA Strategic Approach to Entrepreneurship in Regional Innovation Structures
This work contributes to entrepreneurship research and offers practical implications for entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship promotors by critically analyzing a networked approach to value creation processes of young knowledge-in-tensive entrepreneurial firms and assessing precise strategies and tactics for entrepreneurial firms to exploit these structures. In this context the concept of co-innovation competence is introdu-ced and empirically analyzed. Results indicate that entrepreneurs follow a specific approach towards networking minimizing transaction costs taking an on-demand-based perspective of networking. In this case entrepreneurs may relate to regional innovation promotors and also reach beyond re-gional structures to explore suitable partners and exploit structural holes.
Feature 7 Publications in the fields of economic studies
Contents Open-Innovation.- Regional Innovation Sys-tems.- Entrepreneurial Networks.- Social Capital Promotors.
Field of interestEntrepreneurship
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due November 2012
2013 . XVIII, 277 p . 41 illus . (Entrepreneurial Management und Standortentwicklung) Softcover7 * € (D) 59,95 | € (A) 61,63 | sFr 75,007 € 56,03 | £50.99ISBN 978-3-658-00254-1
9<HTOGQI=aacfeb>
News 12/2012 Economics/Management Science
91
M.-A. Galindo, University of Castilla-La Mancha, Ciudad Real, Spain; D. Ribeiro, University of Valencia, Spain (Eds)
Women’s Entrepreneurship and EconomicsNew Perspectives, Practices, and Policies
Over the past century, an extensive literature has developed, exploring the impact of entrepreneur-ship on economic performance. The active parti-cipation of entrepreneurs in virtually all aspects of business and economic activity has obliged policy makers within the global economy to consider entrepreneurship as a determining variable in any political force, not only for bodies and groups created specifically to this end, but also for any de-cision-making body. To this end, specific actions promoting entrepreneurship have already been established around the world. However, the par-ticular dynamics of entrepreneurship by women present unique opportunities and challenges. The women’s perspective has often been overlooked in research, practice, and policymaking, and yet yields rich insights and implications.
Features 7 Focuses on unique roles of women entre-preneurs in business and economic develop-ment 7 Features contributions from Europe, the US, Canada, and Latin America 7 Includes coverage of entrepreneurial behavior, finance, and business performance
Fields of interestEconomics/Management Science, general; Ma-nagement/Business for Professionals; Economic Policy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . IX, 230 p . 30 illus . (International Studies in Entrepreneurship, Volume 1000) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1292-2
9<HTMERB=ebcjcc>
M. Ghosh, Visva- Bharati, Santiniketan, Birbhum, India
Liberalization, Growth and Regional Disparities in IndiaUpon the backdrop of impressive progress made by the Indian economy during the last two deca-des after the large-scale economic reforms in the early 1990s, this book evaluates the performance of the economy on some income and non-income dimensions of development at the national, state and sectoral levels.
Features 7 Offers extensive information on and in-depth analysis of important issues of contemporary relevance in the Indian economy 7 The approach followed in applying the advanced econometric methods and the data set reported in the book will be of immense value for future research, particularly for guiding future developmental policies 7 A valuable resource for researchers, teachers, students, policymakers, and general rea-ders with an interest in Indian economic problems
Contents Chapter1: Introduction.- Chapter 2: Review of Economic Policies and Growth Performance.- Chapter 3: Regional Economic Growth and Inequality.- Chapter 4: Growth and Regional Divergence in Industry and Services.- Chapter 5: Growth and Regional Divergence in Agriculture.- Chapter 6: Structural Breaks and Performance in Agriculture.- Chapter 7: Growth and Structural Breaks in Food Grains Production.- Chapter 8: Spatial Efficiency in Regional Food Grain Mar-kets.- Chapter 9: Inclusive Growth, Employment and Rural Poverty.- Chapter 10: Microfinance and Rural Poverty.- Chapter 11: Regional Disparities in Education, Health and Human Development.
Fields of interestDevelopment Economics; Agricultural Economics; Econometrics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . XVIII, 222 p . 38 illus . (India Studies in Business and Economics) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-81-322-0980-5
9<HTTBOC=cajiaf>
N. K. Hanna, Bethesda, MD, USA; P. T. Knight, Arlington, VA, USA (Eds)
National Strategies to Harness Information TechnologySeeking Transformation in Singapore, Finland, the Philippines, and South Africa
The ability to harness Information Communi-cation Technologies (ICTs) is increasingly at the heart of competitiveness and sustainable growth. As countries engage in an increasingly competiti-ve global economy, they are trying to weave ICT into their development strategies, in the same way enterprises have learned to use ICT to transform their business models and strategies.
Features 7 Integrates analytical insights, practical appli-cation, and policymaking across the fields of de-velopment economics, public administration, and information and communication technology to show how ICT can impact development 7 Inter-national coverage, featuring in-depth case studies from country specialists 7 Also for business decision makers in the ICT industry, consulting firms, and investors, and public decision makers in government agencies and ministries, NGOs, and aid organizations, in addition to researchers and students
Contents Why National e-Transformation Strategies?.- The e-Transformation Journey of Singapore.- Infor-mation Society and Consensus Formation in Finland.- A Decade of e-Development in South Africa: Sufficient for a “Services (R)evolution”?.- The Philippines: The Quest for Genuine e-Deve-lopment.- Comparative Experience and Lessons in e-Transformation.- Index.
Fields of interestDevelopment Economics; Economic Growth; Ma-nagement of Computing and Information Systems
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIII, 242 p . 42 illus . (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-2085-9
9<HTMERB=ecaifj>
Economics/Management Science springer.com/NEWSonline
92
J. N. Hooker, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA, USA
Integrated Methods for OptimizationThe first edition of Integrated Methods for Opti-mization was published in January 2007. Because the book covers a rapidly developing field, the time is right for a second edition. The book provi-des a unified treatment of optimization methods. It brings ideas from mathematical programming (MP), constraint programming (CP), and global optimization (GO)into a single volume. There is no reason these must be learned as separate fields, as they normally are, and there are three reasons they should be studied together. (1) There is much in common among them intellectually, and to a large degree they can be understood as special cases of a single underlying solution technology. (2) A growing literature reports how they can be profitably integrated to formulate and solve a wide range of problems. (3) Several software packages now incorporate techniques from two or more of these fields. The book provides a unique resour-ce for graduate students and practitioners who want a well-rounded background in optimization methods within a single course of study.
Features 7 Complete update of an important and suc-cessful text in a fast-moving field 7 Three new chapters, covering network flow theory, search methods from MP and AI, and GO/Nonlinear Programming 7 Now includes exercise solutions
Contents Introduction.- Examples.- Optimization Basics.- Duality.- Search.- Inference.- Relaxation.- Dictio-nary of Constraints.
Fields of interestOperation Research/Decision Theory; Optimizati-on; Computing Methodologies
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Available
2nd ed . 2012 . XVIII, 640 p . 119 illus . (International Series in Operations Research & Management Science, Volume 170) Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 120,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1899-3
9<HTMERB=ebijjd>
P. Jain, S. Singh, S. S. Yadav, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, India
Financial Management PracticesAn Empirical Study of Indian Corporates
Financial management practices are likely to have a marked effect on the financial performance of a corporate enterprise. Therefore, sound finan-cial decisions/practices can contribute towards meeting the desired objective of having profitable operations. This subject assumes paramount significance in view of the present dynamic and turbulent business environment, which has produ-ced more intense competition and smaller profit margins across the world. In this context, the fi-nancial management practices of the corporates in India, a country with a vast potential for economic growth, can offer valuable insights.
Features 7 An insight into the financial management practices of Indian 7 Corporates Guidelines and normative framework for practicing finance executives 7 Current and emerging issues in cor-porate financial decision-making
Contents Part One: Background.- Chapter 1: Introduction.- Part Two: Financial Decisions.- Chapter 2: Capital Budgeting Practices.- Chapter 3: Capital Structure Decisions.- Chapter 4: Dividend Policy.- Chapter 5: Working Capital Management.- Part Three: Corporate Governance, Risk Management and Professionalism.- Chapter 6: Corporate Gover-nance.- Chapter 7: Risk Management.- Chapter 8: Index of Professionalism in Financial Decisions.- Part Four: Summary & Conclusions.- Chapter 9: Profitability Analysis.- Chapter 10: Concluding Observations.
Fields of interestFinance/Investment/Banking; Financial Econo-mics; Economics/Management Science, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . XI, 417 p . 40 illus . (India Studies in Business and Economics) Hardcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-81-322-0989-8
9<HTTBOC=cajiji>
J. Kandampully, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA (Ed)
Service ManagementThe New Paradigm in Retailing
“Great retailers are great at service. No excep-tions. This book offers a wealth of insight into delivering excellent retail service.” ---Leonard L. Berry, Distinguished Professor of Marketing, N.B Zale Chair in Retailing and Market Leadership, Mays Business School, Texas A&M Univer-sity „With a growing understanding of service as a phenomenon and perspective of business and marketing, retailers are increasingly seeing the need to transform from distribution of products to service providers. This book includes considerable insight regarding the importance of the service perspective and how it can be implemented in retailing.“ --Christian Grönroos, Professor of Ser-vice and Relationship Marketing, CERS Centre for Relationship Marketing and Service Management, Hanken School of Economics, Finland „Consisting of chapters written by leading scholars in service management and retailing from around the world, this comprehensive book offers rich insights for how retailers can excel and achieve sustainable competitive advantage by invoking and implemen-ting service management principles.
Features 7 First book to address service management as a unique competitive advantage in the retail indus-try 7 Addresses the latest developments in the industry, such as electronic retailing, multichannel marketing, self-service technology, service innova-tion, and social media 7 Cuts across traditional barriers between operations, marketing, human resources, and supply chain management
Fields of interestMarketing; Management/Business for Profes-sionals; Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XXXII, 315 p . 33 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1553-4
9<HTMERB=ebffde>
News 12/2012 Economics/Management Science
93
A. J. Lee
Taxation, Growth and Fiscal InstitutionsA Political and Economic Analysis
Field of interestBusiness Taxation/Tax Law
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Available
2012 . XIV, 61 p . 1 illus . (SpringerBriefs in Business) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-1289-2
9<HTMERB=ebcijc>
S. P. MacGregor, IESE Business School, Barcelona, Spain; T. Carleton, Innovation Leadership Board LLC, Silicon Valley, CA, USA (Eds)
Sustaining InnovationCollaboration Models for a Complex World
In many ways, the process of innovation is a con-stant social dance, where the best dancers thrive by adapting new steps with multiple partners. The systematic and continuous generation of value in any innovation system relies on collaboration bet-ween different groups, who must overcome mul-tiple, often competing agendas and needs to work together fruitfully over the long term. Featuring contributions from leading researchers, business leaders, and policymakers representing North America, Europe, India, Africa, and Australasia, this volume investigates different combinations of collaborative arrangements among innovation actors, many of which are changing conventional expectations of institutional relationships. Collec-tively, the authors demonstrate that no particular combination has emerged as the most dominant, or even resilient, model of innovation.
Features 7 Building on an emerging concept (quadruple helix) through existing 7 Expertise (European CLIQ project) and profile of the editors as 'indus-trial academics' 7 Investigating of sustainable innovation from a variety of viewpoints, including sustainability as long-term competitiveness, as well as notions related to responsibility in the guise of sustainable development 7 Editors from leading business-centered universities with a global network from which to design a compelling table of contents
Fields of interestEconomics/Management Science, general; Innova-tion/Technology Management; Entrepreneurship
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XXIV, 170 p . 29 illus ., 23 in color . (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management) Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 120,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4614-2076-7
9<HTMERB=ecahgh>
R. W. McGee, Florida International University, North Miami, FL, USA (Ed)
The Ethics of Tax EvasionPerspectives in Theory and Practice
Why do people evade paying taxes? This is the central question addressed in this volume by Robert McGee and a multidisciplinary group of contributors from around the world. Applying insights from economics, public finance, political science, law, philosophy, theology and sociology, the authors consider the complex motivations for not paying taxes and the conditions under which this behavior might be rationalized. Applying the-oretical approaches as well as empirical research, The Ethics of Tax Evasion considers three general arguments for tax evasion: (1) in cases where the government is corrupt or engaged in human rights abuses; (2) where citizens claim inability to pay, unfairness in the tax system, paying for things that do not benefit the taxpayer, excessively high tax rates, or where taxes are used to support an unpo-pular war; and (3) through philosophical, moral, or religious opposition.
Features 7 The first book to explore the phenomenon of tax evasion from an ethical perspective, filling the gap in the business ethics literature 7 Incorporates insights from economics, finance, philosophy, law, psychology, religion, and socio-logy 7 Features case studies from around the world 7 Incorporates insights from economics, finance, philosophy, law, psychology, religion, and sociology 7 Features case studies from around the world
Fields of interestBusiness Taxation/Tax Law; Public Finance & Economics; Theories of Law, Philosophy of Law, Legal History
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XV, 689 p . 4 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 213,95 | € (A) 219,94 | sFr 266,507 € 199,95 | £180.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1286-1
9<HTMERB=ebcigb>
Economics/Management Science springer.com/NEWSonline
94
S. Nayak, ICFAI Business School, Mumbai, India
The Global Financial CrisisGenesis, Policy Response and Road Ahead
Features 7 Takes a novel and holistic view of the global problem and proposes a comprehensive agenda for the reform of the global economy 7 It introduces a new concept, ‘The Niagara Effect’ in financial markets, and highlights why financial markets are different than others, i.e., why they are more vo-latile and need better regulation 7 Analyses the metamorphosis of American capitalism, compares the current crisis to the Great Depression of the 1930s and discusses the US savings gap vs. the global liquidity glut
Contents Part I- The Crisis: Micro-Macro Perspective.- Chapter1- Pathology of the Crisis.- Chapter 2- Sub-Prime Debt Imbroglio : Risks-Rewards of Financial Sophistication.- Chapter 3- Policy Response.- Chapter 4- Why Is the Economy Not Taking Off?.- Chapter 5- Euro-Sclerosis: Causation and Control.- Part II- Evolutionary Economics: A Systemic View.- Chapter 6- Benign Neglect of Dollar: Bretton Woods and its Demise.- Chapter 7- Enter The Globalization : Paradigm Shift.- Chapter 8- Great Crash and Depression : Relook.- Part III- Structural Gaps.- Chapter 9- Metamorphosis of American Capitalism.- Chapter 10- Downfall of Communism : God That Failed.- Chapter 11- Structural Shifts.- Chapter 12- US Savings Gap Vs Global Liquidity Reflux.- Part IV- Looking Ahead.- Chapter 13- Conundrum of Financial Markets : Measuring Risks and Mapping Regulation.- Chapter 14- Rediscovering Keynes.- Chapter 15- New Bretton Woods : Agenda for Global Economic Reform.
Fields of interestFinancial Economics; International Economics; Macroeconomics/Monetary Economics
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryProfessional book
Due February 2013
2013 . VII, 307 p . 31 illus ., 27 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 80,007 € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-81-322-0797-9
9<HTTBOC=cahjhj>
R. Norén, Mid Sweden University, Östersund, Sweden
Equilibrium Models in an Applied FrameworkIndustrial Structure and Transformation
This book gives the historical development, ex-planations of technical specifications, and a basic understanding of how to use different equilibrium models in an applied framework.
Features 7 Presents the whole range of applied equilibri-um models (input-output, linear activity model, quadratic activity model, and the CGE mo-del) 7 Presents a transformation model, i.e., en-dogenous disinvestment and investment 7 The CGE model presented is included in the GAMS model library. The GAMS distribution is available on internet without cost.
Contents Introduction: The Issue of Structure and Transfor-mation.- The Input-Output Model - A Studie of the Interindustry Structure.- The Outlook of the Sovereign Planner: The Linear Activity Model.- The Planner and the Market: The Takayama Judge Activity Model.- Appendix: The Reformulation of the Walras-Cassel Model.- Tables of Applications.- A Market with Autonomous Economic Decision Makers: Features of the CGE Model.- Appendix: A Summary of Models Presented.- An Applied Model - The CGE Mini Model.- Appendix: The Mathematical Equations of the Model.- Some Pa-rameters Assignments of the Model.- A Suggested Model of Economic Transformation.- Back to the CGE Mini Model.- Globalisation and Intermediate Activity.- Appendix: Input of Intermediate Dome-stic Production and Imports.- Sector Classifica-tion.- A Final Word.
Fields of interestMicroeconomics; Economic Theory; Simulation and Modeling
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 130 p . (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems, Volume 667) Softcover7 * € (D) 74,85 | € (A) 76,95 | sFr 93,507 € 69,95 | £62.99ISBN 978-3-642-34993-5
9<HTOGPC=dejjdf>
T. Pfeffer, University of Klagenfurt, Vienna, Austria
Virtualization of UniversitiesDigital Media and the Organization of Higher Education Institutions
The purpose of this volume is to shape conceptual tools to understand the impact of new information and communication technologies (ICTs) on the organization of universities. Traditional research-based universities, the most typical representatives of the higher education system, find themselves challenged by the speed and the wide range of technical innovations, but also by a vast array of implicit assumptions and explicit promises asso-ciated with the distribution of digital media. The author observes that as universities increasingly use digital media (computers and the Internet) to accomplish their tasks, a transformation takes place in an evolutionary rather than in a revoluti-onary way. Using the University of Klagenfurt as an in-depth case study, he explores such dynamic issues as how digital media affect the practice of research, the preservation and dissemination of knowledge (for example, through publishing and archiving), and delivery of education at universi-ties.
Features 7 Explores the impact of digital media on research, preservation and dissemination of know-ledge, and education at universities 7 Considers the organizational and policy implications for university administrators, educators, and other stakeholders 7 For professors and students, and researchers of digital media, organizational studies, and higher education, and also university leaders, management, and policymakers concer-ned with innovation and digital media practices and policies
Fields of interestMedia Management; Innovation/Technology Management; Higher Education
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIV, 183 p . 15 illus . (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-2064-4
9<HTMERB=ecagee>
News 12/2012 Economics/Management Science
95
R. A. Schwartz, J. A. Byrne, G. Schnee (Eds)
Rethinking Regulatory StructureFeatures 7 Delves deep into how competition, technolo-gy, and regulation are affecting financial mar-kets 7 From a Baruch College Conference on equity market structure in the aftermath of the global financial crisis 7 Features contributions from an accaimed panel of industry leaders, inter-national scholars, regulators, and policymakers
Contents List of Participants.- Conference Sponsors.- Chapter 1: Good Price Discovery, The Neglected Regulatory Objective.- Opening Remarks: Robert Schwartz, Speiser Professor of Finance, Zick-lin School of Business, Baruch College, CUNY.- Chapter 2: The Case for Regulatory Reform.- Mor-ning Address: Andreaus Preuss, CEO Eurex AG.- Chapter 3: Regulation’s Impact on Compe-tition Panel Moderator: Benn Steil, Council on Foreign Relations.- Chapter 4: Transparency In the Trading Markets.- Mid-Day Address: Alfred Ber-keley, Chairman, Pipeline Trading Systems. Chap-ter 5: The View from Europe Panel Moderator: Bruce Weber, London Business School.- Chapter 6: View from the Regulators Panel Moderator: Robert Cobly, Davis Polk & Wardell LLP.- Chapter 7: Regulation Going Forward Panel Moderator: Harold Bradley, CIO, Ewing Marion Kauffman Foundation.- Chapter 8: Regulatory Needs, Then and Now: The Perspective of an Old Time.- Clo-sing Dialogue with Donald Weeden, Chairman, Weeden & co. LP.- Participant Biographies
Fields of interestBusiness/Management Science, general; Business Information Systems; Finance/Investment/Ban-king
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2013 . XIV, 103 p . 113 illus ., 108 in color . (Zicklin School of Business Financial Markets Series, Volume 10) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-4372-8
9<HTMERB=eedhci>
J. Sengupta
Dynamics of Industry GrowthEconomic growth of a country depends on its industries. The focus of modern growth theory is basically macroeconomics, although neoclassical models use competitive markets and the optimiza-tion behavior of households and firms in general equilibrium framework. The emphasis here is on industry growth, where the microfoundations of industry are analyzed in terms of economic effici-ency. The various linkages which link firm growth with the industry growth are discerned here under various market structures both competitive and monopolistic. The role of information in facilita-ting market signals and allowing the adoption of new processes has been especially emphasized in this volume. Many issues of market failure and the suboptimality of competitive equilibria are due to incomplete and imperfect information structures and we need a comprehensive theory of informa-tion structures underlying the process of industry growth and its dynamics. This book will be of interest to economists studying economic and industry growth and innovation.
Features 7 Explores a comprehensive theory of innova-tions extending the Schumpeterian perspecti-ve 7 Develops a theory of stochastic birth and death processes for industry evolution 7 Investi-gates the theory of hypercompetition and dynamic efficiency and its role in dynamic industry growth
Contents 1.Theory of Industry Growth.- 2. A Pareto Model of Efficiency Dynamics.- 3. Market Dynamics and Growth.- 4. Market Rivalry and Interde-pendence.- 5. Technology and Innovations.- 6. Industry Evolution Mechanisms.- 7. Information and Efficiency.
Fields of interestEconomic Growth; Economic Theory; Political Science, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . IX, 246 p . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-3851-9
9<HTMERB=edifbj>
P. Sklias, N. Tzifakis, University of Peloponnese, Corinth, Greece (Eds)
Greece‘s HorizonsReflecting on the Country‘s Assets and Capabilities
The Greek economic crisis has imperilled the sta-bility of the eurozone, generating much global an-xiety. Policymakers, analysts, and the media have daily debated the course of the Greek economy, prescribing ways to move forward. This collection of essays progressively moves from an analysis of the causes of the crisis and the policy responses so far to a debate on some of the countryʼs ad-vantages and capabilities that should underpin its new development model and propel the return to growth. The book analytically chooses to view the glass as half-full and seeks to provide motivation and inspiration for change by indicating some of the economic sectors where Greece maintains a comparative advantage. Therefore, it challenges the emerging picture of Greece as a country doo-med to failure, where everything falls apart.
Features 7 Focuses on the comparative advantages and the potential of Greece rather than the causes of the crisis 7 Provides an interdisciplinary approach to Greece's economy, assembling the scholarship of a large number of analysts across a wide spec-trum of issues 7 Takes note of the most recent developments, such as the successful completion of the P.S.I. and the approval of the second aid package to the country
Contents Beyond Nemesis and Salvation: A Reorientation of the Debate on the Greek Economic Crisis.- Poli-tical Dimensions of the Crisis.- The Macroecono-mic Framework.- Microeconomic Sectors.
Fields of interestEconomic Policy; Political Economy; Financial Economics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . Approx . 390 p . 4 illus . in color . (The Konstantinos Karamanlis Institute for Democracy Series on European and International Affairs) Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 approx. € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34533-3
9<HTOGPC=defddd>
Economics/Management Science springer.com/NEWSonline
96
V. J. Tremblay, C. H. Tremblay, Oregon State University, Corvallis, OR, USA
New Perspectives on Industrial OrganizationWith Contributions from Behavioral Economics and Game Theory
Contents Chapter 1 Introduction.- Chapter 2 Demand, Technology, and the Theory of the Firm.- Chap-ter 3 Introductory Game Theory and Economic Information.- Chapter 4 Behavioral Economics.- Chapter 5 Perfect Competition and Market Imper-fections.- Chapter 6 Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition.- Chapter 7 Product Differentiation.- Chapter 8 Market Structure, Industry Concent-ration, and Barriers to Entry.- Chapter 9 Cartels.- Chapter 10 Quantity and Price Competition in Static Oligopoly Models.- Chapter 11 Dynamic Monopoly and Oligopoly Models.- Chapter 12 Market Power.- Chapter 13 Product Design, Multiproduct Production, and Brand Proliferati-on.- Chapter 14 Price Discrimination and Other Marketing Strategies.- Chapter 15 Advertising.- Chapter 16 Advertising and Welfare.- Chapter 17 Technological Change, Dynamic Efficiency, and Market Structure.- Chapter 18 Horizontal, Vertical, and Conglomerate Mergers.- Chapter 19 Efficiency, Equity, and Corporate Responsibility in Imperfect Competition.- Chapter 20 Antitrust Law and Regulation.- Chapter 21 Industry and Firm Studies
Fields of interestIndustrial Organization; Economics/Management Science, general; Economic Policy
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Available
2012 . XXVI, 811 p . 156 illus ., 1 in color . (Springer Texts in Business and Economics) Hardcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-3240-1
9<HTMERB=edceab>
E. Ullberg, George Mason University, Arlington, VA, USA
Trade in IdeasPerformance and Behavioral Properties of Markets in Patents
The economic system is generally understood to operate on the premise of exchange. The most important factor in economic development has always been technology, as a way to expand a limi-ted resource base. Such increase in technology and knowledge is generally accepted by economists, but the mechanisms of exchange through which this happens are much less studied. Generally, a static analysis of product exchange, incorporating new technology, has been undertaken. This book explores the transition of trade in ideas from an exchange largely within firms and nations to an exchange between firms and nations. This process has been going on since the beginning of the pa-tent system, where importing (trading) technology was made policy in 1474, more than 500 years ago. However, during the past 25-30 years, a growth in exchange of technology between specialized firms, cooperating based on patent licensing, has been phenomenal, with annual licensing transactions exceeding a trillion dollars, not counting value of cross-licensing. Such specialized exchange has been seen in history but not at this scale and level of coordination.
Features 7 Pioneering view of the patent system as an exchange system, with economic, sociological, and policy implications 7 Demonstrates, state-of-the-art applications of economic experimental design, procedure, and software 7 Challenges standard “non-trade” view of technology and economic development
Fields of interestInnovation/Technology Management; Economic Theory; R & D/Technology Policy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XXVI, 199 p . 56 illus ., 42 in color . (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management, Volume 13) Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 129,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1271-7
9<HTMERB=ebchbh>
A. van de Gevel, C. Noussair, Tilburg University, The Netherlands
The Nexus between Artificial Intelligence and EconomicsThe manuscript reviews some key ideas about artificial intelligence, and relates them to econo-mics. These include its relation to robotics, and the concepts of synthetic emotions, consciousness, and life. The economic implications of the advent of artificial intelligence, such as its effect on prices and wages, appropriate patent policy, and the pos-sibility of accelerating productivity, are discussed. The growing field of artificial economics and the use of artificial agents in experimental economics is considered.
Features 7 Includes a concise survey of concepts within the area of artificial intelligence 7 Connects artificial intelligence to economics 7 Presents implications for microeconomic theory
Contents Introduction.- Technological Progress: Logistic Growth or Singularity.- Artificial Intelligence.- Artificial Happiness.- Issues in Artificial Intelli-gence.- Artificial Intelligence in Economics: ACE.- Economics of Artificial Intelligence.- State of the Art, Challenges for AGI.
Fields of interestMicroeconomics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Ro-botics); Game Theory/Mathematical Methods
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due January 2013
2013 . Approx . 120 p . (SpringerBriefs in Economics) Softcover7 approx. * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 approx. € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-33647-8
9<HTOGPC=ddgehi>
News 12/2012 Economics/Management Science
97
W. Ver Eecke, Georgetown University, Washington, DC, USA
Ethical Reflections on the Financial Crisis 2007/2008Making Use of Smith, Musgrave and Rajan
In this book the author reflects on the philosophi-cal and ethical bases of the financial crisis 2007-08 and the subsequent recession. He finds in Adam Smith solid arguments for the new free market economy, capitalism, but also arguments for a role for the government in the case of public goods (roads) and of merit goods (education, control of banking). Where the provision of public goods requires that the government respect consumer sovereignty there the provision of merit goods le-gitimizes the violation of that principle. By making use of the history of economic thought (e.g., the neo-liberal tradition) the author demonstrates that Musgrave’s idea of merit goods can be expanded to eleven domains in which the government has an important function.
Features 7 Provides ethical arguments for the necessary role of the government for a well-functioning economy 7 Generalizes the applicability of Musgrave’s concept of merit goods by connecting this concept to the neo-liberal economic philoso-phy 7 Provides a Kantian argument to connect individual freedom with government regulation, oversight and intervention
Contents Introduction.- Adam Smith and the Free Mar-ket.- The Concepts of Private, Public and Merit Goods.- Business Ethics and Eleven Categories of Merit Goods.- The Ethical and Socio-political Dimensions of the Financial Crisis of 2007-08 and the Subsequent Recession.- Conclusion.
Fields of interestFinancial Economics; Finance/Investment/Ban-king; Ethics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due March 2013
2013 . Approx . 160 p . (SpringerBriefs in Economics) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-642-35090-0
9<HTOGPC=dfajaa>
V. W. Wang, UNDP/UNFPA, New York, NY, USA; E. G. Carayannis, George Washington University, Washington, DC, USA
Promoting Balanced Competitiveness Strategies of Firms in Developing CountriesSince the pioneering work of Joseph Schumpeter (1942), it has been assumed that innovations typically play a key role in firms’ competitiveness. This assumption has been applied to firms in both developed and developing countries. However, the innovative capacities and business environments of firms in developing countries are fundamentally different from those in developed countries. It stands to reason that innovation and competi-tiveness models based on developed countries may not apply to developing countries. In this volume, Vivienne Wang and Elias G. Carayannis apply both theoretical approaches and empirical analysis to explore the dynamics of innovation in developing countries, with a particular emphasis on R&D in manufacturing firms. In so do-ing, they present an alternative to Michael Porter’s Competitive Advantage Model—a Competitive Position Model that focuses on incremental and adaptive innovations that are more appropriate than radical innovations for developing countries.
Features 7 Presents an alternative to Porter’s Compe-titive Advantage Model for developing coun-tries 7 Provides in-depth analysis of R&D in developing countries, with an emphasis on implications for policy and practice 7 Includes case studies and data from high-growth regions, including China, India, and Brazil
Fields of interestEconomics/Management Science, general; Econo-mic Growth; Economic Policy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XV, 127 p . 16 illus ., 7 in color . (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management, Volume 12) Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 120,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1274-8
9<HTMERB=ebchei>
K. M. Wasylyshyn
Behind the Executive DoorUnexpected Lessons for Managing Your Boss and Career
Features 7 Inside look at the behavior of top business executives from the files of a licensed psychologist who has “seen it all” through 25 years of research, consulting, and coaching 7 Offers fresh insights about leadership types – to better equip senior executives, aspiring leaders, HR professionals, career coaches, and counselors to enhance self-reflection and achieve their work-related objec-tives 7 Features vignettes and case examples, self-assessment exercises, scorecards, and other tools to engage the reader and provide practical guidance 7 Includes a foreword by Rajiv Gupta, former Chairman & CEO, Rohm & Haas Company, and endorsements from prominent business leaders and consultants
Contents PART I: Understanding the Behavior of Business Leaders.- Chapter 1: The “How” of Leadership – An Era of Behavior Scrutiny.- Chapter 2: The Remarkable Business Leader.- Chapter 3: The Perilous Business Leader.- Chapter 4: The Toxic Business Leader.- Chapter 5: Leadership Type Sur-vey – What Type of Leader is Your Boss?- PART II: LESSONS for Managing Business Leaders.- Chap-ter 6: Managing a Remarkable Boss.- Chapter 7: Managing a Perilous Boss.- Chapter 8: Managing a Toxic Boss.- Chapter 9: The Power of Metaphor – A Tool for Further Reflection on Leadership Behavior.
Fields of interestEconomics/Management Science, general; Human Resource Management; Industrial and Organisati-onal Psychology
Target groupsPopular/general
Product categoryProfessional book
Available
2012 . XIII, 174 p . 12 illus ., 11 in color . Softcover7 * € (D) 21,35 | € (A) 21,94 | sFr 29,007 € 19,95 | £17.99ISBN 978-1-4614-0375-3
9<HTMERB=eadhfd>
Economics/Management Science springer.com/NEWSonline
98
P. K.-h. Yu, National Quemoy University, Taiwan
One-dot Theory Described, Explained, Inferred, Justified, and AppliedThe ancient Chinese scholars are fond of applying the Yin and Yang diagram to correlate almost eve-rything. This book continues that tradition and uses the model to study other non-“dialectical” theories and models. The major finding qua con-tribution in this publication is to point out that the four diagrams are equivalent to the BaGua or Ba-GuaTu (BG), a set of eight ancient China symbolic notations/gossip. Another finding is that dia-lectical/crab and frog motion remark is just the opposite of a non-dialectical/crab and frog motion (usually deductive, linear, or cause and effect) remark, or, at best, they must meet half-way. The two major tasks of this book are to, first, apply the author‘s one-dot theory, which is shored up by the crab and frog motion model, to convert other theories and models as well as studies and, second, apply his theory and model to reinvent some well-known western-derived theories and models and studies, such as game theory. The attempt is to narrow down the gap between the East and the West scholarship/XueShu, broadly defined, ma-king the book of interest to Eastern and Western philosophers and scholars alike.
Contents Preface.- Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Can the Diagrams be Applied to All the Scales?.- Chapter 3. Converting and/or Reinventing Some Non-“dialectical” Theories and Models or Studies as One Dot.- Chapter 4. Findings from Each Chapter.- Chapter 5. Conclusion.- Appendix I. The Beijing versus Taipei Chart .
Fields of interestEconomic Theory; Methodology and the History of Economic Thought; Philosophy (general)
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Available
2012 . XII, 114 p . 15 illus ., 9 in color . (SpringerBriefs in Philosophy, Volume 3) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-2166-5
9<HTMERB=ecbggf>
M. A. Yülek, T. K. Taylor (Eds)
Designing Public Procurement Policy in Developing CountriesHow to Foster Technology Transfer and Industrialization in the Global Economy
This book presents effective strategies for deve-loping countries to leverage their public sector demand for manufactured imports to promote industrialization, trade, and technology transfer. Technology transfer and its absorption is consi-dered one of the most crucial and complicated challenges for developing countries, which are characterized by insufficient infrastructure, low technological intensity of the domestic capital stock, and high levels of manufactured imports. Which strategies and policy tools can govern-ments employ to link demand with technology transfer, thereby enhancing absorption capacity and development in emerging economies? This book is part of a broader project launched by PGlobal Global Advisory and Training Services Ltd., in cooperation with Istanbul Commerce Uni-versity (İTUCU) and the Scientific and Techno-logical Research Council of Turkey (TÜBİTAK). The contributors to this book are policymakers, academicians, and experts who are working together to identify problems and develop policy recommendations for public procurement with respect to economic development.
Features 7 Contains contributions from international experts from both practitioner and academic backgrounds 7 Uses case studies and examples to share solutions and recommendations 7 Pro-poses new strategies for developing countries to move to procurement based on technology transfer
Fields of interestR & D/Technology Policy; Development Econo-mics; Economic Policy
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XIX, 268 p . 71 illus ., 46 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1441-4
9<HTMERB=ebeebe>
L. Zhang, Shandong University of Science and Technology, Qingdao, Shandong, China
Venture Capital and the Corporate Governance of Chinese Listed CompaniesState-controlled listed companies have always dominated Chinese stock markets. As a result of the rampant scandals related to them, there have been voluminous academic efforts to explore their corporate governance, underpinned by agency costs. However, these studies have yet to examine the phenomenon from the perspective of venture capital and adaptive efficiency. During the last ten years, despite China’s remarkable progress in the development of its venture capital market, its domestic venture capital has been marginalized by American competitors. Given the different performance between them, the author contends that the corporate governance system of Chinese state-controlled listed companies has hampered the performance of the institutional factors which are responsible for the prosperity of American venture capital in Chinese venture capital markets. With the practice of American venture capital as the mirror, he empirically demonstrates that Chi-nese domestic venture capital lacks the four factors related to the success of their American counter-parts: large and independent funding, application of incentive mechanisms, efficient exit channels, and a high risk tolerance level.
Features 7 Applies venture capital perspective to ana-lyze Chinese corporate governance 7 Timely topic, as interest in Chinese business is growing rapidly 7 Considers implications for foreign, especially American, investment in China
Fields of interestEconomics/Management Science, general; Finance/Investment/Banking; R & D/Technology Policy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . VIII, 122 p . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1280-9
9<HTMERB=ebciaj>
News 12/2012 Business for Professionals / Management
99
A. Chiarini
Lean Organization: from the Tools of the Toyota Production System to Lean OfficeLean Organization for Excellence describes the right way to implement lean thinking inside both manufacturing and service industries. After exp-laining the origins of the concept and discussing ‚wastes‘ and value added, the book aims to set out a precise path of action. To this end, the so-called Hoshin Kanri method of defining business objecti-ves and targets is explained, and a Value Stream Mapping tool that serves to identify all wastes is described. Subsequent chapters cover each of the TPS (Toyota Production System) tools, from 5S to SMED, and special attention is devoted to the Ducati case study, in which tools such as 5S and Kanban are applied. Lean metrics and the inno-vative Value Stream Accounting are discussed, and the closing chapter focuses on Lean Office for the service industry. Each chapter includes illustrations and tables relating to practical cases concerning the subject under consideration, based on real consultancy experiences.
Features 7 Explains how to implement lean thinking inside both manufacturing and service indust-ries 7 Describes and explains a variety of me-thods and tools 7 Includes case study material based on real consultancy experiences
Field of interestProduction/Logistics/Supply Chain Management
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2013 . XI, 166 p . 109 illus . (Perspectives in Business Culture, Volume 3) Hardcover7 * € (D) 64,15 | € (A) 65,95 | sFr 80,007 € 59,95 | £53.99ISBN 978-88-470-2509-7
9<HTTIPH=acfajh>
R. A. Francisco
Finance for AcademicsA Guide to Investment for Income
The purpose of this book is to provide a hands-on guide to finance and investment for academics with an objective of providing strategies to maxi-mize income, minimize fees, and legally minimize taxes. There are many risks in finance and invest-ment such as stock market crashes, inflation, cor-ruption, fees and interest rates. This book stresses that stocks and bonds are the mainstay of most in-vestors. Dividend-growth stocks mitigate the risk of inflation. In addition, they cost nothing once they are purchased, unlike mutual funds that have constant fees. The author explains how to find dividend-growth stocks whose payout increase exceeds inflation and how to compound quarterly in order to make projections for future growth in the number of shares or in the value of the capital itself. The author, in addition, discusses the value of bond funds and master-limited partnerships for an investment portfolio. Retirement income is a major concern for senior academics and the me-dian level of retirement savings for those 55 to 64 is only $145,000, which is insufficient. The author stresses the need to mix dividend-growth stocks and closed-end bond funds to fund retirement as well as explains Roth IRAs, 401(k)s and other such tax-free forms of retirement financing. Finally, the book examines financial risks and shows how to mitigate them to the extent possible.
Contents Introduction.- Risks.- Forms of Investment.- Dividend-Growth Stocks.- Bond Funds.- Master-limited Partnerships.- Retirement Income.- What can go Wrong?
Fields of interestFinance/Investment/Banking; Management/Busi-ness for Professionals
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryBrief
Available
2012 . XIII, 129 p . (SpringerBriefs in Finance) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-3243-2
9<HTMERB=edcedc>
K. Seirafi, University of Applied Sciences Upper Austria
Organizational EpistemologyUnderstanding Knowledge in Organizations
This book presents an in-depth perspective of knowledge as a fundamental process of any orga-nization rather than just another resource to be managed. The author presents a process-oriented theory of creating and applying knowledge direc-ted towards both researchers and practitioners. In this book the author develops normative know-ledge management guidelines which draw from a unique view on knowledge, discussed in the field of philosophy since Plato but neglected by most knowledge management authors – by applying a philosophically grounded ‘social epistemology’ to organizations. The guidelines in this book call for an open and reflective space of knowledge creation, aligned with goals and structures of the organization. Numerous examples, field studies, and an application to the main case study on Seven-Eleven Japan complement both the descrip-tive view on knowledge as well as the normative guidelines presented in this book.
Features 7 A new framework towards understanding knowledge in organizations 7 First inter-disciplinary attempt to connect philosophy of science and epistemology with knowledge management 7 A normative view on knowledge management and organizational knowledge
Contents Part I Organizational Knowledge.- Part II Episte-mology.- Part III Organizational Epistemology.
Fields of interestBusiness Information Systems; Epistemology; Organization/Planning
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due February 2013
2013 . X, 300 p . 80 illus ., 6 in color . (Contributions to Management Science) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34193-9
9<HTOGPC=debjdj>
Law springer.com/NEWSonline
100
A. Borowski, University La Trobe, Melbourne, VIC, Australia; R. Sheehan, University Monash, Melbourne, VIC, Australia (Eds)
Australia‘s Children‘s Courts Today and TomorrowThe Children’s Court is one of society’s most important social institutions. At the same time, it is steeped in controversy.
Features 7 Only book currently available on the Children’s Court 7 An exploration of the welfare and justi-ce approaches to resolving care and protection and youth offending cases that are before the courts
Contents Introduction - Allan Borowski and Rosemary Sheehan.- Part One: the mandate of the Children’s Court.- 2 The Children’s Court in the Australian Capital Territory - Peter Camilleri and Morag McArthur,- 3 The Children’s Court in New South Wales - Elizabeth Fernandez, Jane Bolitho and Dr Patricia Hansen.- 4 The Children’s Court in Nort-hern Territory - Debora West.- 5 The Children’s Court in Queensland - Claire Tilbury and Paul Mazerolle.- 6 The Children’s Court in South Aus-tralia - Paul Delfabbro and Andrew Day.- 7 The Children’s Court in Tasmania - Rob White and Max Travers.- 8 The Children’s Court in Victo-ria - Allan Borowski and Rosemary Sheehan.- 9 The Children’s Court in Western Australia - Mike Clare and Joe Clare.- Part two: Whither Australia in the international context?.- 10 An Australian Children’s Court: discovering a common identity.- 11. Care and protection: Australia and the inter-national context - Marie Connolly.- 12 Juvenile Justice: Australian Court responses situated in the international context - Judy Cashmore.- 13 Con-clusion - Allan Borowski and Rosemary Sheehan.
Fields of interestPublic Law; Criminology & Criminal Justice; Psychology Research
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due February 2013
2013 . XII, 208 p . 1 illus . in color . (Children’s Well-Being: Indicators and Research, Volume 7) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-94-007-5927-5
9<HTUELA=hfjchf>
Court of Justice of the European Union, Court of Justice of the European Union, Luxembourg (Ed)
The Court of Justice and the Construction of Europe: Analyses and Perspectives on Sixty Years of Case-law/La Cour de Justice et la Construction de l‘Europe: Analyses et Perspectives de Soixante Ans de JurisprudenceEditorial coordination: A. Rosas, E. Levits, Y. Bot, Court of Justice of the European Union, Luxembourg
Contents Introduction.- The History of the Court of Justice of the European Union since its Origin.- L’évolution de l’architecture juridictionnelle de l’Union européenne.- The Court of Justice in the 21st Century: Challenges ahead for the Judicial System? The National Judge as Judge of the Euro-pean Union.- The Cooperation between European Courts. The Verbund of European Courts and Its Legal Toolbox.- Le rôle du comité 255 dans la sélection du juge de l’Union.- Les institutions poli-tiques de l’Union et la Cour de justice: La Cour de justice et le Parlement européen.- Les institutions politiques de l’Union et la Cour de justice: le point de vue du Conseil.- Les institutions politiques de l’Union et la Cour de justice: La Commission devant la Cour de justice: l’exemple de la procé-dure préjudicielle.- The European Convention on Human Rights and the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union: a process of mutual enrichment.- The EFTA Court and Court of Jus-tice of the European Union Coming in parts but winning together. [...]
Field of interestEuropean Law
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due November 2012
2013 . VII, 843 p . Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 120,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-90-6704-896-5
9<HTUARH=aeijgf>
I. Richelle, HEC-University of Liège, Belgium; W. Schön, Max Planck Institute for Tax Law and Public Finance, Munich, Germany; E. Traversa, Université catholique de Louvain, Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium (Eds)
Allocating Taxing Powers within the European UnionThe contributions to this volume try to overcome the traditional approach of the judicature of the European Court of Justice regarding the applica-tion of the fundamental freedoms in direct taxa-tion that is largely built on a non-discrimination test.
Features 7 Addresses key issues for the allocation of taxing powers in the European Union 7 Looks at fun-damental questions of direct taxation 7 Covers a broad range of aspects such as limited tax liability, losses or transfer pricing
Contents A.G. Prats: Revisiting „Schumacker“: Sour-ce, Residence and Citizenshipin the ECJ Case Low on Direct Taxation.- M. Greggi: Revisiting „Schumacker“: The Role of Limited Tax Liability in EU Law.- D. Gutmann: How to avoid Double Taxation in the European Union?- W. Schön: Transfer Pricing, the Arm‘s Length Standard and European Union Law.- I. Richelle: Cross-Border Loss Compensation: State and Critique of the Judicature.- T. Hackemann: Group Taxation in the European Union.- V.R. Almendral: Tax Avoidance, the „Balanced Allocation of Taxing Powers“ and the Arm‘s Length Standard: and odd Threesome in Need of Clarification.- E. Traversa, B. Vintras: The Territoriality of Tax Incentives within the Single Market.- E. Reimer: Taxation - an Area without Mutual Recognition?
Fields of interestEuropean Law; Financial Law/Fiscal Law; Euro-pean Integration
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due January 2013
2013 . Approx . 300 p . 5 illus . (MPI Studies in Tax Law and Public Finance, Volume 2) Hardcover7 approx. * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 approx. € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-3-642-34918-8
9<HTOGPC=dejbii>
News 12/2012 Law
101
R. Wolfrum, I. Gätzschmann, Max Planck Institute for Comparative Public Law and International Law, Heidelberg, Germany (Eds)
International Dispute Settlement: Room for Innovations?This publication succeeds previously published seminars of the Max Planck Institute for Compa-rative Public Law and International Law (Heidel-berg, Germany) dealing with evolving principles and new developments in international law.
Features 7 Actuality: shortcomings and potentials of current international dispute settlement mecha-nisms are depicted 7 Variety: the comparison of, inter alia, the framework of the ICJ, the WTO and international arbitration regimes exposes best practices capable of being transferred to other sys-tems 7 Relevance: practitioners and academics discuss possible innovative approaches to effec-tively promote international dispute settlement
Contents Opening Address.- What Makes the WTO Dispute Settlement Procedure Particular: Lessons to be Learned for the Settlement of International Disputes in General?- Advisory Opinions: Are they a Suitable Alternative for the Settlement of International Disputes?- Interaction between Counsel and International Courts and Arbitral Tribunals: Ethical Standards for Counsel.- Inter-national Courts as Lawmakers.- Privatization of the Settlement of International Disputes.- Final Remarks and Conclusions.
Fields of interestDispute Resolution, Mediation, Arbitration; Private International Law, International & Foreign Law, Comparative Law; Sources and Subjects of International Law, International Organizations
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due January 2013
2013 . XIV, 445 p . (Beiträge zum ausländischen öffentlichen Recht und Völkerrecht, Volume 239) Hardcover7 * € (D) 101,60 | € (A) 104,45 | sFr 126,507 € 94,95 | £85.50ISBN 978-3-642-34966-9
9<HTOGPC=dejggj>
Education springer.com/NEWSonline
102
L. Hills, Blue Pencil Institute, Fairfax, VA, USA
Lasting Female Educational LeadershipLeadership Legacies of Women Leaders
Our colleges and universities are being led in large part by baby boomers who are now in later midlife. Huge numbers of those middle-aged leaders will retire within the next 10 years. While we know that being in later midlife and impending retirement must influence a person in a leadership position at an institution of higher learning, we don’t really understand how.
Features 7 Fills a gap in empirical, theory based scholarly work on leadership 7 Broadens the under-standing of the generativity potential of women leaders in midlife 7 Identifies influences of legacies on generativity and core leadership values that inform generativity 7 Enables higher edu-cation institutions to create effective programs to develop generativity in their leaders 7 Hands-on exercises readers can use to identify their legacies and core leadership values 7 A Leadership Legacy Statement Template readers can use clarify, articulate, and write a personal leadership legacy statement
Contents Ch. 1: Leadership Legacies: The Immortal Higher Education Leader.- Ch. 2: Why Legacy Matters More in Midlife.- Ch. 3: The Case Study.- Ch. 4: Characteristics that Influence Leadership Legacies.- Ch. 5: Developing Generative Higher Education Leaders.- Ch. 6: Tools for Crafting a Leader’s Higher Education Leadership Legacy.- Appendices.- References.- Index.
Fields of interestHigher Education; Administration, Organization and Leadership
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2013 . XVIII, 209 p . 4 illus . (Studies in Educational Leadership, Volume 18) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-94-007-5018-0
9<HTUELA=hfabia>
E. S.-C. Ho, The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong; W.-M. Kwong, City University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong
Parental involvement on children’s educationWhat works in Hong Kong
Features 7 Investigates the complexity of parental in-volvement and clarifies the meaning of parental involvement through ethnographic case stu-dies 7 Analyses the variations in the forms of parental involvement that relate to individual factors and institutional factors, and describes how it works in primary schools 7 Examines the diverse forms of parental involvement to determi-ne what makes differences to students’ learning processes
Contents Chapter 1 Literature Review.- Chapter 2 Eluci-dating the Complexity of Parental Involvement in Primary Schools: Three Ethnographic Case Studies.- Chapter 3 Building a Grounded Theory on Parental Involvement in Education.- Chapter 4 Nature of Parental Involvement: Perspectives from Principals, Teachers and Parents.- Chapter 5 Effects of Parental Involvement and Investment on Student Learning.- Chapter 6 Conclusions and Implications.
Fields of interestChildhood Education; Educational Policy and Politics; Educational Psychology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Due March 2013
2013 . X, 110 p . 7 illus . (SpringerBriefs in Education) Softcover7 approx. * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 approx. € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-981-4021-98-2
9<HTUIME=acbjic>
R. Maclean, The Hong Kong Institute of Education, Hong Kong SAR, China; S. Jagannathan, J. Sarvi, Asian Development Bank, Manila, Philippines (Eds)
Skills Development for Inclusive and Sustainable Growth in Developing Asia-PacificContents Foreword: Mr Bindu Lohani.- Preface: Mr Jouko Sarvi.- Series Editor Introduction: Prof. Rupert Maclean.- PART 1: MAJOR TRENDS AND CONCERNS IN SKILLS DEVELOPMENT.- Skills Development Issues, Challenges and Strategies in Asia and the Pacific, Rupert Maclean, Shanti Jagannathan and Jouko Sarvi.- Lifelong Learning: meaning, challenges and opportunities, Colin Po-wer and Rupert Maclean.- Vocationalisation of se-condary and tertiary education: what next?, Mar-garita Pavlova and Rupert Maclean.- Education, Employability Employment and Entrepreneurship; Meeting the Challenge of the 4Es, Manish Sabhar-wal.- Coping with Rural Transformation and the Movement of Workers from Rural Areas to Cities: the China Sunshine Project, Li Wang and Greg Shaw.- TVET and ICT Acquisition Process, Tapio Varis.- From TVET to Workforce Development, Robin Shreeve, Jennifer Gibb and Shayla Ribeiro.- Qualifications, skills and workforce effectiveness: the relevance of the OECD’s Survey of Adult Skills to Asia, William Thorn and Andreas Schleicher.- Skills Development Pathways in Asia, Cristina Martinez-Fernandez and Kyungsoo Choi.- Private Public Partnership to meet the skills challenges in India, Dilip Chenoy.- Skill training and workforce development with reference to underemployment and migration, Brajesh Panth.- Rural Transforma-tion Index – Measuring Rural-Urban Disparities, Li Wang, Qutub Khan and Dian Zhang.- Retire or Rehire: Learning from the Singapore Story, James Yonghwee Lim. [...]
Field of interestProfessional and Vocational Education
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due December 2012
2013 . VIII, 431 p . 41 illus ., 34 in color . (Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects, Volume 19) Hardcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-94-007-5936-7
9<HTUELA=hfjdgh>
News 12/2012 Education
103
New SeriesMathematics Education in the Digital EraSeries editors: D. Martinovic, V. Freiman
The Mathematics Education in the Digital Era (MEDE) series explores ways in which digital technologies support mathematics teaching and the learning of Net Gen’ers, paying attention also to educational debates. Each volume will address one specific issue in mathematics education (e.g., visual mathematics and cyber-learning; inclusive and community based e-learning; teaching in the digital era), in an attempt to explore funda-mental assumptions about teaching and learning mathematics in the presence of digital techno-logies. This series aims to attract diverse readers including: researchers in mathematics education, mathematicians, cognitive scientists and com-puter scientists, graduate students in education, policy-makers, educational software developers, administrators and teachers-practitioners. Among other things, the high quality scientific work published in this series will address questions related to the suitability of pedagogies and digital technologies for new generations of mathematics students. The series will also provide readers with deeper insight into how innovative teaching and assessment practices emerge, make their way into the classroom, and shape the learning of young students who have grown up with technology. The series will also look at how to bridge theory and practice to enhance the different learning styles of today’s students and turn their motivation and natural interest in technology into an additional support for meaningful mathematics learning. The series provides the opportunity for the dissemina-tion of findings that address the effects of digital technologies on learning outcomes and their integration into effective teaching practices; the potential of mathematics educational software for the transformation of instruction and curricula; and the power of the e-learning of mathematics, as inclusive and community-based, yet personalized and hands-on. Editorial Board: Marcelo Borba, State University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil Rosa Maria Bottino, CNR – Istituto Tecnologie Didattiche, Genova, Italy Celia Hoyles, University of London, London, UK Zekeriya Karadag, Bay-burt University, Turkey Stephen Lerman, London South Bank University, London, UK Richard Lesh, Indiana University, Bloomington, USA Allen Leung, Hong Kong Baptist University, Hong Kong John Mason, Open University, UK John Olive, The University of Georgia, Athens, USA Sergey Pozdnyakov, Saint-Petersburg State Electro Tech-nical University, Saint-Petersburg, Russia Ornella Robutti, Università di Torino, Torino, Italy Anna Sfard, Michigan State University, USA & Universi-ty of Haifa, Haifa, Israel Anne Watson, University of Oxford, Oxford, UK Book proposals for this series may be submitted per email to Springer or the Series Editors. - Springer: Natalie Rieborn at [email protected] - Series Editors: Dragana Martinovic at dragana@uwindsor.
D. Martinovic, University of Windsor, Windsor, ON, Canada; V. Freiman, Université De Moncton, Moncton, NB, Canada; Z. Karadag, Bayburt University, Bayburt, Turkey (Eds)
Visual Mathematics and CyberlearningFeatures 7 Offers a platform for dissemination of new ideas in visual mathematics and cyberlear-ning 7 Addresses new developments in the field 7 Evokes new theoretical perspectives in mathematics education
Contents 1. Keith Jones, Eirini Geraniou, & Thanassis Tiropanis: Patterns of collaboration: Towards learning mathematics in the era of the seman-tic web.- 2. Gorjan Alagic & Mara Alagic: Collaborative mathematics learning in online environments.- 3. Murat Perit Cakir & Gerry Stahl: The integration of mathematics discourse, Graphical reasoning and symbolic expression by a Virtual Math Team.- 4. Beste Güçler, Stephen Hegedus, Ryan Robidoux, & Nicholas Jackiw: Investigating the Mathematical Discourse of Young Learners Involved in Multi-Modal Mathematical Investigations: The Case of Haptic Technologies.- 5. Dragan Trninic & Dor Abrahamson: Embodied interaction as designed mediations of conceptual performance.- 6. Luis Radford: Sensuous Cognition.- 7. George Gadani-dis & Immaculate Namukasa: New media and online mathematics learning for teachers.- 8. Ann LeSage: Web-based video clips: A supplemental resource for supporting pre-service elementary mathematics teachers.- 9. Dragana Martinovic, Viktor Freiman, & Zekeriya Karadag: Visual mathematics and cyberlearning in view of Af-fordance and Activity Theories.
Fields of interestEducational Technology; Mathematical Software; Mathematics Education
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due December 2012
2013 . Approx . 300 p . 20 illus . (Mathematics Education in the Digital Era, Volume 1) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-94-007-2320-7
9<HTUELA=hcdcah>
D. F. Treagust, Curtin University, Perth, WA, Australia; C.-Y. Tsui, Curtin University, Pert, WA, Australia (Eds)
Multiple Representations in Biological EducationContents FOREWORD, Kathleen Fisher.- PREFACE , David F. Treagust and Chi-Yan Tsui.- Introduction to Multiple Representations: Their Importance in Biology and Biological Education, Chi-Yan Tsui and David F. Treagust.- PART I : Role of Multiple Representations in Learning Biology.- Chapter 1 Identifying and Developing Students’ Ability to Reason with Concepts and Representations in Bio-logy, Trevor R. Anderson, Konrad J. Schönborn, Lynn du Plessis, Abindra S. Gupthar, and Tracy L. Hull.- Chapter 2 Pictures in Biology Education, Wolff-Michael Roth and Lilian Pozzer-Ardenghi.- Chapter 3 Possible Constraints of Visualization in Biology: Challenges in Learning with Mul-tiple Representations, Billie Eilam.- Chapter 4 Promoting the Collaborative Use of Cognitive and Metacognitive Skills through Conceptual Repre-sentations in Hypermedia, Lei Liu and Cindy E. Hmelo-Silver.- Chapter 5 Learning and Teaching Biotechnological Methods Using Animations, Hagit Yarden and Anat Yarden.- PART II: Implica-tions for Biology Teaching and Teacher Education with Multiple Representations.- Chapter 6 Experts’ Views on Translation across Multiple External Representations in Acquiring Biological Know-ledge about Ecology, Genetics, and Evolution, Konrad J. Schönborn and Susanne Bögeholz.- Chapter 7 Evolution is a Model, Why Not Teach It That Way?, Paul Horwitz.- Chapter 8 Multiple Representations of Human Genetics in Biology Textbooks, Pierre Clément and Jérémy Castéra.- Chapter 9 Deconstructing and Decoding Complex Process Diagrams in University Biology, Phyllis B. Griffard. [...]
Fields of interestScience Education; Learning and Instruction
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due December 2012
2013 . VIII, 411 p . 91 illus ., 56 in color . (Models and Modeling in Science Education, Volume 7) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-94-007-4191-1
9<HTUELA=hebjbb>
Social Sciences springer.com/NEWSonline
104
J. G. Backhaus (Ed)
Two Centuries of Local AutonomyOne of the last Prussian Reforms during the Napo-leonic Era was the constitution of local autonomy for the cities. Proof of its lasting importance is that it was the cities that carried out the deficit-based employment policies of the early 1930s also had to carry the burden of a democratic reconstitution of Germany in the postwar period. After the crus-hing defeat at Napoleon’s hands, likewise the re-constitution of Prussia fell to the cities. Today, the same constellation of problems can be found on different stages. Europe, as it is growing together, faces a democracy deficit which ultimately will have to be addressed by the cities. The countries in transition and undergoing transformation likewise will have to find arenas for democratic decision making, which likely will be at the municipal level. Finally, the United States of America also faces a quagmire at the federal level which ultimately will have to be resolved at the state or local level. Con-tributions to this book examine all of these issues, making it of interest to students in urban studies, public administration, history and political science as well as policy-makers concerned with local government and autonomy.
Features 7 Outlines the development and importance of the role of city/local government over the last two centuries. 7 Provides insight on important issues in not only constitutional political economy but also in political science and urban studies. 7 De-monstrates important lessons that also apply to the United States and the expanding European Union today.
Field of interestPolitical Science, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . X, 114 p . 1 illus . (The European Heritage in Economics and the Social Sciences, Volume 13) Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 129,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4614-0292-3
9<HTMERB=eacjcd>
M. K. Baer, Köln
International Corporations as Actors in Global GovernanceEvidence from 92 Top-Managers in Germany and France
Global Governance describes on a normative level how companies can be responsible and sustainable actors in the international sphere. In times of glo-balization, failing financial systems and gridlocked political structures, these concepts gain critical importance. Maxim Baer revisits the discussion, leaves the traditional “international relations” per-spective behind and examines leadership strategies of top-executives in large companies that enable firms to be part of Global Governance structu-res. A second focus lies on a possible impact of national culture on business leaders and their respective attitude towards elements of Global Governance. A German-French comparison has been conducted.
Feature 7 Publication in the field of social sciences
Contents Global Governance.- Leadership.- Institutional Logic.- Neo-Institutional Theory.- Germany / France. National Culture.
Field of interestSocial Sciences, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . I, 215 p . 45 illus . (Globale Gesellschaft und internationale Beziehungen, Volume 6) Softcover7 * € (D) 49,95 | € (A) 51,35 | sFr 62,507 € 46,68 | £42.99ISBN 978-3-658-00405-7
9<HTOGQI=aaeafh>
F. Betz, Eumclaw, WA, USA
Societal DynamicsUnderstanding Social Knowledge and Wisdom
At both a micro-information level and a macro-societal level, the concepts of “knowledge” and “wisdom” are complementary – in both decisions and in social structures and institutions. At the decision level, knowledge is concerned with how to make a proper choice of means, where “best” is measured as the efficiency toward achieving an end. Wisdom is concerned with how to make a proper choice of ends that attain “best” values. At a societal level, knowledge is managed through science/technology and innovation.
Features 7 Explores the fundamental dichotomy between achieving social knowledge vs. wisdom, and the roles played by the physical and social sciences in explaining and promoting a balance 7 Uses dramatic examples from recent history (e.g., the Bolshevik Revolution, China’s Cultural Revolu-tion, and the rise of Nazism) 7 For researchers and students in the social sciences (political science, sociology, history), ethics, economic and social theory
Contents Chapter 1 societal wisdom chapter 2 ideology and dictatorship chapter 3 idealsm and realism chapter 4 societal models chapter 5 ethics in society chap-ter 6 empirical and add the chapter 7 designing society chapter 8 re-designing society chapter 9 reforming society chapter 10 self-organizing sys-tems chapter 11 societal stasis and change chapter 12 methodology for integrating history and social sciences.
Fields of interestSocial Sciences, general; Sociology, general; Me-thodology and the History of Economic Thought
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XXII, 340 p . 110 illus . (Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management, Volume 11) Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 120,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1277-9
9<HTMERB=ebchhj>
News 12/2012 Social Sciences
105
S. Brouard, O. Costa, T. König (Eds)
The Europeanization of Domestic LegislaturesThe Empirical Implications of the Delors‘ Myth in Nine Countries
In ten years 80 per cent of the legislation related to economics, maybe also to taxes and social aff airs, will be of Community origin.” This declaration has been largely quoted, paraphrased and deformed by different authors, creating a persistent myth ac-cording to which 80% of the legislative activity of the national legislatures would soon be reduced to the simple transposition of European norms”. This book addresses the topic of the scope and impact of Europeanization on national legislation, as a part of the Europeanization debate which raises normative concerns linked to the “democratic de-ficit” debate. The state of the art shows that there are many assumptions and claims on how Euro-pean integration may affect national legislation and, more generally, domestic governance but that there is a lack of solid and comparative data to test them. The aim of the book is to give a solid and comparative insight into Europeanization focusing on effective outcomes in a systematic way.
Features 7 Addresses several strong theses, including those of G. Majone, A. Moravcsik, and Mar-tin and Vanberg, about Europeanization and legislation 7 Includes an annex with extensive quantitative data on law Europeanization, detailed by country, type of norm, topic, period of time, etc 7 Provides a method by which to measure Europeanization
Fields of interestPolitical Science, general; Public International Law; European Integration
Target groupsProfessional/practitioner
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . VIII, 244 p . 41 illus ., 30 in color . (Studies in Public Choice) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-1501-5
9<HTMERB=ebfabf>
G. Bruinsma, Netherlands Institute for the Study of Crime and Law Enforcement (NSCR), Amsterdam, The Netherlands; D. Weisburd, Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel (Eds)
Encyclopedia of Criminology and Criminal JusticeContents The Encyclopedia consists of approximately 600 entries, organized alphabetically, covering these ten major areas: Corrections and Criminal Justice Supervision.- Courts, Sentencing and the Judicial System.- Crimes, Criminals and Victims.- Crime Places and Situations.- Explanations for Criminal Behavior.- Forensic Science.- Data, Methods and Statistics.- Police and Law Enforcement.- Psycho-logy of Law.- Social Interventions and Prevention.
Field of interestCriminology & Criminal Justice
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryEncyclop(a)edia
Due November 2013
2013 . 6200 p . 160 illus ., 80 in color . 7 approx. * € (D) 3424,00 | € (A) 3520,00 | sFr 4260,007 approx. € 3200,00 | £2880.00ISBN 978-1-4614-5689-6
9<HTMERB=efgijg> eReference
2013 . 7 approx. ** € (D) 3808,00 | € (A) 3840,00 | sFr 4476,507 approx. € 3200,00 | £2880.00ISBN 978-1-4614-5690-2
9<HTMERB=efgjac> Print + eReference
2013 . 6200 p . 160 illus ., 80 in color . 7 approx. * € (D) 4280,00 | € (A) 4400,00 | sFr 5325,007 approx. € 4000,00 | £3600.00ISBN 978-1-4614-5691-9
9<HTMERB=efgjbj>
S. Casertano, Berlin, Deutschland
Our Land, Our Oil!Natural Resources, Local Nationalism, and Violent Secession
Stefano Casertano explores the connections between the presence of energy natural resources and the development of „local nationalism“ in the producing regions. In particular, he applies a spe-cific focus on those cases where such nationalism leads to secession attempts. The research is based on eight case studies in Bolivia, Sudan, Malaysia, Indonesia, China, Iran, Angola, and Nigeria.
Contents The case for „Local Oil Nationalism“.- From peace to conflict (and back).- Bolivia and Sudan: A per-fect split.- Indonesia and Malaysia: Islands, ethni-cities, oil.- China and Iran: The risk for peripheral producing enclaves.- Angola and Nigeria: Tribal fragmentation in Sub-Saharan Africa.
Field of interestComparative Politics
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Due December 2012
2013 . XXI, 290 p . 20 illus . Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-3-531-19442-4
9<HTOFOB=bjeece>
Social Sciences springer.com/NEWSonline
106
D. Comer, ICAHM, Baltimore, MD, USA
Tourism and Archaeological Heritage Management at PetraDriver to Development or Destruction?
Once visited only by the cognoscenti of the anci-ent world, over the last decade Petra has drawn almost a million visitors in some years. Petra burst into popular consciousness with the release of enormously popular motion picture Raiders of the Lost Ark in 1981. Moviegoers all over the world were introduced to some of the spectacular scenic wonders of Petra: the Siq, a narrow chasm with colorful, towering sandstone walls, and Al-Khaz-na, the exquisitely carved tomb for a Nabataean king. For centuries, the Nabataeans controlled the trade in precious commodities across the Arabian Peninsula, bring spices from Southeast Asia, incense from present-day Yemen, gold and ivory from Africa, and silk from the Far East across the Empty Quarter to ports on the western Mediter-ranean. In 1985, Petra was included on the list of World Heritage Sites. Since then, low cost jet travel and a fast highway from the capital city of Amman have made the site increasingly accessible. The Jor-danian government has made attracting tourists to Jordan a top priority. For all of the attention that Petra has received, it is still surprisingly poorly understood.
Features 7 Evaluates effect of tourism on one of the world's most important archaeological heritage sites 7 Includes an introduction writtten by Henry Cleere, first President of the International Committee on Archaeological Heritage Manage-ment (ICAHM) 7 Recommends specific strate-gies to ensure that the archaeological site Petra is maintained and cultivated
Fields of interestArchaeology; Cultural Heritage
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Available
2012 . XVI, 187 p . 97 illus ., 11 in color . (SpringerBriefs in Archaeology / SpringerBriefs in Archaeological Heritage Management) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-1480-3
9<HTMERB=ebeiad>
L. Gideon, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, New York, NY, USA (Ed)
Handbook of Survey Methodology for the Social SciencesContents Acknowledgements.-Introduction.-Classification of Surveys.-Survey Ethics: What Are We Allowed To Do In Survey Research.-The Salient Bias in Survey Research: Total Survey Error (TSE).-Common Survey Sampling Techniques.-Frames, Framing Effects, and Survey Response.-The Art of Question Phrasing.-Interviewing.-Unit Nonres-ponse Due to Refusal.-Controlling for Response Error, and Quality of Response.-Why Do People Agree to Participate in Surveys.-Respondents Cooperation: Demographic Profile of Survey Respondents and Its Implications.-Effects of Incentives in Surveys.-Designing the Face to Face Survey.-Repeated Cross Sectional Surveys Using FTF.-Cost and Error in Fixed and Mobile Phone Surveys.-Mail Surveys in Social Research.-Email Surveys.-Increasing Response Rate in Web Based/Internet Surveys.-How to Build Your Own Online Survey Panel.-Does Paying More Mean Getting Better Product?: Comparison of Survey Modes of Administration.-Sensitive Issues in Surveys: Re-ducing Refusals While Increasing Reliability and Quality of Response.-Researching Difficult Popu-lations: Interviewing Techniques and Methodolo-gical Issues in FTF.-What Survey Modes Are Most Effective in Eliciting Self-Reports of Criminal or Delinquent Behavior.-Issues in Survey Designing: Using Surveys of Victimization and Fear of Crime as Examples.-What Would You Do? Conducting Web Based Factorial Vignette Surveys.-Compara-bility of Survey Measurements.-Employee Surveys as Catalysts for Change: Turning Data into Action.
Field of interestMethodology of the Social Sciences
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryHandbook
Available
2012 . XVIII, 520 p . 60 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 181,85 | € (A) 186,94 | sFr 226,507 € 169,95 | £153.00ISBN 978-1-4614-3875-5
9<HTMERB=edihff>
F. B. Hakeem, Shaw University, Raleigh, NC, USA; M. Haberfeld, John Jay College, New York, NY, USA; A. Verma, Indiana University, Bloomington, IN, USA
Policing Muslim CommunitiesComparative International Context
In the past two decades, Muslim countries across the globe have been faced with a crisis in gover-nance. Starting with a summary of Islamic Law (Sharia) and its implications for law enforcement, this book will highlight the unique needs and challenges of law enforcement, and particularly policing, in these communities. It will provide a scholarly exposition of Sharia law and how it is compatible (or not) with policing in a modern context.
Features 7 Provides a concise summary of Islamic Law (Sharia) Addresses a gap in the policing litera-ture which has traditionally been dominated by Western policing models 7 Provides key insights into the norms that make up the bases for Muslim Societies, and their law enforcement needs 7 Draw parallels between colonization and the current law enforcement situation within several Muslim countries
Contents Introduction.-The Concept of Punishment under Sharia.-Policing Muslims in Western Democracies.-Human Rights and Islamic Law.-Po-lice and the Administration of Justice in Medieval India.-Policing Muslim Community in India.-Policing Minorities in the Arab World.-Policing Muslims in a Combat/Peace Environment.
Fields of interestCriminology & Criminal Justice; Private Internati-onal Law, International & Foreign Law, Compara-tive Law
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . IX, 146 p . 12 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-3551-8
9<HTMERB=edffbi>
News 12/2012 Social Sciences
107
C. A. Hartjen, S. Priyadarsini, Rutgers University, Newark, NJ, USA
The Global Victimization of ChildrenProblems and Solutions
Contents Chapter 1: Introduction The Problem Varieties of Victimization Child Victimization as a Crime Addressing the Problem Chapter 2: Child Labor Why Children Work Extent & Preva-lence Children’s Work: Issues in Child Labor The Victimization of Children Who Work The Law Eliminating Child Labor Conclusion Chapter 3: Abandoned Children and Street Children Defi-nition of Terms Prevalence The Children Behind the Numbers Surviving the Streets Social Net-works Street Children as Victims Addressing the Problem Conclusion Chapter 4: Child Soldiers Definition of a Child Soldier The Law Extent and Prevalence Nature of Victimization How Children Become Child Soldiers Addressing the Problem Conclusion Chapter 5: Trafficking Definition of “Child Trafficking” Form of Trafficking Prevalence Causes of Trafficking Victims and Victimizers Re-cruiting and Controlling Victims Health Hazards Laws Prevention and Help Conclusion Chapter 6: Child Pornography The Problem Prevalence The Role of the Internet Offenders Victims Laws Against Child Pornography Dealing With the Pro-blem and Prevention Conclusion Chapter 7: Ins-titutional Absuse Definition Schools Orphanages and Residential Care Detention and Correctional Institutions Stopping Institutional Victimization Conclusion . [...]
Fields of interestCriminology & Criminal Justice; Maternal and Child Health; Social Work
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . XIII, 402 p . 1 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 128,35 | € (A) 131,95 | sFr 160,007 € 119,95 | £108.00ISBN 978-1-4614-2178-8
9<HTMERB=ecbhii>
N. S. Landale, S. M. McHale, A. Booth, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA, USA (Eds)
Families and Child HealthContents I. Biosocial Influences on Early Childhood Health.- The Developmental Origins of Chronic Disease.- How Can We Overcome the Biological Inertia of Past Deprivation?.- Anthropological Perspectives on the Developmental Origins of Adult Health.- D evelopmental Origins of Disease and Health Disparities: Limitations and Future Directions.- The Effects of Early Severe Psycho-social Deprivation on Children‘s Cognitive and Social Development: Lessons from the Bucharest Early Intervention Project.- II. Role of Family Dynamics in children’s Health.- Family Discord and Child Health: An Emotional Security Formu-lation.- F amily Influences on Children’s Mental and Physical Health: Some Contributions of and Challenges to the Emotional Security Theory.- Emotional Insecurity and Child Health: Implica-tions and Future Directions.- C ould Emotional Security Theory help advance family focused preventive interventions?- III. Link to the Social Environment through Families.- Lifecourse Ex-posures and Socioeconomic Disparities in Child Health.- Lifecourse Exposures and Socioeconomic Disparities in Child Health: Opportunities for Intervention.- S ocial Class and Child Health: Our Complexity Complex.- IV. Impact of Social Polices & Programs on Children’s Health.- The Pro Family Workplace: Social and Economic Policies and Practices and their Impacts on Child and Fa-mily Health.- Work-Family Strain and Health Care for Children.- Harder Than Rocket Science? The Science of Designing and Implementing Strong Family Friendly Policies. [...]
Fields of interestFamily; Health Psychology; Public Health/Ge-sundheitswesen
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due January 2013
2013 . IX, 236 p . 20 illus ., 10 in color . (National Symposium on Family Issues, Volume 3) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-6193-7
9<HTMERB=egbjdh>
F. Maggino, Università degli Studi di Firenze, Italy; G. Nuvolati, Università degli studi di Milano Bicocca, Italy (Eds)
Quality of life in ItalyResearch and Reflections
Contents Introduction - (Filomena Maggino and Giampao-lo Nuvolati).- I. Quality of Life: Methodological Aspects.- 1. Measuring equitable and sustaina-ble wellbeing in Italy - (Enrico Giovannini and Tommaso Rondinella).- 2. A Non-Compensatory Approach for the Measurement of the Quality of Life - (Matteo Mazziotta and Adriano Pareto).- 3. From composite indicators to partial orders: evaluating socio-economic phenomena through ordinal data - (Marco Fattore, Filomena Maggino and Emilio Colombo).- 4. Light and shade of multidimensional Indexes: how methodological choices impact on empirical results - (Enrica Chiappero and Nadia von Jacobi Nadia).- II. Quality of Life and Social Change through Italian Official Statistics Social and demographic changes in Italy - (Linda Laura Sabbadini).- 5. Satisfied or dissatisfied? An analysis of the results of „Aspects of Daily Life“ Italian survey on households - (Sil-via Montecolle and Sante Orsini).- 6. The quality of life measured through the subjective indicators of safety: fear, worry about crime and the risk of criminality - (Maria Giuseppina Muratore, Ales-sandra Federici and Daria Squillante).- 7. Hours of work and life quality - (Maria Clelia Romano and Daniele Spizzichino).- III. Quality of Life, Public Administration and Civil Society.- 8. Civic evalu-ation as a tool for analysing and achieving quality of life under the citizen’s point of view - (Angelo Tanese and Alessio Terzi).- 9. Security, quality of life and development. A holistic approach - (Maurizio Sajeva).- 10. Democracy and Public Knowledge. An Issue for Social Indicators - (Paolo Parra Saiani). [...]
Fields of interestQuality of Life Research; Statistics, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . VI, 322 p . 60 illus . (Social Indicators Research Series, Volume 48) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-94-007-3897-3
9<HTUELA=hdijhd>
Social Sciences springer.com/NEWSonline
108
M. Rockman, University of California, Los Angeles, CA, USA; J. Flatman, University College of London, UK (Eds)
Archaeology in SocietyIts Relevance in the Modern World
The practiceof archaeology has many different facets: from academia, to government, tocultural resource management, to public media. Consi-dering the place of archaeology in society means understanding the rolesthat archaeology has in the present day and a sense of the contributions thatit can make in each of these areas, both now and in the future.
Features 7 Addresses issue of archaeology's contribution to the public and public knowledge 7 Contains unique format of conversations between archaeo-logists with differing views on the field 7 Inclu-des both academic and professional archaeologists
Contents Foreword.- Preface.- Paying for One Thing, Getting Another.- Reactive vs. Proactive Ar-chaeologies.- Working Conditions vs. Public Perception.- What does Engagement Really Mean.- Archaeology in Primary Education.- Whose Archaeology is It?- Small- vs Large-scale Freelance Work.- Information Access in Different Formats.- Management Strategies and Synergies.- From the Micro to the Macro.- Record-keeping, Institituional, and Personal Memory.- Archaeolo-gy and Cultural Relativity.- Archaeology in Relati-on to Production and Use of Energy.- Archaeology of Conflict and War.- Archaeology in Relation to Climate and Environment Change.- Archaeology in Relation to Identity, Ethnicity, and Nationali-ty.- Archaeologists as „Elders.“- Archaeology in Relation to Trends in Preservation Legistlation.
Fields of interestArchaeology; Cultural Heritage
Target groupsGraduate
Product categoryGraduate/Advanced undergraduate textbook
Available
2012 . XXIII, 317 p . 9 illus ., 5 in color . Hardcover7 * € (D) 96,25 | € (A) 98,95 | sFr 129,007 € 89,95 | £81.00ISBN 978-1-4419-9880-4
9<HTMEPB=jjiiae>
K. Rountree, Massey University, Auckland, New Zealand; C. Morris, Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland; A. A. Peatfield, University College, Dublin, Ireland (Eds)
Archaeology of SpiritualitiesArchaeology of Spiritualties provides a fresh exploration of the interface between archaeology and religion/spirituality. Archaeological approa-ches to the study of religion have typically, and often unconsciously, drawn on western paradigms, especially Judaeo-Christian (mono)theistic frame-works and academic rationalisations. Archaeolo-gists have rarely reflected on how these approaches have framed and constrained their choices of methodologies, research questions, hypotheses, definitions, interpretations and analyses, and have neglected an important dimension of religion: the human experience of the numinous - the power, presence or experience of the supernatural. Within the religions of many of the world’s peoples, sacred experiences – particularly in relation to sacred landscapes and beings connected with those land-scapes – are often given greater emphasis, while doctrine and beliefs are relatively less important. Archaeology of Spiritualities asks how such experiences might be discerned in the archaeolo-gical record; how do we recognize and investigate ‘other’ forms of religious or spiritual experience in the remains of the past? The volume opens up a space to explore critically and reflexively the en-counter between archaeology and diverse cultural expressions of spirituality.
Features 7 Explores the experience of religion as embo-died in physical artifacts 7 Contains case studies drawn from Africa, Europe, Asia and the Ameri-cas 7 Discusses archaeological examples from both the major Judeo-Christian religions as well as smaller, indigenous religions
Fields of interestArchaeology; Anthropology; Religious Studies
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XVI, 277 p . 42 illus ., 29 in color . (One World Archaeology) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-3353-8
9<HTMERB=eddfdi>
A. Šelih, A. Završnik, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia (Eds)
Crime and Transition in Central and Eastern EuropeFull-scale political change affects every level of a society, but perhaps nowhere as strikingly as in the areas of crime policy and law enforcement. Over the past two decades, the European nations that have moved from totalitarianism toward democracy have come to embody this trend, yet reliable sources on crime and law enforcement in these countries have not been readily accessible to the West. Representing viewpoints seldom availa-ble to outsiders, the contributors to Crime and Transition in Central and Eastern Europe analyze changes in criminal activities and crime control strategies in the region, explain the political background underlying these developments, and assess their long-term social impact. Experts from Slovenia, Hungary, Croatia, Serbia, the Czech Republic, Poland, Bosnia and Herzegovina discuss the politicization of crime, the ongoing paradoxes regarding civil liberties, and the future of crime policy in comparative and country-specific terms.
Features 7 Describes the transition from one political and social order to the next from the perspective of criminology 7 Authors from the region con-cerned write about crime problems in their own countries 7 Comparative crime data on modern Central/Eastern Europe is rare, and trends have not been previously explored on this scale
Fields of interestCriminology & Criminal Justice; Political Science, general; Social Policy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XXVI, 282 p . 13 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-3516-7
9<HTMERB=edfbgh>
News 12/2012 Social Sciences
109
D. Siegel, University of Utrecht, The Netherlands; H. van de Bunt, Erasmus University, Rotterdam, The Netherlands (Eds)
Traditional Organized Crime in the Modern WorldResponses to Socioeconomic Change
Despite strenuous efforts from local, national, and international law enforcement, organized crime continues to thrive and prosper—even centuries-old crime outfits are surviving the global forces of mass migration and multinational business and finance.
Features 7 Describes the influence of the worldwide finan-cial crisis on global organized crime 7 Provides a comprehensive overview of how mafia-like structures function today 7 Covers historical and current international issues
Contents Introduction.- Part 1: Organized crime in Euro-pe.- Italian Mafias’ Asymmetries.- Vory v zakone – Russian Mafia.- Turkish Organized Crime: from Tradition to Business.- Part 2: Organized crime in de United States.- Traditional Crime in the Modern World: How Triad Societies respond to Socioeconomic Change.- Part 3: Organized crime in Asia.- The Cosa Nostra in the U.S.-Adapting to Changes in the Social, Economic and Political Environment after a 25-year Prosecution Effort.- Chinatown Tongs in America: Continuity and Opportunities.- Part 4: Organized crime in Latin American.- Colombian Organized Crime: From Drug Trafficking to Parastatal Bands and Wide-spread Corruption.- México: Organized crime politics and insecurity.
Field of interestCriminology & Criminal Justice
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2012 . XII, 196 p . 5 illus . (Studies of Organized Crime, Volume 11) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-3211-1
9<HTMERB=edcbbb>
J. M. Skibo, Illinois State University, Normal, IL, USA
Understanding Pottery FunctionThe 1992 publication of Pottery Function brought together the ethnographic study of the Kalinga, and developed a method and theory for how pottery was actually used. Since then, there have been considerable advances in understanding how pottery was actually used, particularly in the area of residue analysis, abrasion, and sooting/carbonization. At the 20th anniversary of the book, it is time to assess what has been done and learned. One of the concerns of those working in pottery analysis is that they are unsure how to “do” use-alteration analysis on their collection. Another common concern is understanding intended pot-tery function—the connections between technical choices and function. This book is designed to answer these questions using case studies from the author and his colleagues for applying use-alteration analysis to infer actual pottery function. The focus of Understanding Pottery Function is on how practicing archaeologists can infer function from their ceramic collection.
Features 7 Builds on the research presented in Potte-ry Function, a 1992 publication by the same author 7 Includes numerous case studies by the author 7 Manual includes numerous illustra-tions to facilitate pottery analysis
Field of interestArchaeology
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2013 . IX, 192 p . 59 illus ., 9 in color . (Manuals in Archaeological Method, Theory and Technique) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-4198-4
9<HTMERB=eebjie>
D. H. Taylor, Jr.
Balancing the Budget is a Progressive Priority Progressives need a balanced federal budget more than Conservatives, because they believe that government has an important role to play in modern life. Lack of a long term plan to move toward a sustainable budget crowds out short term Progressive priorities: infrastructure spending, green technology, education and needed govern-mental interventions in the short term to support and improve our weak economy. The federal budget is unsustainable. For all the bluster of the debt ceiling debate, the plan passed so far does not address the changes most obviously needed if we are to ever have a balanced budget again: an increase in taxes and the next steps on health re-form to address the biggest driver of our long term budget deficit, health care costs. Slowing the rate at which health care costs are growing is a neces-sary, but not a sufficient condition to developing a long range balanced budget. You should ask any politician saying they think a balanced budget is a priority one question: what is your health reform plan? Without one, they have no hope of achieving their goal.
Contents Preface.- Chapter 1: Progressives Need a Balanced Budget.- Chapter 2: Why the Deficit is a Prob-lem.- Chapter 3: Health Reform: The Problems.- Chapter 4: Health Reform: The Policy.- Chapter 5: Health Reform: The Politics.- Chapter 6: Health Reform: The Barriers.- Chapter 7: Health Reform: Next Steps.- Chapter 8: Social Security.- Chapter 9: Guns vs. Medicare.- Chapter 10: How Much Should Government Spend?.- Chapter 11: Tax Reform.- Chapter 12: We Need to Act.
Fields of interestPolitical Science, general; Health Economics; Economic Policy
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryBrief
Available
2012 . XV, 108 p . (SpringerBriefs in Political Science, Volume 7) Softcover7 * € (D) 53,45 | € (A) 54,95 | sFr 66,507 € 49,95 | £44.99ISBN 978-1-4614-3663-8
9<HTMERB=edggdi>
Social Sciences springer.com/NEWSonline
110
R. White, University of Tasmania, Burnie, TAS, Australia (Ed)
Climate Change from a Criminological PerspectiveFew would dispute the power of climate change to lead to profoundly destructive weather events. At the same time, the possibility of climate change as a consequence—or even a cause—of criminal events is far less recognized.
Features 7 Presents innovative research on Climate Change and Crime with a look towards possi-ble solutions 7 Comprehensive international coverage of a global issue 7 Brings together researchers from the Social and Environmental Sciences
Contents The Criminology of Climate Change.- It’s the End of the World as We Know It: Climate Change from a Criminological Perspective.- Heading Toward a New Criminogenic Climate: Climate Change, Political Economy, and Environmental Security.- The Cultural Silence of Climate Change Contra-rianism.- Is Global warming a State-Corporate Crime?- Climate Change in the Courts: A US and Global Perspective.- Environmental Enforce-ment Networks: Their Role in Climate Change Enforcement.- Oil Production, Climate Change, and Species Decline: The Case of Norway.- Clima-te Change, Gender, and Natural Disasters: Social Differences and Environment-Related Victimisati-on.- Natural Disasters and Crime: Criminological Lessons from Hurricane Katrina.- Uncontrollable Nuclear Power Accidents and Fatal Environmen-tal Harm.- A Proposal for a New Vehicle Based Carbon Tax.- Conclusion.
Fields of interestCriminology & Criminal Justice; Environmental Law/Policy/Ecojustice
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . VIII, 232 p . 1 illus . Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-1-4614-3639-3
9<HTMERB=edgdjd>
News 12/2012 Philosophy
111
A. Gupta, Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay, India; R. Parikh, City University of New York, NY, USA ; J. van Benthem, ILLC, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands; E. Pacuit, Stanford University, Stanford, CA, U .S .A . (Eds)
Logic at the Crossroads (set)Proof, Computation and Agency Games, Norms and Reasons
Contents Volume I: Proof, Computation and Agency Preface.- Introduction.- I LOGIC TODAY: SOME REFLECTIONS.- 1. What is Mathematical Logic? A Survey; John N. Crossley.- 2. Is there a Logic of Society?; Rohit Parikh.- II LOGIC AND MATHE-MATICS.- 3. What is a Proof?; John N. Cross-ley.- 4. A Visit to Tarski‘s Seminar on Elimination of Quantifiers; Wilfrid Hodges.- 5. Deductive Systems of Fuzzy Logic; Petr Hajek.- III LOGIC AND COMPUTATION.- 6. What is the difference between Proofs and Programs?; John N. Cross-ley.- 7. Zero-One Laws: Thesauri and Parametric Conditions; Yuri Gurevich and Andreas Blass.- 8. Recent Developments of Feedback Coding, and its relations with Many-valued Logic; Daniele Mundi-ci and Ferdinando Cicalese.- 9. Two Applications of Epistemic Logic in Computer Security; Ron van der Meyden.- 10. An Introduction to Quantum Computing; Noson Yanofsky.- IV LOGIC, AGEN-CY AND GAMES.- 11. Logic Games: From Tools to Models of Interaction; Johan van Benthem.- 12. Iterated Belief Revision in Dynamic Doxastic Logic; Krister Segerberg.- 13. Towards a Logical Analysis of Adjusted Winner; Eric Pacuit.- 14. Temporal Logic with Preferences and Reasoning about Games; G. Venkatesh.- V LOGIC, LAN-GUAGE AND COGNITION.- 15. From Sentence Meanings to Full Semantics; Wilfrid Hodges. [...]
Fields of interestLogic; Mathematical Logic and Foundations; Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Available
2013 . Approx . 650 p . (2-volume-set)7 * € (D) 213,95 | € (A) 219,94 | sFr 266,507 € 199,95 | £180.00ISBN 978-94-007-0920-1
9<HTUELA=hajcab>
New SeriesStudies in the Philosophy of SocialityEditor-in-chief: R. Tuomela, Managing editor: H. B. Schmid, J. Hudin
First book series in Philosophy of the Social Sciences that specifically focuses on Philosophy of Sociality and Social Ontology Covers a new and rapidly developing field that has become one of the key topics of the international philosophical world Aims at an interdisciplinary approach that will bring new perspectives to the study of such topics as communication, unintended consequences of action as well as social structures and institutions This book series publishes research devoted to the basic structures of the social world. The phenome-na it focuses on range from small scale everyday interactions to encompassing social institutions, from unintended consequences to institutional design. The unifying element is its focus on the basic constitution of these phenomena, and its aim to provide philosophical understanding on the foundations of sociality. Studies in the Philosophy of Sociality covers the part of philosophy of the so-cial sciences which deals with questions of social ontology, collective intentionality (e.g. collective knowledge, joint and collective action, joint men-tal states) and related philosophical topics. The series will include monographs and edited collec-tions on philosophical and conceptual questions concerning social existence as well as conceptual and theoretical analyses of social notions and collective epistemology. In principle, all pheno-mena dealing with sociality are covered as long as they are approached from a philosophical point of view, broadly understood. Accordingly, the works to be published in the series would in general be philosophical—without regard to philoso-phical schools and viewpoints—and they would meet the highest academic and intellectual standards are met. However, the series is interdis-ciplinary not only in an intra-philosophical sense but also in the sense of encouraging high-level work from other disciplines to be submitted to the series. Others who are active in the field are political scientists, economists, sociologists, psy-chologists, linguists, neuroscientists, evolutionary biologists, and researchers of artificial intelligence. The resulting interdisciplinary approach will give new perspectives to the study of topics such as social interaction, communication, unintended consequences of action, social structures and institutions, the evolution of collective intentio-nality phenomena, as well as the general ontolo-gical architecture of the social world. The series discourages the submission of manuscripts that contain reprints of previous published material and/or manuscripts that are below 150 pages / 75,000 words.
M. Schmitz, University of Konstanz, Germany; B. Kobow, University of Leipzig, Germany; H. B. Schmid, University of Basel, Switzerland (Eds)
The Background of Social RealitySelected Contributions from the Inaugural Meeting of ENSO
Contents Introduction.- Part I. The Ontology of Groups: Their Minds, Intentions, Actions and Interac-tions.- Chapter 1. Who is Afraid of Group Agents and Group Minds?; Raimo Tuomela.- Chapter 2. Trying to Act Together - The Structure and Role of Trust in Joint Action; Hans Bernhard Schmid.- Chapter 3. Missing the Forest for the Trees: The Theoretical Irrelevance of Shared Intentions; Kendy Hess.- Chapter 4. The Boys Carried the Piano Upstairs: Reconsidering Akratic Action in Groups; Beatrice Kobow.- Chapter 5. Creating Interpersonal Reality through Conventional Interactions; Antonella Carassa and Marco Co-lombetti.- Part II. Into the Background: Capac-ties and Cases.- Chapter 6. Social Rules and the Social Background; Michael Schmitz.- Chapter 7. Sharing the Background: Searle, Wittgenstein and Heidegger on the Background of Rule-Governed Behavior; Titus Stahl.- Chapter 8. Becoming Aware of One Another - Two Routes towards Joint Attention; Ulla Schmid.- Chapter 9. Social Onto-logy, Cultural Sociology, and the War on Terror: Towards a Cultural Explanation of Institutional Change; Werner Binder.- Part III. Social Reality: Its Essence and Constitution.- Chapter 10. Three Ways of Misunderstanding the Power of Rules; Olivier Morin.- Chapter 11. Arbitral Functions and Constitutive Rules; Emanuele Bottazzi and Roberto Ferrario. [...]
Fields of interestPhilosophy (general); Ontology; Sociology, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryContributed volume
Due January 2013
2013 . VI, 235 p . 2 illus . (Studies in the Philosophy of Sociality, Volume 1) Hardcover7 * € (D) 106,95 | € (A) 109,95 | sFr 133,507 € 99,95 | £90.00ISBN 978-94-007-5599-4
9<HTUELA=hffjje>
springer.com/NEWSonline
112
Humanities / Arts / Design
A. Flüchter, S. Richter, Karl Jaspers Centre, Heidelberg, Germany (Eds)
Structures on the MoveTechnologies of Governance in Transcultural Encounter
This book enters new territory by moving toward a new conceptual framework for comparative and interdisciplinary research on transcultu-ral state formation. Once more, statehood and governance are highly discussed topics, whereby modern state building is often considered to be a genuinely European characteristic, despite the fact that early modern Europeans knew of, experienced and grappled with highly developed states in Asia. The articles collected in this book discuss how strategies of governance were part of transcultural transfers between the two continents. The first part presents and discusses concepts of statehood in order to provide a set of conceptual tools for analyzing the transcultural appropri-ation of governmental strategies. The second part is concerned with case studies that examine the transcultural perception of governance, and the third and final part gathers perspectives on political practice in transcultural encounters (e.g. military, administration, and diplomacy)
Features 7 Aims at a new conceptual framework for com-parative and entangled research on transcultural state formation 7 Analyzes the transcultural appropriation of governmental technologies 7 Examines the transcultural perception of governance
Fields of interestHistory; Regional and Cultural Studies; Sociology, general
Target groupsResearch
Product categoryMonograph
Available
2012 . VIII, 285 p . 9 illus ., 5 in color . (Transcultural Research – Heidelberg Studies on Asia and Europe in a Global Context) Softcover7 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00ISBN 978-3-642-19287-6
9<HTOGPC=bjcihg>
News 12/2012 Proceedings
113
Conference ProceedingsMitchell (Ed), SMST 2011ISBN 978-1-4614-6172-27 * € (D) 0,01 | € (A) 0,01 | sFr 0,507 € 0,01 | £0.99
Xu (Ed), 2012 International Conference on Information Technology and Management Science(ICITMS 2012) ProceedingsISBN 978-3-642-34909-67 * € (D) 319,93 | € (A) 328,90 | sFr 398,507 € 299,00 | £269.50
AIP Conference ProceedingsAvella (Eds), Lectures on the Physics of Strongly Correlated Systems XVI: (AIP Conference Proceedings 1485)ISBN 978-0-7354-1097-87 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 154,007 € 139,95 | £104.50
Benkadda (Eds), MHD and Energetic Particles (AIP Conference Proceedings 1478)ISBN 978-0-7354-1087-97 * € (D) 123,00 | € (A) 126,45 | sFr 131,507 € 114,95 | £89.00
Longo (Ed), Advances in Laserology - Selected Papers of Laser Florence 2011: (AIP Conference Proceedings 1486)ISBN 978-0-7354-1098-57 * € (D) 123,00 | € (A) 126,45 | sFr 136,507 € 114,95 | £92.50
Rodrigues Jr . (Eds), The Sixth International School on Field Theory and Gravitation-2012 (AIP Conference Proceedings 1483)ISBN 978-0-7354-1095-47 * € (D) 149,75 | € (A) 153,94 | sFr 163,007 € 139,95 | £110.50
Simos (Eds), Numerical Analysis and Applied Mathematics ICNAAM 2012: (AIP Conference Proceedings 1479)ISBN 978-0-7354-1091-67 * € (D) 469,73 | € (A) 482,90 | sFr 503,007 € 439,00 | £340.50
Todorov (Ed), Application of Mathematics in Technical and Natural Sciences (AIP Conference Proceedings 1487)ISBN 978-0-7354-1099-27 * € (D) 160,45 | € (A) 164,94 | sFr 172,007 € 149,95 | £116.50
Communications in Computer and Information SciencePapasratorn (Eds), Advances in Information Technology, IAIT 2012 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 344)ISBN 978-3-642-35075-77 * € (D) 59,92 | € (A) 61,60 | sFr 75,007 € 56,00 | £50.99
Green Energy and TechnologyYao (Ed), Zero-Carbon Energy Kyoto 2012 (Green Energy and Technology)ISBN 978-4-431-54263-67 * € (D) 139,05 | € (A) 142,94 | sFr 173,007 € 129,95 | £117.00
Lecture Notes in Computer ScienceBarneva (Eds), Combinatorial Image Analysis, IWCIA 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNIP 7655)ISBN 978-3-642-34731-37 * € (D) 57,78 | € (A) 59,40 | sFr 72,007 € 54,00 | £48.99
Chen (Eds), Foundations of Intelligent Systems, ISMIS 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 7661)ISBN 978-3-642-34623-17 * € (D) 66,34 | € (A) 68,20 | sFr 83,007 € 62,00 | £55.99
Chen (Eds), The Outreach of Digital Libraries: A Globalized Resource Network, ICADL 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 7634)ISBN 978-3-642-34751-17 approx. * € (D) 57,78 | € (A) 59,40 | sFr 72,007 approx. € 54,00 | £48.99
Efthimiou (Eds), Gesture and Sign Language in Human-Computer Interaction and Embodied Communication, GW 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 7206)ISBN 978-3-642-34181-67 * € (D) 49,22 | € (A) 50,60 | sFr 61,507 € 46,00 | £41.99
Gill (Eds), Implementation and Application of Functional Languages, IFL 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 7257)ISBN 978-3-642-34406-07 * € (D) 49,22 | € (A) 50,60 | sFr 61,507 € 46,00 | £41.99
Golumbic (Eds), Graph-Theoretic Concepts in Computer Science, WG 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNTCS 7551)ISBN 978-3-642-34610-17 * € (D) 57,78 | € (A) 59,40 | sFr 72,007 € 54,00 | £48.99
Kallmann (Eds), Motion in Games, MIG 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNIP 7660)ISBN 978-3-642-34709-27 * € (D) 57,78 | € (A) 59,40 | sFr 72,007 € 54,00 | £48.99
Liu (Eds), Service-Oriented Computing, ICSOC 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNPSE 7636)ISBN 978-3-642-34320-97 * € (D) 101,65 | € (A) 104,50 | sFr 126,507 € 95,00 | £85.50
Nguyen (Eds), Computational Collective Intelligence . Technologies and Applications, ICCCI 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 7653)ISBN 978-3-642-34629-37 * € (D) 74,90 | € (A) 77,00 | sFr 93,507 € 70,00 | £63.99
Nguyen (Eds), Computational Collective Intelligence . Technologies and Applications, ICCCI 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 7654)ISBN 978-3-642-34706-17 * € (D) 74,90 | € (A) 77,00 | sFr 93,507 € 70,00 | £63.99
Nielsen (Eds), Testing Software and Systems, ICTSS 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNPSE 7641)ISBN 978-3-642-34690-37 * € (D) 64,20 | € (A) 66,00 | sFr 80,007 € 60,00 | £54.99
Pavón (Eds), Advances in Artificial Intelligence -- IBERAMIA 2012, Cartagena de Indias (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNAI 7637)ISBN 978-3-642-34653-87 * € (D) 93,09 | € (A) 95,70 | sFr 116,007 € 87,00 | £78.50
Sun, Weisi (Eds), Advances in Multimedia Information Processing, PCM 2012, Singapore (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNISA 7674)ISBN 978-3-642-34777-17 approx. * € (D) 101,65 | € (A) 104,50 | sFr 126,507 approx. € 95,00 | £85.50
Wang (Eds), Advances in Cryptology -- ASIACRYPT 2012, Beijing (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 7658)ISBN 978-3-642-34960-77 * € (D) 93,09 | € (A) 95,70 | sFr 116,007 € 87,00 | £78.50
Wu (Eds), Information Security and Cryptology, Inscrypt 2011 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 7537)ISBN 978-3-642-34703-07 * € (D) 66,34 | € (A) 68,20 | sFr 83,007 € 62,00 | £55.99
Xu (Eds), Network and System Security, NSS 2012 (Lecture Notes in Computer Science, LNSC 7645)ISBN 978-3-642-34600-27 * € (D) 74,90 | € (A) 77,00 | sFr 93,507 € 70,00 | £63.99
Lecture Notes in Electrical EngineeringZhong (Ed), Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Engineering and Applications (IEA) 2012 (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 216)ISBN 978-1-4471-4855-57 * € (D) 213,95 | € (A) 219,94 | sFr 266,507 € 199,95 | £180.00
Proceedings springer.com/NEWSonline
114
Zhong (Ed), Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Engineering and Applications (IEA) 2012 (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 217)ISBN 978-1-4471-4849-47 * € (D) 213,95 | € (A) 219,94 | sFr 266,507 € 199,95 | £180.00
Zhong (Ed), Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Engineering and Applications (IEA) 2012 (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 218)ISBN 978-1-4471-4846-37 * € (D) 213,95 | € (A) 219,94 | sFr 266,507 € 199,95 | £180.00
Zhong (Ed), Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Engineering and Applications (IEA) 2012 (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 219)ISBN 978-1-4471-4852-47 * € (D) 213,95 | € (A) 219,94 | sFr 266,507 € 199,95 | £180.00
Operator Theory: Advances and ApplicationsMolahajloo (Eds), Pseudo-Differential Operators, Generalized Functions and Asymptotics (Operator Theory: Advances and Applications 231)ISBN 978-3-0348-0584-17 approx. * € (D) 128,35 | € (A) 131,95 | sFr 160,007 approx. € 119,95 | £108.00
Springer Proceedings in PhysicsGiri (Eds), Advanced Nanomaterials and Nanotechnology, Dec 8-10 (Springer Proceedings in Physics 143)ISBN 978-3-642-34215-87 * € (D) 203,25 | € (A) 208,94 | sFr 253,007 € 189,95 | £171.00
Studies in Theoretical and Applied Statisticsda Silva (Eds), Advances in Regression, Survival Analysis, Extreme Values, Markov Processes and Other Statistical Applications (Studies in Theoretical and Applied Statistics)ISBN 978-3-642-34903-47 * € (D) 203,25 | € (A) 208,94 | sFr 253,007 € 189,95 | £171.00
Order Now ! Springer News 12/2012 Orderform
Yes, please send me:
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
copies ISBN Price
Springer Customer Service Center GmbH, Haberstrasse 7, 69126 Heidelberg, Germany 7 Call: + 49 (0) 6221-345-4301 7 Fax: +49 (0)6221-345-4229 7 Email: orders-hd-booksellers@springer .com 7 Web: springer .com The first € price and the £ price are net prices, subject to local VAT . Prices indicated with * include VAT for books; the €(D) includes 7% for Germany, the €(A) includes 10% for Austria . Prices indicated with ** include VAT for electronic products; 19% for Germany, 20% for Austria . All prices exclusive of carriage charges . Prices and other details are subject to change without notice . All errors and omissions excepted .
Send your orders to Springer Customer Service Center [email protected] or a fax to +49 (0)6221-345-4229
Customer-No . Name Firm Street City/Zip Code Date Signature
Speed up your orders using the NEWS order form at springer.com/NEWSonline
Please tick your currency € £ € (D)* € (A)* sFr*P
Springer News Sales staff and offices worldwide
Springer Contacts Sales Books
President, STM SalesAcademic & Government(Americas & EMEA)
Mr. Syed HasanSpringer233 Spring StreetNew York, NY 10013-1578U .S .A .Tel . +1/212/460-1739Fax +1/212/460-1575Syed .Hasan@springer .com
President, Corporate Markets, Healthcare & Asia-Pacific SalesMr. Peter CoeberghSpringerVan GodewijckstraatP .O . Box 17 / P .O . Box 989 3300 AA DordrechtThe Netherlands
Vice PresidentSales, Trade & Special Licensing
Americas & EMEA
Mr. Timothy GriswoldSpringer233 Spring StreetNew York, NY 10013-1578U .S .A .Tel . +1/212/620-8445Mobile +1/646/934-5038Fax +1/212/460-1575Timothy .Griswold@springer .com
For orders and quotations:
Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, New Zealand
Springer Customer Service Center GmbHHaberstraße 769126 HeidelbergGermanyTel . +49/6221/345-4340 or-4301Fax +49/6221/345-4229
To order books (private customers and authors): orders-HD-individuals@springer .com
To order books (booksellers): orders-HD-booksellers@springer .com
To order periodicals: subscriptions@springer .com
To order promotion material: orders-HD-booksellers@springer .com
Ms. Katy RibaletDirector Customer Service Europe/ROWTel . +49/6221/345-4340Fax +49/6221/345-4229Katy .Ribalet@springer .com
Africa, Asia: Ms. Ute Molitor-MausManagerTel . +49/6221/345-4340Fax +49/6221 /345-4229Ute .Molitor-Maus@springer .com
Europe, Middle East:Ms. Ute Molitor-MausManagerTel . +49/6221/345-4340Fax +49/6221/345-4229Ute .Molitor-Maus@springer .com
German-speaking countries:Mr. Stefan HütterManagerTel . +49/6221/345-4301Fax +49/6221/345-4229Stefan .Huetter@springer .com
AgenciesMs. Ute Molitor-MausManagerTel . +49/6221/345-4340Fax +49/6221 /345-4229Ute .Molitor-Maus@springer .com
Sales Office and Representative:
Springer
233 Spring StreetNew York, NY 10013-1578U .S .A .Stephany Le
Senior Trade Sales Manager, AmericasTel . +1/212/460-1578Fax +1/212/460-1594Stephany .Le@springer .com
North and South America
Customer Service and OrdersSpringer NY, Inc .Attn: Customer Service 333 Meadowlands ParkwaySecaucus, NY 07094U .S .ATel . +1/800/SPRINGER Fax +1/201/348-4505service-ny@springer .comorders-ny@springer .com
Sales Offices and Representatives:
Germany, Austria, Switzerland,
SpringerTiergartenstraße 1769121 HeidelbergGermanyMr. Michael LechlerDirector Sales TradeTel . +49/6221/487-8565Fax +49/6221/487-68565Michael .Lechler@springer .com
Regional Sales Managers:NE GermanyUdo HornFerdinand-Lassalle-Str . 1204109 LeipzigTel . +49/341/2130561Fax +49/341/2130561Udo .Horn@springer .com
NW Germany:Ms. Yvonne GrünekleeSchildweg 30AD-37085 GöttingenTel . +49/551/4997891Fax +49/551/4997892Yvonne .Grueneklee@springer .com
SW Germany & L:Mr. Jürgen HartmannSofienstr . 3/3D-69168 WieslochTel . +49/6222/3046430Fax +49/6222/3046431Juergen .Hartmann@springer .com
SE Germany & CH:Mr. Christian LenderFährdammstr . 8aD-97506 GrafenrheinfeldTel . +49/9723/937993Fax +49/9723/5621Christian .Lender@springer .com
Customer Service:Tel . +49/6221/345-4340Fax +49/6221/345-4229Eastern Europe: Kerstin .Meissner@springer .comRussia: Anja .Ebach@springer .com
AustriaMr . Harald HeuglTel . +43/1/330 2415-249Fax +43/1/330 2426-332Harald .Heugl@springer .com
Customer ServiceMr. Peter NosoliTel . +43/1/330 2415-244Fax +43/1/330 2426-62Peter .Nosoli@springer .com
Ms. Gertraud FreibergerTel . +43/1/330 2415-224Fax +43/1/330 2426-62gertraud .freiberger@springer .com
Northern Europe
Springer London6th Floor236 Gray’s Inn RoadLondonWC1X 8HBU .K .Tel . +44/203/192-2000Fax +44/203/192-2011
UK & Ireland, Scandinavia, Benelux
Ms. Ines Suchomel Account Manager Tel . +44/203/192-2738 Fax: +44/203/192-2011 ines .suchomel@springer .com
Customer Service:Tel +49/6221/345-4340Fax +49/6221/345-4229FREECALL from UK:Tel . 00800 SPRINGER (00800 777 46 437)UK, Eire: Kerstin .Meissner@springer .com Scandinavia: Inga .Schildmann@springer .com The Netherlands, Belgium, Australia, New Zealand: Anja .Ebach@springer .com
Australia, New Zealand Springer Tiergartenstraße 17 69121 Heidelberg Germany
James MercerLicensing and Trade Sales Manager Australia & New ZealandTel . +61 (0)431 043 207James .Mercer@springer .com
Southern Europe, Africa, Middle East
France, Spain, Portugal, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia
Springer-Verlag France22, rue de Palestro75002 ParisFranceMs. Céline SchamingSales Manager France, Spain, Portugal and North AfricaTel . +33/1/5300-9880Fax . +33/1/5300-9884céline .schaming@springer .com
Customer Service:Fax +49/6221/345-4229FREECALL from France:Tel . 00800 SPRINGER (00800 777 46 437)Inga .Schildmann@springer .com
Italy, Greece, Malta
Springer Italia SrlVia Decembrio 2820137 MilanoItalyMs. Valentina CorioSales Manager Italy, Greece, MaltaTel . +39/02/5425-971Fax +39/02/5425-9705Valentina .Corio@springer .com
Customer Service Italy, Greece, Malta:Fax +49/6221/345-4229FREECALL from Italy:Tel . 00800 SPRINGER (00800 777 46 437)Gesa .Haamann@springer .com
Eastern Europe, Russia, Central & Northern Asia, Middle East, India, Africa, Japan
SpringerTiergartenstraße 1769121 HeidelbergGermanyMs. Franziska SachsseSales Director BooksTel. +49/6221/487-8628Fax +49/6221/[email protected]
Middle East, North Africa, Libya, Egypt
Precis Consultancy 68 Stratigou Timayia, M Frangos Court, 5th floor 6051 Larnaca, CyprusWebsite: www.precisdirect.come-mail: [email protected]
Sub-Saharan Africa:
SpringerP.O.Box 3847Dainfern2055South Africa Mr. Alan HarrisLicensing Manager Africa & Developing Countries InitiativesTel: +27 (0)11 469 3966Mobile: +27 (0) 82 853 [email protected]
India, Pakistan, Nepal, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka
Springer (India) Private Ltd.212, Deen Dayal Upadhyaya Marg3rd Floor, Gandharva MahavidyalayaNew Delhi 110 002IndiaMr. Sanjiv GoswamiManaging DirectorTel. +91/11/4575 5888Fax +91/11/4575 [email protected]. C. KumaresonNational Sales Manager – BooksTel. +91 11 4575 5888Fax +91 11 4575 [email protected]
Japan
Springer Japan KKChiyoda First Bldg. East3-8-1 Nishi-Kanda, Chiyoda-kuTokyo 101-0065JapanMr. Katsuhisa AraiSales DirectorTel: +81-3-6831-7005Fax: [email protected]. Yusuke KagamiTrade and Agent Relationship ManagerTel: +81-3-6831-7005Fax: [email protected]
Asia (China, Hong Kong, Macau, Brunei, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam, South Korea, Taiwan)
Springer Asia LimitedUnit 1706-1707, Exchange Tower33 Wang Chiu Road, Kowloon BayHong [email protected]
China
Springer Beijing Representative OfficeRoom 408-412, Beijing Ideal PlazaNo. 58 Northwest 4th Ring RoadHaidian DistrictBeijing 100080P.R. ChinaMs. Young CuiSales Director of ChinaTel: +8610/8267-0211Fax: +8610/[email protected]
Hong Kong, Macau
Springer Asia LimitedUnit 1706-1707, Exchange Tower33 Wang Chiu Road, Kowloon BayHong KongMr. Alex ChanSales ExecutiveTel: +852/2723-9698Fax: +852/[email protected]
South-East Asia (Brunei, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam)
Springer Malaysia Representative OfficeNo. 12-2F IOI Business ParkPersiaran Puchong Jaya SelatanBandar Puchong Jaya47100 Puchong, Selangor D.E.MalaysiaTel: +603/8076-4428Fax: +603/8076-4484Ms. Mandy SumDirector of Sales, Southeast AsiaTel: +603/8076-4428Fax: +603/[email protected]
South-East Asia (Malaysia, Brunei)
Ms. Saw Luan ChuaRegional Sales ManagerTel: +603/8076-4428Fax: +603/[email protected]
South-East Asia (Singapore)
Mr. David TeohSales ExecutiveTel: +603/8076-4428Fax: +603/[email protected]
South-East Asia (Thailand)
Mr. Sitthiroj DarnathikomSales ExecutiveTel: +603/8076-4428Mobile: +66/89-965-9588Fax: +603/[email protected]
South-East Asia (Vietnam)
Mr. Nguyen Minh TriSales ExecutiveTel: +603 / 8076-4428Mobile: +849 / 1389-1423Fax: +603 / [email protected]
South-East Asia (Philippines)
Ms. Odessa MacedaSales ExecutiveTel: +603/8076-4428Mobile: +63/917-533-7621Fax: +603/[email protected]
South-East Asia (Indonesia)
Ms. Nelly ArifyaniSales ExecutiveTel: +603 / 8076-4428Mobile: +62 / 817-750-611Fax: +603 / [email protected]
Korea
Springer Korea Limited6th floor, W&H building,367-13, Seogyo-dong,Mapo-gu, Seoul, 121-838Mr. Jea Bum ParkCountry DirectorTel: +82/2/3142-9698Fax: +82/2/[email protected]
Taiwan
Springer Taipei Representative Office6F-7, No. 106, Sec. 3Sinyi Road,Da-an District, Taipei CityTaiwan 106R.O.C.Mr. Leo LoDirector of Sales, TaiwanTel: +886/2/2703-3556Fax: +886/2/[email protected]
Send authorized returns to:
Koch, Neff & Oetinger Verlagsauslieferung GmbH Remittendenannahme Springer Schockenriedstrasse 20-22 70565 Stuttgart (Vaihingen)Germany
The first € price and the £ price are net prices,subject to local VAT. Prices indicated with * includeVAT for books; the € (D) includes 7% for Germany,the € (A) includes 10% for Austria. Prices indicatedwith ** include VAT for electronic products;19% for Germany, 20% for Austria. All pricesexclusive of carriage charges.
Customers in EU countries, please state your VAT identification number, if applicable.Prices are subject to change without notice.Errors and omissions excepted.
Pre-publication pricing: Unless otherwise stated, pre-pub prices are valid through the end of the third month following publication, and therefore are subject to change.
Titles listed in the Online Order Form may contain one of the following discount codes: The letters (R), (EB) and (K) refer to a “reduced discount title”The Code (SC) stands for a “discount Science title”
The German Library (Die Deutsche Bibliothek)All titles published in this catalog are registered with The German Library. Detailed bibliographic information for titles is available on the library‘s website http://dnb.ddb.de
ImprintSpringer News EditorialTiergartenstr. 1769121 Heidelberg
Springer NewsSales staff and offices worldwide
Heidelberg
New York
Dordrecht
London
Tokyo
Vienna
Basel
Berlin
Hong Kong
Milan
New Delhi
Paris
Atlantis Press
Birkhäuser
Copernicus
Current Medicine
Humana Press
Physica Verlag
Springer Healthcare
Praxis
Springer Wien NewYork
T.M.C. Asser Press
VDI
H6446